Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Overview ( December 1, 2009) Version 98.0 The IBM System x Configuration and Options Guide (COG) is now available in Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). The Configuration and Options Guide contains general configuration information about IBM products and supported options, such as, IBM System x; BladeCenter; IntelliStation; Datacenter and other servers.
References What's new Withdrawn information Submit errors or feedback
New information Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006, will contain references to feature codes. Attention: A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative. Content Overview Information sources System x System x3100 (4348) System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328) System x3200 M2 (9234) System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252) System x3350 (4192, 4193) System x3400 (7973, 7974) System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) System x3400 (7975, 7976) System x3455 (7940) System x3500 M2 (7839) System x3550 (7978) System x3550 M2 (7946) System x3650 (7979) System x3650 M2 (7947) System x3650 T (7980) System x3655 (7943) System x3755 (7163) System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) BladeCenter S (8886) T (8720) T (8730) HT DC (8740) HT AC (8750) E (8677) H (8852) HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS21 XM (7995) HS21 (8853) HS22 (7870) LS21 (7971) LS22 (7901) LS41 (7972) LS42 (7902) PN41 (3020) QS21 (0792) QS22 (0793) System x NOS
BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter
System x Operating System offerings IBM and third party software applications VMware offerings Storage Systems External expansion units Additional Fibre Channel components External storage configuration examples External tape and tape library attributes Network Switches
Software Applications
VMware Storage
Rack cabinets and options Rack console options Rack power configurator Appendix A. Uninterruptible power supplies Appendix B. Power data overview Appendix C. System Management overview Important notices
Appendix
Notices
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Information sources
Table 1. Information Sources
Audience
Link
Additional information
IBM eServer Configuration and Options Guide (COG) Customers http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay? brandind=5000008&lndocid=SCOD-3ZVQ5W http://www.ibm.com/systems/xbc/cog/index.html Business http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/index.html Partners IBM www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=1201&uid=psg1SCOD-3ZVQ5W Employees Feedback datadoc@us.ibm.com IBM Server Proven Customers http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/ Partnerworld program Business http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/index.html Partners Feedback IBMSHD08@us.ibm.com Latest product & technical information Customers www.ibm.com/systems/x/ Business http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/index.html Partners
PDF & HTML versions HTML version User ID and password required. -
User ID and password required. Select Products & Services (user ID and password required). -
Standalone Solutions Configuration Tool (SSCT) Customers http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/ docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-62168&brandind=5000008 Additional URLs Technical www.ibm.com/systems/x/ spec sheets (PSREF) IBM http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/solutions/os/windows/ Datacenter datacenter.html Solutions Clustering http://www.ibm.com/systems/clusters/hardware/1350/index.html (US, LA, CAN) Benchmark Results http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/resources/benchmarks/ Options/ NOS/Server Compatibility Active PCI www.ibm.com/systems/x/ www.ibm.com/systems/x/
Select Technical spec sheets (PSREF). Select appropriate category or server. Select appropriate category or server. Select appropriate Product Type. Select System x Compatibility, Active PCI Info Select appropriate category. Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select appropriate category.
http://www.ibm.com/systems/storage/index.html http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/index.html
http://www.ibm.com/support/us/en/?cm_re=masthead-_-supdl-_-supdl
ServeRAID Updates
http://www.ibm.com/support/us/en/?cm_re=masthead-_-supdl-_-supdl
Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select device drivers by server, select appropriate category. Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select appropriate category. -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
4348-42C
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz)cache Intel Pentium Dual Core E2140 (1.6GHz/800MHz1MB DC) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/1333MHz4MB DC)
Form factor
Tower
Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor HDD, fans, max)4 memory) 1/1 -
1/1
1GB/8GB
Tower
1/1
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are available in China only. 2. Comes standard with a keyboard and mouse. 3. Models 22x comes installed with 1x512MB memory. Model 42x comes installed with 1x1GB memory. 4. Standard power supply is 310w. 5. Slots available are one PCI-E x8 full length, one PCI-E x8 (x4 elect) half length, and two PCI 32/33.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Model support
Additional processors -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Memory description1 Memory DIMMs 512MB (1x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 DIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description1 Diskette Drive IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SATA Simply-Swap HDDs 160GB SATA SS 3.0Gbps Option 250GB 7200-rpm Simple-swap SATA II HDD 500GB 7200 RPM 3.0 GB/sec SATA II HDD Simple-Swap 750GB SS SATA HDD Option Optical Devices -
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max supported
External Disk Systems and Options Networking Systems Management Other I/O -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power1 2130R4X 2130R6X Power Distribution Units Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2 IBM UPS 1000T HV IBM UPS 1500T HV
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
10
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
CPU/ FSB speed (GHz/ MHz)cache Core 2 Duo Intel E4600 (2.4GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 2MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC)
Form factor
4367-22Y
1/1
512MB/ 8GB
Tower
4367-32Y
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
4367-34Y
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
4367-36Y
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
4367-38Y
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
4367-42Y
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
4367-52Y
Jan 2, 2009
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
4367-54Y
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
11
4367-72Y
Jan 2, 2009
4367-74Y
Jan 2, 2009
4367-76Y
4367-84Y
4367-B2Y
4367-BDY
4367-C2Y
4367-CDY
4367-D2Y
4367-E1Y2
4367-E2Y
4368-22Y
4368-32Y
4368-34Y
Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Core 2 Duo Intel E2200 (2.2GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 1MB DC) Pentium DualCore E5300 DC 2.6GHz / 800 MHz / 2MB Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/ 1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) Core 2 Duo E7400 2.8GHz / 1066MHz / 3MB Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Core 2 Duo Intel E4600 (2.4GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 2MB DC) Core 2 Duo Intel E2200 (2.2GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 1MB DC) Core 2 Duo Intel E4600 (2.4GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 2MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC)
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
512MB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
Tower
1/1 LC 1/1 LC
1/1
Tower
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
512MB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
12
4368-36Y
4368-38Y
4368-42Y
4368-52Y
Jan 2, 2009
4368-54Y
4368-72Y
Jan 2, 2009
4368-74Y
Jan 2, 2009
4368-76Y
4368-84Y
4368-B2Y
4368-BDY
4368-C2Y
4368-CDY
4368-D2Y
Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Core 2 Duo Intel E2200 (2.2GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 1MB DC) Pentium DualCore E5300 DC 2.6GHz / 800 MHz / 2MB Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/ 1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) Core 2 Duo E7400 2.8GHz / 1066MHz / 3MB Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
512MB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
Tower
1/1 LC 1/1 LC -
1/1
Tower
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
13
4368-E1Y2
4368-E2Y2
4368-E3Y
4368-E4Y
Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/ 1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
4GB/ 8GB
Tower
1/1 LC
PH
Part number1 436722Y 436732Y 436734Y 436736Y 436738Y 436742Y 436752Y 436754Y 436772Y 436774Y 436776Y 436784Y 4367B2Y 4367BDY 4367C2Y 4367CDY
Storage controller SATA SATA SAS SATA SAS SAS SAS SFF SAS SAS SAS SFF SAS SFF SAS SFF SATA SATA SATA SATA
Internal HDD interface Simple- Swap Simple- Swap HotSwap Simple- Swap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap
Internal HDD storage (std/max) 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB
Optical drive Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM
Bays (total/ Slots (total/ avail) avail) 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 5/5 5/5 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 5/5 4/4 5/5 4/4
Jan 2, 2009
1GB 1GB
14
4367D2Y 4367E1Y2 4367E2Y 436822Y 436832Y 436834Y 436836Y 436838Y 436842Y 436852Y 436854Y 436872Y 436874Y 436876Y 436884Y 4368B2Y 4368BDY 4368C2Y 4368CDY 4368D2Y 4368E1Y2 4368E2Y2 4368E3Y 4368E4Y Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Mar 31, 2009
1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
SAS SATA SATA SATA SATA SAS SATA SAS SAS SAS SFF SAS SAS SAS SFF SAS SFF SAS SFF SATA SATA SATA SATA SAS SAS SAS SATA SAS
HotSwap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap HotSwap Simple- Swap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap Simple- Swap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap Simple- Swap HotSwap
0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 3TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 160GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 3TB 73GB/ 584GB
Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM
7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/5 7/6 7/5
4/4 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 5/5 4/4 5/5 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 5/5 5/5
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 15
2. 3. 4. 5.
part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the countryspecific designator. Express model. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0 Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
16
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number1
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
44E7584 44E7585 44E7586 44E7587 44E7640 46D1466 46D1467 46D1468 46D1469 46D1470 46D1570 49Y8290 49Y8291 49Y8292
3091 3092 3093 3094 3667 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6980 5835 5834 5833
Standard processor Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.5GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Core 2 Duo Intel E4600 (2.4GHz/800MHz FSB, 2MB DC) Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/800MHz FSB, 512K L2) Core 2 Duo Intel E2200 (2.2GHz/800MHz FSB, 1MB DC) Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3120 (3.16GHz, 1333MHz, 6MB, 65W) Pentium Dual-Core E5300 DC 2.6GHz / 800 MHz / 2MB Core 2 Duo E7400 2.8GHz / 1066MHz / 3MB Xeon x3380 3.16 GHz/1333 MHz /12MB
32Y, 34Y, 4368-E1Y, 36Y, 38Y 42Y 52Y, 54Y, 4368-E2Y 72Y, 74Y, 76Y 22Y, 4367E1Y B2Y, 4367E2Y C2Y, 4368E3Y D2Y 84Y, 4368E4Y BDY CDY -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3200 M2 system board
17
18
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory DIMMs 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 1GB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2GB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2GB (2x1GB kit) 1GBIT DDR2-800 PC2-6400 6-6-6 ECC UDIMM 4GB (2x2GB kit) 2Rx8 1GBIT DDR2-800 PC2-6400 6-6-6 ECC UDIMM 1GB (2x512MB kit) (512Mbit) DDR2-800 PC2-6400 6-6-6 ECC UDIMM
Model 72Y, 74Y, E1Y, 4368-E2Y 32Y, 34Y, 42Y, 52Y, 54Y 22Y 4368-E4Y 84Y, 4367-E2Y, 4368-E3Y 76Y, 36Y, 38Y, BDY, CDY, D2Y B2Y, C2Y
Std. DIMM Configuration (2S) 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory (2S) 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory (2S) 2GB DDR2 800 SDRAMM DIMM Memory (2S) 1GB DDR2 800 SDRAM DIMM Memory (2S) 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM DIMM Memory 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM DIMM Memory
19
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
39M4505 39M4509 39M4515 43W7573 39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 43X0826 43X0841 42D0521 42D0614 42D0654 42D0694 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 43W8264 43W8265 -
40K1692 39M4504* 39M4508 39M4514 43W7572 39M4522* 39M4526 39M4530 43W7576 43W7626 40K1043 40K1044 43X0802 40K1052* 43X0824 43X0837 42D0519 42D0612 42D0652 43W7524 42D0692 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 172621X 172622X 172631X 172632X 172641X 172642X 172701X
5291 5292 5288 5531 5150 5151 5196 5530 5560 5161 5162 5532 5534 5543 5586 5509 5199 5410 5311 5312 5313 4154 4155 -
Diskette IBM External USB Floppy Drive SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD Optical drives Half-High SATA DVD-ROM Half-High SATA Multi-Burner External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller IBM System Storage EXP3000
4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4 - 112 4 - 112 4 - 112 4,5,6,7 4 - 112 4 - 112 4 - 11 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 1, 2 1, 2 -
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 4 4 2 2 -
20
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. A 3.5" HDD may be installed in bay #2, using a converter (feature code number 0895). 2. x3200 M2 GAV models support four simple-swap or hot-swap SATA drives, or four hot-swap SAS drives in the server. For more information about using additional HDDs bays, contact your local IBM Sales Representative.
21
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable1
Max quantity
25R8072 42C2179 42C2182 43W4298 43W4326 43W4340 43W7489 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 44E8839 44E8840 43W4302 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 59Y1988 59Y1994
25R8060* 39R6525 39R6527 43W4296 43W4324 44E8825 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 44X0411 44E8695 44E8826 43W4299* 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 59Y1987 59Y1993
1681 3567 3568 3571 3569 3559 1696 1697 1698 1699 3580 3581 3578 3579 3584 5864 5700 3583 3589 3591 3885 3886
Storage controllers IBM SAS HBA Controller QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller3 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller Kit ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion battery2 ServeRAID-MR10i battery IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x1 PCI-E x8 PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E x4 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 32/64 bit 32/64 bit PCI-E x4 PCI-E x4
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 3 3 1,2 1,2
N N N N N
1 1 1 2 2
22
39Y6149 42C1773 -
2976 2977 -
39Y9567
39Y9566
1605
QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb Dual-port CNA for IBM System x Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline
1,2 1,2 1
N N N
2 2 1
Half
Dedicated Slot
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Supported on Hot Swap models only 2. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller 3. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized. Figure 1. System x3200 M2 PCI slots
23
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Power SBB number 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8935 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 40K9614 40K9615 2130R3X 2130R4X 2130R5X 2130R6X 2130R8X 2130R9X 39Y8857 24195KX Part number Feature code Power Distribution Units DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models) IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS1000TLV IBM UPS1000THV IBM UPS1500TLV IBM UPS1500THV IBM UPS 1000T JV IBM UPS 1500T JV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS5000 HV Associated Options Description
40K9490 40K9491
42C8923 39M2895 172317X 172319X 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 17351GX 17352GX 31R3132* 4942* 4943 4944 4945 40K9584 40K9200
8750 8912
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits 5U X 20 Tower to Rack Conversion Kit IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) Racks 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack Console Connectivity IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors IBM T115 15 TFT LCD IBM T117 17 TFT LCD IBM T119 19 TFT LCD IBM T120 20 TFT LCD Keyboard and Mouse IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
24
40K9492 -
40K9201 40K5372
8913 -
IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
25
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
tape options
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Tape drives IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive DLT V4 Tape Drive GoVault Tape Drive GoVault Carrier Option IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. 2 Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges.
89mm (5.25in)HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in)HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH -
43W8477
4861
46C5361
5701
46C5362
5706
46C5369 46C5374
5710 5707
USB -
89mm (5.25in) HH -
26
46C5376
5708
46C5378
5709
RDX 160 GB External USB Drive RDX 320 GB External USB Drive RDX 500 GB External USB Drive RDX160 Internal USB Bundle RDX320 Internal USB Bundle RDX500 Internal USB Bundle DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive
Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. 2 2 2 2
43W8474
87651UX 8767HNX -
4860
Tape enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure Tape autoloaders External tape libraries Associated tape options GoVault Carrier Option
SATA
27
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz)cache Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC)
Form factor
9234-CNY
2GB/8GB
Tower
Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor3 max) HDD, fans, memory) (Line cord)2 1/1 N LC 1/1 LC N
9234-DNY
1/1
4GB/8GB
Tower
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 9234-CNY is 9234-CNU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the countryspecific designator. 2. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 3. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0
28
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number1
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
46D1468 46D1469 -
44T1816
6962 6963 -
Standard processor Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420
CNY DNY -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3200 M2 system board
29
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
46C7424 46C7425 -
3961 3962 -
1GB 2GB 2GB 4GB 2GB 4GB 8GB 4GB 8GB 1GB
Memory DIMMs DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory (2x1GB kit ) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM (2x2GB kit ) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory (2x2GB) PC2-6400 CL5 ECC DDR2 Low Power FBD 800MHz (2x4GB) PC2-6400 CL5 ECC DDR2 Low Power FBD 800MHz (2x512MB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3200 M2 DIMM slots
Std. DIMM Configuration (2S) 2GB DDR2 800 SDRAM DIMM Memory (2S) 1GB DDR2 800 SDRAM DIMM Memory
30
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
Diskette SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA Hot-Swap HDDs IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD Removable HDDs 1TB HDD Removable HDD Kit 500GB HDD Removable HDD Kit SAS Simple-Swap HDDs 300GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS SAS Hot-Swap HDDs IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM Server 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS Optical drives External Storage Expansion units -
SL SL SL SL -
3,4,5,6 3,4,5,6 2 2 -
4 4 1 1 -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3200 M2 DIMM slots
31
3 4 5 6
SL SL SL SL
Y Y Y Y
32
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max supported
39R6525 39R6527 39Y6146 42C1770 42C2069 42C2071 43W4296 43W4299* 44E8689 44E8826
39Y6129
2944
46C7527
Storage controllers Qlogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for System x Qlogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for System x Qlogic iSCSI Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Qlogic iSCSI Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4Gb FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller1 ServeRAID-MR10i Battery ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Systems Management IBM Virtual Media Key For Entry Systems
Half
PCI-E x4
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized. Figure 1. System x3200 M2 PCI slots
33
34
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Power SBB number Option number Feature code Power Distribution Units Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Associated Options Description
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits Racks Console Connectivity Monitors Keyboard and Mouse -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
35
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
tape options
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Tape drives Tape enclosures Tape autoloaders External tape libraries Associated tape options -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
36
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
CPU/ FSB speed (GHz/ MHz)cache Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3440 (2.53GHz/ 1333MHz8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3450 (2.67GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3460 ( 2.8GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3440 (2.53GHz/ 1333MHz8MB)
Form factor
7327-C1Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
7327-C2Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
7327-42Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
7327-54Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
7327-62Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
7328-C1Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
7328-C2Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
7328-42Y
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
37
7328-54Y
7328-62Y
7328-E2Y2
Nov 30 2009
7328-E3Y2
7328-E4Y2
Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3460 ( 2.8GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Quad-core Intel Xeon Processor x3450 (2.67GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB) Xeon X3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB 4C) Xeon X3450 (2.67GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB 4C)
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 24GB
Tower
2/2 LC
PH
1/1
Tower
1/1 LC 2/2 LC
1/1
Tower
PH
Part number1 7327C1Y 7327C2Y 732742Y 732754Y 732762Y 7328C1Y 7328C2Y 732842Y 732854Y 732862Y 7328E2Y2 7328E3Y2 7328E4Y2
Integrated ethernet Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
Storage controller SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA
Internal HDD interface SimpleSwap HotSwap HotSwap Hot- Swap HotSwap SimpleSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap HotSwap
Internal HDD storage (std/max) 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 250GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB
Optical drive Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM Half-High SATA DVDROM
Bays (total/ Slots (total/ avail) avail) 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/5 7/6 7/6 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7327-C1Y is 7327-C1U. See the product specific
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 38
2. 3. 4. 5.
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the countryspecific designator. Express model. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0 Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
39
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number1
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3200 M3 system board
40
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory DIMMs Single Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM Single Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 ECC DDR3 1333Mhz LP UDIMM Dual Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM Dual Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM
Std. DIMM Configuration (1x1GB) Single Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x1GB, Single Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 ECC DDR3 1333Mhz LP UDIMM (1x2GB, Single Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM (1x2GB, Single Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM (1x4GB, Dual Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x4GB, Quad Rank x8) PC3-8500 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM (1x8GB, Quad Rank x8) PC3-8500 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM
41
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 40K1076 43X0808 42D0521 43W7527 43W7528 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 43W8264 43W8265 -
5151 5196 5530 5560 5162 5532 5586 3748 3749 5311 5312 5313 4154 4155 -
Diskette SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" Simple Swap HDD SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD Optical drives Half-High SATA DVD-ROM Half-High SATA Multi-Burner External Disk Systems and Options -
SL SL SL SL
4 4 4 4
SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL -
4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 1, 2 1, 2 -
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 -
Bay
Form Factor
Front access
Usage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(5.25 in.) (5.25 in.) (3.5 in.) (3.5 in.) (3.5 in.) (3.5 in.) (3.5 in.)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Std. Optical Optical / Tape / Special HD Floppy 3.5 " HDD 3.5 " HDD 3.5 " HDD 3.5 " HDD
Notes: 1. For 3.5" HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4 as standard then Bay 5,6,7. 2. x3200 M3 GAV models support four simple-swap or hot-swap SATA drives, or four hot-swap SAS drives in the server. For more information about using additional HDDs bays, contact your local IBM Sales Representative. 3. Mixing SATA and SAS HDDs are not supported. 4. For 3.5" HDD max quantity is 4.
43
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable1
Max quantity
43W4298 43W4340 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 44E8839 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 49Y4738 46M0850 49Y4738 46M0932 46M0862 59Y1988 59Y1994 46M0922
43W4296 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 44E8695 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 49Y4731 46M0829 49Y4731 -
3571 3559 3580 3581 3578 3579 3584 3583 3589 3591 9742 0093 9742 5106 0095 3885 3886 3877
Storage controllers ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller Networking PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Systems Management -
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8
1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 Dedicated slot 1,2 1,5 1,2
N N N N N N N N Y Y N N N N N
1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1
N N N
3 3 3
Notes: 1. Supported on Hot Swap models only Figure 1. System x3200 M3 PCI slots
44
45
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Part number
Power Base Hardware with Fixed Power Supply Base Hardware with High Efficiency Power Supply Power Distribution Units Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Associated Options Description
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits 49Y8393 40K9490 40K9491 40K9492 42C8923 172317X 172319X 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 40K9584 40K9200 1777 8750 8912 8913 5U Tower to Rack Conversion Kit Racks 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack Console Connectivity Monitors Keyboard and Mouse IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
46
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
tape options
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Tape drives IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM RDX Internal USB Dock IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge
2 2 2 2 Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. 2
46C5376
5708
46C5378
5709
49Y9880
46C5399
5711
IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive Tape enclosures Tape autoloaders External tape libraries Associated tape options -
USB
89mm (5.25in) HH -
47
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Form factor
4190-15Y
4190-1BY
4190-22Y
Jan 2, 2009
4190-52Y
Jan 2, 2009
4190-62Y
Jan 2, 2009
4190-64Y
Jan 2, 2009
4190-66Y
Jan 2, 2009
4190-72Y
Jan 2, 2009
Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 512K L2) Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 512K L2) Dual-Core Intel Core 2 Duo E4600 (2.4GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 2MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.00GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
48
4190-74Y
Jan 2, 2009
4190-B2Y
4190-BDY
4190-CDY
4190-C2Y
4190-42Y
4190-D2Y
4190-D4Y
4190-D6Y
4190-82Y
4190-84Y
4194-15Y
4194-1BY
4194-22Y
Jan 2, 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Dual_Core Intel Pentium E2200 ( 2.2GHz/ 800MHz FSB,1MB L2) Pentium DualCore E5300 DC 2.6GHz / 800 MHz / 2MB Core 2 Duo E7400 2.8GHz / 1066MHz / 3MB Dual-Core Intel Pentium E7200 ( 2.53GHz/ 1066MHz FSB,3MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 512K L2) Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 512K L2) Dual-Core Intel Core 2 Duo E4600 (2.4GHz/ 800MHz FSB, 2MB L2)
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC 1/1 LC
1/1
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
49
4194-52Y
Jan 2, 2009
4194-62Y
Jan 2, 2009
4194-64Y
Jan 2, 2009
4194-66Y
Jan 2, 2009
4194-72Y
Jan 2, 2009
4194-74Y
Jan 2, 2009
4194-B2Y
4194-BDY
4194-CDY
4194-C2Y
4194-42Y
4194-D2Y
4194-D4Y
Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.00GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Dual_Core Intel Pentium E2200 ( 2.2GHz/ 800MHz FSB,1MB L2) Pentium DualCore E5300 DC 2.6GHz / 800 MHz / 2MB Core 2 Duo E7400 2.8GHz / 1066MHz / 3MB Dual-Core Intel Pentium E7200 ( 2.53GHz/ 1066MHz FSB,3MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
2GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC 1/1 LC
1/1
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
50
4194-D6Y
4194-82Y
4194-84Y
Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2)
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
1/1
1GB/ 8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
Part number1 Withdrawal date5 4190-15Y 4190-1BY 4190-22Y 4190-52Y 4190-62Y 4190-64Y 4190-66Y 4190-72Y 4190-74Y 4190-B2Y 4190-BDY 4190-CDY 4190-C2Y 4190-42Y 4190-D2Y 4190-D4Y 4190-D6Y 4190-82Y 4190-84Y 4194-15Y 4194-1BY 4194-22Y 4194-52Y 4194-62Y 4194-64Y 4194-66Y 4194-72Y Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009
Integrated ethernet Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb
Internal HDD Internal HDD interface2 storage (std/ max) SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2000GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2000GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2000GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2000GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2000GB 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB Storage controller
Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ avail) avail) CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 5/4 3/2 5/4 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 5/4 3/2 5/4 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 5/4 3/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
51
4194-74Y 4194-B2Y 4194-BDY 4194-CDY 4194-C2Y 4194-42Y 4194-D2Y 4194-D4Y 4194-D6Y 4194-82Y 4194-84Y
Jan 2, 2009 -
Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb
SAS 2.5in SATA SATA SATA SATA 3.5" SAS/SATA SATA 3.5" SAS/SATA SAS 2.5in 3.5" SAS/SATA SAS 2.5in
Hot-Swap Simple-Swap Simple-Swap Simple-Swap Simple-Swap Hot-Swap Simple-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 2000GB
CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo
5/4 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 5/4 3/2 5/4
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the countryspecific designator. 2. Simple-Swap models do not have RAID capability. RAID support for simple-swap models can be obtained through option ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA controller kit (part no. 44X0411) 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0 5. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
52
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number1
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
43W5066 44R5766 44R5767 44R5768 44R5769 44X1886 46M0334 46M0335 46M0336 46M0337 46C6708 46C6709 46C6710
2844 3650 3651 3652 3653 3635 6965 6966 6967 6968 5838 5837 5836
Standard processor Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/800MHz FSB, 512K L2) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.00GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Core 2 Duo E4600 (2.4GHz/800MHz FSB, 2MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Pentium E2200 (2.2GHz/800MHz FSB,1MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Pentium E7200 (2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB,3MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) Pentium Dual-Core E5300 DC 2.6GHz / 800 MHz / 2MB Core 2 Duo E7400 2.8GHz / 1066MHz / 3MB Xeon X3370 QC 3.0GHz/1333 MHz/12MB
419015Y, 1BY 419415Y, 1BY 4190 52Y 4194 52Y 4190 62Y , 64Y , 66Y 4194 62Y , 64Y , 66Y 4190 72Y , 74Y 4194 72Y , 74Y 419022Y 419422Y 4190B2Y 4194B2Y 4190C2Y 4194C2Y 419042Y 419442Y 4190 D2Y , D4Y , D6Y 4194 D2Y , D4Y , D6Y 4190 82Y , 84Y 4194 82Y , 84Y 4190 BDY 4194 BDY 4190 CDY 4194 CDY -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3250 M2 system board
53
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory cards Memory DIMMs 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 1G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2GB (2x1GB kit ) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM 4GB (2x2GB kit ) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM 1GB (2x512MB kit ) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
Model 15Y, 22Y, 52Y, 62Y, 64Y, 66Y 72Y, 74Y B2Y, C2Y, 42Y, D2Y, D4Y, D6Y, 1BY, BDY, CDY 82Y, 84Y -
Std. DIMM Configuration 1 * 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2 * 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2 * 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2 * 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 1G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. System x3250 M2 DIMM slots
54
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
39M4505 39M4509 39M4515 43W7573 39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 40K1084 43X0826 43X0841 42D0521 42D0614 42D0654 42D0694 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 44W3252 44W3253
40K1692 39M4504* 39M4508 39M4514 43W7572 39M4522* 39M4526 39M4530 43W7576 43W7626 40K1043 40K1044 43X0802 40K1052* 43X0824 43X0837 42D0519 42D0612 42D0652 43W7524 42D0692 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 46M0901 46M0902
5291 5292 5288 5531 5150 5151 5196 5530 5560 5161 5162 5532 5159 5534 5543 5586 5509 5199 5410 5311 5312 5313 4162 4163
Diskette IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD Optical Devices UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner External Storage Expansion Unit IBM TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller LC IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller IBM System Storage EXP3000 Height 3.5" Drive Bay Configuration SL
0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...3 0...3 0...3 0...1 0...3 0...3 0...3 0...1 0...1 0...1 4 or 2 4 or 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 1 1
Bay
Form Factor
Front access
Usage
01
89mm (3.5in)
HDD
55
1 2 01 1 2 3 4
89mm (3.5in) 133mm (5.25in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 133mm (5.25in)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Note: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. The standard hard disk drive, on a non-open bay model, is installed in bay 0 Figure 1. System x3250 M2 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS-SATA drive bays
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. System x3250 M2 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA drive bays
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. System x3250 M2 2.5" Hot-Swap drive bays
56
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
25R8072 42C2179 42C2182 43W4298 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 44E8839 43W4340 44E8840 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 43W4302 59Y1988 59Y1994
25R8060 39R6525 39R6527 43W4296 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 44X0411 44E8695 44E8825 44E8826 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 43W4324 43W4299* 59Y1987 59Y1993
1681 3567 3568 3571 1698 1699 3580 3581 3578 3579 3584 3559 5864 3583 3589 3591 5700 3885 3886
Storage controllers IBM SAS HBA Controller QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller 1 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller Kit ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller1 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller1 ServeRAID-MR10i LI-Ion Battery2 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10i Battery Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Qlogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System X QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter - PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 -
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N -
2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 2 -
Y N N N Y Y N
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
57
42C1753 42C4178
42C1750 39Y9566
2975 1607
Half Half
PCIe x4 -
1, 2 RSA slot
N N
2 1
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. The ServeRAID MR10i and MR10is controllers are only supported on Hot Swap models with 2.5 drive bays. 2. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller 3. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Slot PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2 RSA Type PCI-E PCI-E BTB Bus 0 Port 1 Voltage (V) Frequency MHz 3.3 x8 3.3 x8 Data path Active PCI Slot length N N 3/4 Half -
58
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
SBB number
39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8935 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 39Y9000 40K9614 40K9615 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 40K9620* 24195KX Option number
Feature code
Power Distribution Units DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ NEMA L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) 60A/208V 3P w/IEC309 3P+Gnd Conn IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models) IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS 3000 LV IBM UPS 3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS 3000 EBM IBM UPS 5000 HV Description
39Y8072 39Y7953 -
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 99564RX 99564XX 39M2895 31R3132* 17231RX* 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 4942* 4943 4944 40K5372
3757 3751 -
Racks IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack / Tower Conversion Kits IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Console Connectivity IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch Monitors IBM T115 15 TFT Monitor IBM T117 17 TFT Monitor IBM T119 19 TFT Monitor Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
59
IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
60
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
tape options
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
39M5636 39M5658* 43W8480 44E8895 362516X 362532X 362550X 46C5364 46C5387 46C5388 87651UX 8767HHX 40K2599
Tape drives IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle External Tape Libraries 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Associated tape options SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit
61
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Form factor
Power supply quantity (std/ max) (Line cord)3 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC 1/1 LC
4251-C2Y
4251-42Y
4251-52Y
4251-62Y
4252-C2Y
4252-42Y
4252-52Y
4252-62Y
4252-E1Y
4252-E3Y6
4252-E4Y6
Xeon X3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3440 (2.53GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3450 (2.67GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3460 (2.8GHz/ 1333MHz,8MB 4C) Xeon X3430 (2.4GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3440 2.53GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3450 2.67GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3460 2.8GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C) Xeon X3450 2.67GHz/ 1333MHz, 8MB 4C Xeon X3440 2.53GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB 4C Xeon X3450 2.67GHz/ 1333MHz-8MB 4C
1/1
2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 4GB/ 24GB 8GB/ 24GB 8GB/ 24GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
1/1
Rack (1U)
HDD
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ avail) avail) interface2 storage (std/ max)
62
4251-C2Y 4251-42Y 4251-52Y 4251-62Y 4252-C2Y 4252-42Y 4252-52Y 4252-62Y 4252-E1Y 4252-E3Y6 4252-E4Y6
Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb
SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS SFF SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS SFF SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA
Simple-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Simple-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 1200GB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TGB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 1200GB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB 0GB/ 4TB
3/3 3/3 3/3 5/5 3/3 3/3 3/3 5/5 3/3 3/3 3/3
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 4251-C2Y is 4251-C2U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the countryspecific designator. 2. Simple-Swap models do not have RAID capability. RAID support for simple-swap models can be obtained through option ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA controller kit (part no. 49Y4731) 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0 5. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 6. Express model.
63
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number1
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
Standard processor Xeon X3430 2.4GHz/1333MHz-8MB 4C Xeon X3450 2.67GHz/1333MHz-8MB 4C Xeon X3440 2.53GHz/1333MHz-8MB 4C Xeon X3460 2.8GHz/1333MHz-8MB 4C Xeon X3470 2.93GHz/1333MHz-8MB 4C
4251 C2Y 4252 C2Y 4251 52Y 4252 52Y , E1Y, E4Y 4251 42Y 4252 42Y, E3Y 4251 62Y 4252 62Y -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3250 M3 system board
64
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory cards Memory DIMMs (1x1GB) Single Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x1GB, Single Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 ECC DDR3 1333Mhz LP UDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x4GB, Dual Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM (1x2GB, Single Rankx8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM (1x2GB, Single Rankx8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333MHz LP RDIMM
Model 4251 C2Y, 42Y, 52Y, 62Y 4252 C2Y, 42Y, 52Y, 62Y 4252 E1Y
Std. DIMM Configuration 2 * 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 2 * 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM
65
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
Diskette 39M4509 39M4515 43W7573 43W7623 39M4508 39M4514 43W7572 43W7622 5292 5288 5531 5559 SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" Simple Swap HDD SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED Optical Devices UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM Combo External Storage Expansion Unit Height 3.5" Drive Bay Configuration SL SL SFF 2.5" Drive Bay Configuration SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 2 2 2 2
39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 40K1076 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 43W7539 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 44W2266 44W2296
39M4526 39M4530 43W7576 43W7626 40K1044 42D0632 42D0672 42D0677 43W7535* 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 -
5151 5196 5530 5560 5162 5537 5599 5522 5536 5577 5311 5312 5313 5413 5412
0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...3 0...3 0...3 0...3 0...3 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...3 0...3
2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 4 4
46M0901
US US US Form Factor -
4 or 2 4 or 2 4 or 2
1 1 1
Bay
Form Factor
Front access
Usage
01 1 2 01 1 2 3
89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 133mm (5.25in) 63.5mm 63.5mm 63.5mm 63.5mm (2.5in) (2.5in) (2.5in) (2.5in)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
66
133mm (5.25in)
SFF
Std. Optical
Note: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. The standard hard disk drive, on a non-open bay model, is installed in bay 0 Figure 2. System x3250 M3 3.5" drive bays
67
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 43W4298 43W4340 44E8702 44E8839 46M6051 46M6052 49Y4738 46M0850 49Y4738 59Y1988 59Y1994 46M0922
42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 43W4296 44E8700 44E8695 46M6049 46M6050 49Y4731 46M0829 49Y4731 -
3580 3581 3578 3579 3571 3559 3583 3584 3589 3591 9742 0093 9742 3885 3886 3877
Storage controllers Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller Networking NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller Systems Management -
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
Y Y N N N N N
2 2 2 2 2 2 1
Notes: 1. The ServeRAID MR10i and MR10is controllers are only supported Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009
68
on Hot Swap models with 2.5 drive bays. 2. M5015 is supported on Hot Swap models with 2.5 drive bays as well.
Slot PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2 Type PCI-E PCI-E / PCI-X Bus PCIe 2.0a PCIe 2.0a Voltage (V) Frequency MHz 3.3 x8 3.3 x8/133MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length N N Half 3/4
69
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Option number
Power Distribution Units Base Hardware with Fixed Power Supply Base Hardware with High Efficiency Power Supply Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Description
Racks Keyboard and Mouse Rack / Tower Conversion Kits Console Connectivity Monitors
70
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
71
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Form factor
4192-32Y
Jan 2, 2009
4192-42Y
Jan 2, 2009
4192-44Y
Jan 2, 2009
4192-52Y
Jan 2, 2009
4192-62Y
4192-72Y
Jan 2, 2009
4192-82Y
Jan 2, 2009
4192-E1Y
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3320 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz12MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz12MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB)
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
72
4192-E2Y
4192-E3Y
4192-B2Y
4192-B4Y
4192-D2Y
4192-84Y
4192-92Y
4193-32Y
Jan 2, 2009
4193-42Y
Jan 2, 2009
4193-44Y
Jan 2, 2009
4193-52Y
Jan 2, 2009
4193-62Y
4193-72Y
Jan 2, 2009
4193-82Y
Jan 2, 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3320 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB) Xeon E3120 3.16GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB DC Xeon E3120 3.16GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB DC Xeon X3330 2.66GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB QC Xeon X3360 2.83GHz/ 1333MHz12MB QC Xeon X3370 3GHz/ 1333MHz12MB QC Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3110 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3320 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3350 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz12MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz12MB)
1/1
4GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
73
4193-E1Y
4193-E2Y
4193-E3Y
4193-B2Y
4193-B4Y
4193-D2Y
4193-84Y
4193-92Y
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3360 (2.83GHz/ 1333MHz12MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/ 1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) Xeon E3120 3.16GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB DC Xeon E3120 3.16GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB DC Xeon X3330 2.66GHz/ 1333MHz-6MB QC Xeon X3360 2.83GHz/ 1333MHz12MB QC Xeon X3370 3GHz/ 1333MHz12MB QC
1/1
4GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
1/1
4GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
1/1
8GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
1GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2GB/8GB
Rack (1U)
Part number1 Withdrawal date4 4192-32Y 4192-42Y 4192-44Y 4192-52Y 4192-62Y 4192-72Y 4192-82Y 4192-E1Y 4192-E2Y 4192-E3Y 4192-B2Y 4192-B4Y 4192-D2Y 4192-84Y 4192-92Y 4193-32Y Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 16. 2009
Integrated ethernet Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb
Internal HDD Internal HDD interface2 storage (std/ max) SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/ 584GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 1500GB Storage controller
Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ avail) avail) CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 5/5 5/5 5/5 3/3 5/5 2/3 2/3 2/3 4/5 4/5 4/5 3/3 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
74
4193-42Y 4193-44Y 4193-52Y 4193-62Y 4193-72Y 4193-82Y 4193-E1Y 4193-E2Y 4193-E3Y 4193-B2Y 4193-B4Y 4193-D2Y 4193-84Y 4193-92Y
Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 16, 2009
Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb
SATA 3.5 SAS/SATA 3.5 SAS/SATA SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in 3.5 SAS/SATA SATA SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in SAS 2.5in
Simple-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Simple-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 1500GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB 0GB/ 584GB
CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo
3/3 3/3 3/3 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 4/5 4/5 2/3 2/3 4/5 4/5 4/5
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the countryspecific designator. 2. Simple-Swap models do not have RAID capability. RAID support for simple-swap models can be obtained through option ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA controller kit (part no. 44X0411) 3. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / IPMI 2.0 / H82166 / on planar 4. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 5. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
75
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number1
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
Standard processor Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/1333MHz-4MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3110 (3.0GHz/1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3320 (2.5GHz/1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz-12MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz-12MB) Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/1333MHz-6MB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC)
32Y, 4192-E1Y 42Y, 44Y 52Y 62Y, E2Y 72Y 82Y, 4193-E1Y, 84Y B2Y, B4Y D2Y 92Y
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. x3350 system board
76
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory cards 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM 1G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
Model 32Y,42Y,44Y,52Y 62Y,72Y,82Y, 4192-E1Y 4192-E2Y, 4193- E1Y B2Y, B4Y D2Y, 84Y, 92Y, 4192-E3Y 4193-E2Y
Std. DIMM Configuration 2 * 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 2 * 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 4* 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 1G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory 2G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. System x3350 DIMM slots
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
39M4505 39M4509 39M4515 43W7573 39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 43X0826 43X0841 42D0521 42D0614 42D0654 42D0694
39M4504* 39M4508 39M4514 43W7572 39M4522* 39M4526 39M4530 43W7576 43W7626 40K1043 40K1044 40K1052* 43X0802 43X0824 43X0837 42D0519 42D0612 42D0652 43W7524 42D0692
5291 5292 5288 5531 5150 5151 5196 5530 5560 5161 5162 5532 5534 5543 5586 5509 5199 5410
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD Optical Drives CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner External Storage Expansion Unit 160GB 250GB 500GB 750GB IBM System Storage Controller IBM System Storage Controller IBM System Storage Controller IBM System Storage IBM System Storage IBM System Storage Unit (all models) DS3200 SAS Single DS3200 SAS Dual DS3400 FC Single DS3400 FC Dual Controller EXP3000 EXP810 Storage Expansion
0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...1 0...3 0...1 0...3 0...3 0...1 0...3 0...3 0...3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 4
Bay
172621X 172622X 172641X 172642X 172701X 18128xx 18147Vx 18147xx 2107-xxx 24P82xx
4 or 2 4 or 2 4 or 2
1 1 1
IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo Height 3.5" Drive Bay Configuration
Form Factor
Front access
Usage
78
0 1 2 0 1 2 3 4
89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 133mm (5.25in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 133mm (5.25in)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
HDD HDD Std. Optical HDD HDD HDD HDD Std. Optical
Note: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. System x3350 HDD configurations
79
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable1
Max quantity
42C2179 42C2182 43W4298 43W4340 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 44E8839 44E8840 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 43W4302 59Y1988 59Y1994
39R6525 39R6527 43W4296 44E8825 42C2069 42C2071 25R8060* 43W4324 44X0411 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 44E8695 44E8826 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 44E8822 43W4299* 59Y1987 59Y1993
3567 3568 3571 3559 3580 3581 3578 3579 3584 5864 3583 3589 3591 5700 3885 3886
Storage controllers QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller1,5,6,7 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller8 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x IBM SAS HBA Controller IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller Kit Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller7 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion battery4 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit ServeRAID-MR10i Battery Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Networking Brocade 10Gb CAN for IBM System x PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter by Intel NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter - PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
N Y Y N N
2 2 2 2
80
42C1773 -
2977 -
42C4178
39Y9566
1607
QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Qlogic 10Gb Dual-port CAN for IBM system x NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline
1, 2 1,2 1,2
N N N
2 2 2
Half
RSA Slot
Notes: 1. Supported on Hot Swap models only. 2. For an adapter in slot 1, battery cannot be mounted on the card, but must be remotely mounted using remote battery cable that comes with the adapter or battery option. 3. Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory. 4. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller 5. Not supported with 3.5" hard drives. 6. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized. 7. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883, which comes as part of option p/n 44E8822. 8. In slots 2...4, the MR10M will require remote mounting of the adapter batteries, which will require 1 battery shelf (p/n 46C4182) per system and 1 remote battery cable kit (p/n 44E8823) per battery. The remote battery cable kit comes with the adapter option, while the shelf comes as a part of the Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit option (p/n 44E8822).
Slot1 PCI Slot 12 PCI Slot 23 Type PCI-E PCI-E Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz x8 x8 Data path Active PCI Slot length HL / FH HL / FH
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. An additional dedicated RSA slot is available for the Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Refresh 1 option. Figure 1. x3350 x8 PCI-E connections
81
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
43V7410 43V7427 -
43V7477 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8935 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 40K9614 40K9615 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 40K9620* 24195KX
1989 1990 -
Power Power supply 450W x3350 Redundant Power Supply 450W (Worldwide) Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+2 DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)3 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector IBM Enterprise C13 PDU2 IBM Enterprise C19 PDU2 DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P4 IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models) IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS 3000 LV 21302RX IBM UPS 3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS 3000 EBM IBM UPS 5000 HV
Notes: 1. The power supply ships with a Y-cable which replaces the system's standard power cable. When used in conjunction with multiple 4192s or 4193s, the Y-cable is designed to be split between two 4192s or 4193s. Therefore, the number of PDU outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy is provided. 2. Ships without a line cord. 3. Line cord is attached. 4. Ships with a US line cord. Figure 1. Y power cable supplied with the redundant power supply.
82
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 39M2895 17231RX* 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 31R3132* 4942* 4943 4944 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201
Racks IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack / Tower Conversion Kits IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) Console Connectivity IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors IBM T115 15 TFT LCD IBM T117 17 TFT LCD IBM T119 19 TFT LCD Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
83
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
tape options
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
39M5636 39M5658* 44E8895 362516X 362532X 362550X 46C5364 46C5387 46C5388 87651UX 8767HHX 3573-xxx 3576-xxx 3584-xxx
40K2599
Tape drives IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle External tape enclosures4,5 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure External tape libraries IBM System Storage TS3100/ TS3200 Tape Library (all models) IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models) IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape Library (all models) Associated tape options SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit
84
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Form factor
7973-12Y
Jun 29 2007
7973-42Y
Jan 2, 2009
7973-52Y
Apr 4 2007
7973-62Y
Aug 31 2007
7973-A2Y
Nov 30 2009
7973-B2Y
Apr 4 2007
7973-C2Y
Apr 4 2007
7973-D2Y
Nov 30 2009
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor 54xx (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
85
7973-E1Y
7973-E3Y
7973-E4Y
7973-F2Y
7973-J2Y
7973-L2Y
7973-2BY
7973-E5Y
7974-12Y
7974-42Y
7974-52Y
7974-62Y
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2007 Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Nov 30 Quad-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Nov 30 Quad-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Nov 30 Dual-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Nov 30 Dual-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Jun 29 Dual-Core 2007 Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2 Cache) Jan 2, Dual-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Apr 4 Dual-Core 2007 Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
Nov 30 2009
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
86
7974-A2Y
Nov 30 2009
7974-B2Y
Apr 4 2007
7974-C2Y
Apr 4 2007
7974-D2Y
Nov 30 2009
7974-F2Y
Apr 4 2007
7974-J2Y
Nov 30 2009
7974-L2Y
Nov 30 2009
7974-2BY
Nov 30 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor 54xx (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/13 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 7973-12Y 7973-42Y 7973-52Y 7973-62Y 7973-A2Y 7973-B2Y 7973-C2Y 7973-D2Y 7973-E1Y Jun 29 2007 Jan 2, 2009 Apr 4 2007 Aug 31 2007 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2007 Apr 4 2007 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009
Integrated ethernet 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
Storage controller SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA
Internal HDD interface Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap
Internal Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ HDD storage avail) avail) (std/max) 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6 2000GB CD-ROM
87
7973-E3Y 7973-E4Y 7973-F2Y 7973-J2Y 7973-L2Y 7973-2BY 7973-E5Y 7974-12Y 7974-42Y 7974-52Y 7974-62Y 7974-A2Y 7974-B2Y 7974-C2Y 7974-D2Y 7974-F2Y 7974-J2Y 7974-L2Y 7974-2BY
Apr 4 2007 Apr 4 2007 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Jun 29 2007 Jan 2, 2009 Apr 4 2007 Sept 28 2007 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2007 Apr 4 2007 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2007 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009
1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA
Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap Simple Swap
0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB 0GB/ 2000GB
48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM DVD ROM PATA Combo 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM DVD ROM
7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/4 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7 7/7
6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7973-42Y is 7973-42U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other countryspecific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geogra-ies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. This model ships wth a single, 670w universal, autoswitching power supply. 4. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 5. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / IPMI 2.0 H8S2166 / on planar
88
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options1 Standard processor Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205(1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Additional processors1 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205(1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W)
Models supported
41Y4257 41Y4258 41Y4259 41Y4404 41Y4405 43W5177 44R5612 44R5613 44R5614 44R5615 46C7728
1296 1297 1298 2874 2875 2894 3078 3079 3080 3081 6981
42Y,E4Y 52Y 62Y, E3Y B2Y C2Y F2Y A2Y D2Y, E1Y J2Y L2Y 2BY, 7973E5Y -
41Y4263 41Y4264 41Y4265 43W5783 43W5785 43W5818 44R5620 44R5621 44R5622 44R5623 44E5132
1380 1381 1382 1447 1448 3456 3492 3493 3494 3495 3393
Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl
Notes: 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
89
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory DIMMs1 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Notes: 1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring effectively reduces available memory by half.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model 42Y, 52Y, 62Y, 12Y, B2Y, C2Y, F2Y, 7973-E3Y, A2Y, D2Y, J2Y, L2Y 7973-E4Y, 7973-E1Y 2BY 7973-E5Y
Std. DIMM Configuration1 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 2*512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz x2 1 GB 1Rx8 1GBIT DDR2-667 PC2-5300 555 FBDIMM w/ AMB+
Notes: 1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring effectively reduces available memory by half.
90
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
40K1692 40K1049* 40K1050* 43X0814* 39M4504* 39M4508 39M4514 41Y8218 41Y8222 43W7572 43W7594 40K1043 40K1044 -
Diskette Drives IBM External USB Floppy Drive SAS Simple-Swap HDDs 73GB 15K U320 SAS (simple swap) 146GB 15K U320 SAS (simple swap) 300GB SAS 15K Simple Swap SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA Express 500GB SimpleSwap SATA II Express 750GB SimpleSwap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA Express 250GB Simple-Swap SATA II SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD Optical devices IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE Drive
II II II SL SL SL HH
4 4 4 1
II
91
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81 9 10 111
133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in)
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Bays 8 and 11 are available on SATA models only.
92
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
25R8072 25R8077 25R8080 43W4326 43W7489 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 43W4340
25R8060* 25R8064 43W4324 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 43W4296 44E8825
1681 1670 1671 3569 1696 1697 1698 1699 3580 3581 3567 3568 3578 3579 3583 3589 3591 3559
Storage controllers1 IBM SAS HBA Controller IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Singleport HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/ SATA Controller7 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/ SATA Controller8 External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 IBM System Storage DS3200 IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E (x8) PCI-E 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8)
2...3 Dedicated connector Dedicated connector 1...3 4...5 4...5 1...3 1...3 2...3 2...3 1...3 1...3 2...3 2...3 2...3 2...3 2...3 2...3
Y N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y N
2 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
93
42C1823 30R5205 30R5505 73P5105 39Y6091 39Y6139 42C1753 42C1763 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 39Y6071 42C1793
42C1820 73P5101 39Y6136 42C1750 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 39Y6066 39Y6126 42C1780 42C1790
1637 1483 1481 1579 1487 2974 2975 2978 2976 2977 5751 1485 5451
39Y9567
39Y9566
1605
IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) DS4000 FC 4Gbps - PCI-X Single Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gbps - PCI-X Dual Port HBA Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by IntelPCI-X NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter5 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter5 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter6 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter - PCIe PRO/1000 PT IOAT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PCIe NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E (x8) 32/64 bit 32/64 bit 32/64 bit 32/64 bit PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E(x8) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8)
2...3 4...6 4...6 4...6 4...5 1 1...3 2...3 1...3 1...3 2...3 1...3 1...3 2...3
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Y N N
2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2
RSA Socket
Note: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. All x3400 (7975, 7976) models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5, or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k, P/N 25R8064. 2. x3400 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only. 3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first read the installation instructions provided in the option package. 4. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s. 5. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT capable servers. 6. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory. 7. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 94
8. ServeRAID MR10M will work in slots 1, 2 and 3 but will have better performance in slots 2 and 3.
Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type PCI-E x 4 PCI-E x 8 PCI-E x 8 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz PCI-32-bit/33Mhz Frequency MHz 133 133 33 Slot Length Half Full Full Full Full Half
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. System x3400 (7973, 7974) system board
95
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 2130R3X 2130R5X 2130R6X 2130R9X 39Y8857 24195KX 2130R4X 2130R8X
Power Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord1 DPI NEMA Rack PDU DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector IBM DPI C13 Enterprise PDU without line cord1 DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS1000TLV IBM UPS 1500T LV IBM UPS 1500T HV IBM UPS 1500T JV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS 5000 HV IBM UPS 1000T HV IBM UPS 1000T JV
Note: 1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
39M2895 39M2897 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 39Y8382 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX
Rack and NetBAY IBM USB Conversion Option IBM Long KVM Conversion Option IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack Rack/tower conversion kits 5Ux26D Tower to Rack Conversion Kit Console Connectivity 1U 15" Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard) 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
96
17353LX 17354LX 31R3130* 31R3132* 4938 4942* 4943 4944 40K9584 40K5372 40K9200 40K9201
1x8 Console Switch 2x16 Console Switch 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2) 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors
IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT 15 TFT 4942-15U 17 TFT 4943-17U 19 TFT 4944-19U IBM IBM IBM IBM Keyboard and Mouse Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
97
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Tape drive1 GoVault Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3 Internal Back-Up IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM TotalStorage Ultrium3 3580 Tape Drive (all models) IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive
Form factor 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 133mm Ultra 320 (16bit) (5.25in) FH Ultra 320 (16- 89mm (5.25in) bit) HH Ultra160 Standalone or SCSI LVD Rack Mount2 SAS SATA I and SATA II 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH
44E8897 39M5632
44E8895 -
5397 5705
43W8477
4861
46C5361
5701
46C5362
5706
46C5369 46C5374
5710 5707
46C5376
5708
IBM Half High LTO 3 Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive DDS Gen 5 Must be inserted (36/72GB) Tape in system Media package as individual cartridges. IBM GoVault 120GB Must be inserted Cartridge in system package as individual cartridges. LTO Gen 4 Tape Must be inserted Media in system package as individual cartridges. DDS Gen 6 Must be inserted (80/160GB) Tape in system Media package as individual cartridges. IBM RDX Internal 2...3 USB Dock IBM RDX 160GB Must be inserted Cartridge in system package as individual cartridges. IBM RDX 320GB Must be inserted Cartridge in system package as individual cartridges.
SAS -
89mm (5.25in) HH -
USB -
89mm (5.25in) HH -
98
46C5378
5709
49Y9880
5711
8767HHX 87651UX
3573-xxx
43W8474
4860
IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive External tape enclosures1,3 IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure Tape autoloaders1 Tape libraries IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models)1 Associated Options GoVault Carrier Option
Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. 2...3 2...3 2...3 2...3
89mm (5.25in) HH
2...3
89mm (5.25in) HH
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Internal SCSI tape drives, external SCSI enclosures, and SCSI based automation products require a 39R8752 PCI-X U320 SCSI storage controller. 2. A 19-inch rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack. 3. A quantity of one 42C3910, SCSI Interface and Cabling Kit is required for each SCSI tape drive installed (see External tape and tape library attributes appendix).
99
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory (std/max)
Form factor
7975-14Y
Jun 29 2007
7975-16Y
7975-42Y
Jan 2, 2009
7975-4AY
Jan 2, 2009
7975-52Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-5AY
Apr 4 2008
7975-62Y
Aug 31 2007
7975-6AY
Aug 31 2007
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
100
7975-A2Y
Nov 30 2009
7975-ABY
Nov 30 2009
7975-B2Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-B4Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-C2Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-C4Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-D2Y
Nov 30 2009
7975-DBY
Nov 30 2009
7975-E2Y
7975-E6Y
7975-ECY
Apr 4 2008
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor 54xx (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor 54xx (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
101
7975-F2Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-F4Y
Apr 4 2008
7975-J2Y
Nov 30 2009
7975-JBY
Nov 30 2009
7975-L2Y
Nov 30 2009
7975-LBY
Nov 30 2009
7975-2BY
Nov 30 2009
7975-2CY
Nov 30 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
PHF
7976-14Y
Jun 29 2007
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
7976-16Y
Jun 29 2007
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
7976-42Y
Jan 2, 2009
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
102
7976-4AY
Jan 2, 2009
7976-52Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-5AY
Apr 4 2008
7976-62Y
Aug 31 2007
7976-6AY
Aug 31 2007
7976-A2Y
Nov 30 2009
7976-ABY
Nov 30 2009
7976-B2Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-B4Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-C2Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-C4Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-D2Y
Nov 30 2009
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor 54xx (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor 54xx (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
103
7976-DBY
Nov 30 2009
7976-E5Y
7976-E4Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-E6Y
7976-EBY
Apr 4 2008
7976-F2Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-F4Y
Apr 4 2008
7976-J2Y
Nov 30 2009
7976-JBY
Nov 30 2009
7976-L2Y
Nov 30 2009
7976-LBY
Nov 30 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
HF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/32GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/14 LC
HF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/25 LC
PHF
104
7976-2BY
7976-2CY
Xeon E5205 1.86GHz/ 1066Mhz-6MB DC (65w) Xeon E5205 1.86GHz/ 1066Mhz-6MB DC (65w)
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC 1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/32GB
5U Tower
PHF
Part number1 Withdrawal dates2 7975-14Y 7975-16Y 7975-42Y 7975-4AY 7975-52Y 7975-5AY 7975-62Y 7975-6AY 7975-A2Y 7975-ABY 7975-B2Y 7975-B4Y 7975-C2Y 7975-C4Y 7975-D2Y 7975-DBY 7975-E2Y 7975-E6Y 7975-ECY 7975-F2Y 7975-F4Y 7975-J2Y 7975-JBY 7975-L2Y 7975-LBY 7975-2BY 7975-2CY Jun 29 2007 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Jun 29 2007 Jun 29 2007 Jan 2, 2009 Jan 2, 2009
Integrated ethernet 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
Storage controller SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA
Internal HDD interface Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap
Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ avail) storage (std/ avail)3 max)3 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 73GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6 CD-ROM 0GB/8TB DVD ROM 11/10 6/6 0GB/8TB DVD ROM 11/10 6/6
105
7976-52Y 7976-5AY 7976-62Y 7976-6AY 7976-A2Y 7976-ABY 7976-B2Y 7976-B4Y 7976-C2Y 7976-C4Y 7976-D2Y 7976-DBY 7976-E5Y 7976-E4Y 7976-E6Y 7976-EBY 7976-F2Y 7976-F4Y 7976-J2Y 7976-JBY 7976-L2Y 7976-LBY 7976-2BY 7976-2CY
Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009
1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS/SATA
Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap
0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 73GB/4000GB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB 0GB/8TB
48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM 48X-20X CD-ROM DVD ROM DVD ROM
11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10 11/10
6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7975-42Y is 7975-42U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. To achieve maximum capacity, the Hot Swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac HDD option upgrade kit (option 39Y8406) must be installed 4. This model includes one fixed 670W power supply. 5. This model includes 1 hot swap 835W power supply, a second power supply ( Option 39Y8487, IBM xSeries Redundant Power and Cooling Option) can be added for redundancy. 6. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 7. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / IPMI 2.0 H8S2166 / on planar
106
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 41Y4257 41Y4258 41Y4259 41Y4404 41Y4405 43W5177 44R5612 44R5613 44R5614 44R5615 46C7728
Option number -
Feature codes 1296 1297 1298 2874 2875 2894 3078 3079 3080 3081 6981
Standard processor1 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core 80w) Quad-Core 80w) Quad-Core 80w) Quad-Core 80w) Quad-Core 80w) Quad-Core 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz
Model support 42Y, 4AY, E1Y, 7976-E4Y 52Y,5AY, 7976-E2Y 62Y, 6AY, 7976-E3Y, 7975-E6, B2Y, B4Y, 7976-EBY C2Y, C4Y, 7975-ECY F2Y, F4Y A2Y, ABY, 7976-E7Y D2Y, DBY J2Y, JBY, 7975-E2Y, 7976-E5Y L2Y, LBY, 7976-E6Y 2BY, 2CY
41Y4263 41Y4264 41Y4265 43W5783 43W5785 43W5818 44R5620 44R5621 44R5622 44R5623 44E5132
1380 1381 1382 1447 1448 3456 3492 3493 3494 3495 3393
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Additional processors Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W)
Notes: 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
107
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory cards Memory DIMMs1 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FB-DIMM 667MHz 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Notes: 1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring effectively reduces available memory by half.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Standard DIMM configuration 42Y, 52Y,62Y,4AY, 5AY,6AY, 14Y, 16Y, E1Y, 7976-E2Y, 2*512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 7976-E3Y, B2Y, C2Y, B4Y, C4Y, F2Y, F4Y, A2Y, ABY, D2Y, DBY, J2Y, JBY, L2Y, LBY, 2BY, 2CY 7975-E6Y, 7975-ECY, 7976-E4Y, 7976-EBY, 7975-E2Y, 2*1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 7976-E5Y, 7976-E6Y
Table 2. 8-DIMM Configuration in non-mirrored model
Number of DIMMS 1 2 4 6 8
Table 3. 8-DIMM Configuration in mirrored mode
Number of DIMMS 4 8
108
109
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7627 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 42D0521 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 22P1999 43W8264 43W8265 39Y8338
39M4508 39M4526 39M4530 43W7626 41Y8226 41Y8232 43W7576 43W7598 40K1043 40K1044 43X0802 42D0519 43W7524 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 39Y8406
5150 5151 5196 5560 5161 5162 5532 5586 5311 5312 5313 4149 4154 4155 4307
1750-511 172621X 172622X 172631X 172632X 172641X 172642X 18147xx 18158xx 2107-xxx
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL Express 500GB HotSwap SATA II Express 750GB HotSwap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II Express 250GB Hot-Swap SATA II SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL Optical devices IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE Drive HH Half-High SATA DVD-ROM HH Half-High SATA Multi-Burner HH Associated options Hot-swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac HDD Option Upgrade Kit2 External Storage Expansion Units Form factor IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) -
4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 4...11 1...2 1...2 1...2 -
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2 -
Notes: 1. Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 11 as standard then Bay 10, 9, 8. 2. Up to 8 Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs can be installed when the Hot-swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac HDD Option Upgrade Kit (option
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 110
111
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
HotPlug capable
Maximum quantity
25R8077 25R8080 43W4326 25R8072 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 39M6015 39M6013 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 44E8839 43W4298 43W4340 44E8840 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 42C1823 73P5105 39Y6139
25R8064 43W4324 25R8060* 42D0407* 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 39M5894 39M5895 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 44E8695 43W4296 44E8825 44E8826 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 43W4299* 42C1820 73P5101 39Y6136
1670 1671 3569 1681 1697 1698 1699 3580 3581 3550 3551 3567 3568 3578 3579 3584 3571 3559 5864 3583 3589 3591 1637 1579 2974
Storage controllers1 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller IBM SAS HBA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/ SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller8 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller9 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion battery7 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i Battery Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter5
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E PCI-E (x8) 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E (x8) 32/64 bit PCI-E (x4)
Dedicated Connector Dedicated Connector 1...3 2...3 4...5 1...3 1...3 2....3 2....3 4...5 4...5 1....3 1....3 2....3 2....3 2....3 2....3 2...3 2....3 2....3 2....3 2...3 4 ... 6 1...3
N Y N N N N N Y Y N N N N N N N N Y Y Y N
1 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
112
42C1753 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 39Y6071 42C1793 43W7489 30R5205 30R5505 39Y6091 42C1763
2975 2976 2977 5751 1485 5451 1696 1483 1481 1487 2978
39Y9567
39Y9566
1605
PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter5 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 PT IOAT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PCIe Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x4) PCI-E (x8) 64bit/133MHz 32/64 bit 32/64 bit 32/64 bit PCI-E (x8)
1...3 1...3 1...3 2...3 1...3 1...3 2...3 4...5 4...6 4...6 4...5 2...3
N N N N Y N N N Y Y Y N
3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
RSA SL Socket
Note: 1. All x3400 (7975, 7976) models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID IE, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l with option ServeRAID-8k, p/n 25R8064. 2. x3400 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only. 3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first read the installation instructions provided in the option package. 4. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s. 5. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT capable servers. 6. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory. 7. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller. 8. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized. 9. ServeRAID MR10M will work in slots 1, 2 and 3 but will have better performance in slots 2 and 3. * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot PCI Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type PCI-E x 8 PCI-E x 8 PCI-E x 8 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz PCI-32-bit/33Mhz Frequency MHz 133 133 33
113
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
39Y8326 -
39Y8487 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 2130R3X 2130R5X 2130R6X 2130R9X 39Y8857 2130R4X 2130R8X 24195KX
0942 -
Power x3400/x3500 Redundant Power and Cooling Option Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord1 DPI NEMA Rack PDU DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector IBM DPI C13 Enterprise PDU without line cord1 DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS1000TLV IBM UPS 1500T LV IBM UPS 1500T HV IBM UPS 1500T JV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS 1000T HV IBM UPS 1000T JV IBM UPS 5000 HV
Note: 1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
39M2895 39M2897 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 39Y8382 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX
Rack and NetBAY IBM USB Conversion Option IBM Long KVM Conversion Option IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack Rack/Tower Conversion Kits 5Ux26D Tower to Rack Conversion Kit Console Connectivity 1U 15" Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard) 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
114
17353LX 17354LX 31R3130* 31R3132* 4938 4942* 4943 4944 40K9584 40K5372 40K9200 40K9201
1x8 Console Switch 2x16 Console Switch 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2) 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors
IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT 15 TFT 4942-15U 17 TFT 4943-17U 19 TFT 4944-19U IBM IBM IBM IBM Keyboard and Mouse Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English, Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
115
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 43W8492 42C3932 43W8490 43W8487 43W8474 42C3912 44E8897 39M5632
Feature codes 5395 5365 5393 5392 4860 4352 5397 5705
Tape drive1 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3 Internal Back -Up IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM TotalStorage Ultrium3 3580 model L33/L3H Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive GoVault Carrier Option GoVault Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media
Bays supported 2...3 2 and 3 3 3 2...3 2...3 2...3 3 Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. 2...3 Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges.
89mm (5.25in) HH Ultra 320 133mm (16-bit) (5.25in) FH Ultra 320 Internal HH (16-bit) 89mm (5.25in) Ultra160 Standalone or SCSI LVD Rack Mount2 SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH SATA I and 89mm SATA II (5.25in) HH 89mm SATA I and SATA II (5.25in) HH SATA I and 89mm SATA II (5.25in) HH SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH -
Form factor
43W8477
4861
46C5361
5701
46C5362
5706
46C5369 46C5374
5710 5707
USB -
89mm (5.25in) HH -
116
46C5376
5708
46C5378
5709
49Y9880
5711
8767HHX 87651UX -
IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive External tape enclosures2 IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure Tape autoloaders1 Tape libraries Associated Options -
Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges. 2 2 2 2
89mm (5.25in) HH -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Internal SCSI tape drives and external SCSI tape drives require a storage controller. 2. A quantity of one 42C3910, SCSI Interface and Cabling kit is required for each SCSI Tape Drive installed (see External tape and tape library attributes appendix).
117
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory (std/max)
Form factor
7836-12Y
7836-14Y
7836-22Y
7836-24Y
7836-32Y
7836-34Y
7836-42Y
7836-44Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w)
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
H,F
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
H,F
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
118
7836-52Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w)
1/2
2GB/ 96GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
H,F
7837-12Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
7837-14Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
H,F
7837-22Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
7837-24Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
7837-32Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
7837-34Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
H,F
7837-42Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
7837-44Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
7837-52Y
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
5U Tower
1/1 LC
H,F
7837-E1Y
1/2
3GB/48GB
5U Tower
1/1 -
H,F
7837-E2Y
1/2
6GB/96GB
5U Tower
1/1 -
H,F
7837-E3Y
2/2
12GB/48GB
5U Tower
1/1 -
H,F
119
7837-E4Y
7837-E5Y
7837-E6Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w)
1/2
6GB/96GB
5U Tower
1/1 -
H,F
2/2
12GB/96GB
5U Tower
1/1 -
H,F
2/2
24GB/96GB
5U Tower
2/2 -
P,H,F
Part number1 Withdrawal dates2 7836-12Y 7836-14Y 7836-22Y 7836-24Y 7836-32Y 7836-34Y 7836-42Y 7836-44Y 7836-52Y -
Integrated ethernet 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
Internal Internal Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ HDD HDD storage avail) avail) interface (std/max) S/S SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD7/6 6/6 4000GB ROM H/S SFF SAS/ Hot Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 6/5 SATA 4000GB ROM S/S SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD7/6 6/6 4000GB ROM H/S SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD7/6 6/5 4000GB ROM S/S SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD7/6 6/6 4000GB ROM H/S SFF SAS/ Hot Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 6/5 SATA 4000GB ROM S/S SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD7/6 6/6 4000GB ROM H/S SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD7/6 6/5 4000GB ROM H/S SFF SAS/ Hot Swap 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 6/5 SATA 4000GB ROM S/S SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA S/S SATA H/S SAS/SATA S/S SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA S/S SATA H/S SAS/SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SAS/SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SAS/SATA H/S SAS/SATA Simple Swap Hot Swap Simple Swap Hot Swap Simple Swap Hot Swap Simple Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 1168GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 1168GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 1168GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/ 4000GB 0GB/4000GB 0GB/4000GB 0GB/4000GB 0GB/4000GB SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA Multiburner SATA DVDROM SATA Multiburner SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM SATA DVDROM 7/6 11/10 7/6 7/6 7/6 11/10 7/6 7/6 11/10 11/10 7/6 11/10 11/10 7/6 7/6 6/6 6/5 6/6 6/5 6/6 6/5 6/6 6/5 6/5 6/5 6/5 6/5 6/5 6/5 6/5
Storage controller
7837-12Y 7837-14Y 7837-22Y 7837-24Y 7837-32Y 7837-34Y 7837-42Y 7837-44Y 7837-52Y 7837-E1Y 7837-E2Y 7837-E3Y 7837-E4Y 7837-E5Y 7837-E6Y
1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 120
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7836-12Y is 7836-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. Integrated Management Module (IMM) with an optional upgrade to Remote Presence function with IMM hardware key option
121
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 46C7868 46C7870 46C7872 46C7876 46D1358 46C7878 46C7869 46C7871 46C7873 46C7877 46D1359 46C7879
Feature codes 6954 6952 4425 6956 6988 4428 6953 4426 4424 6955 4447 4427
Standard processor1 Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Xeon 2.13GHz/4.8GTS-4MB QC 80w Additional processors Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5506 4C 2.13GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w
Model support 32Y , 34Y, 7837-E1Y 42Y , 44Y 52Y, 7837-E3Y 22Y , 24Y 12Y , 14Y 32Y , 34Y, 7837-E1Y 42Y , 44Y 52Y, 7837-E3Y 22Y , 24Y 12Y , 14Y -
Notes: 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
122
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
3963 3964 3965 3966 1907 1915 1914 1GB 2GB 2GB 4GB 8GB 1GB 2GB
Memory cards Memory DIMMs1 (1x1GB) Single Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 1Gbit PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (1x8GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x1GB, Single Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM (1x2GB, Dual Rank x8) PC3-10600 ECC DDR3 1333Mhz LP UDIMM
Notes: 1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring effectively reduces available memory by half.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model 12Y , 14Y , 22Y, 24Y , 32Y , 34Y , 42Y , 44Y , 52Y 7837-E3Y
7837-E1Y
Standard DIMM configuration 2*1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM 8GB DDR3-1066 4Rx4 LP RDIMM 3* 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM
CPU1 and CPU2 Slot 3 -> 11 -> 6 -> 14 -> 8 -> 16 -> 2 -> 10 -> 5 -> 13 -> 7 -> 15
CPU1 and CPU2 Slot 3,6 -> 11,14 -> 2,5 -> 10,13
123
124
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
39M4505 39M4509 39M4515 43W7573 39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 42D0749 42D0754 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 42D0521 43W7540 43W7547 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 42D0709 44W2266 44W2296
40K1692 39M4504* 39M4508 39M4514 43W7572 39M4522* 39M4526 39M4530 43W7576 43W7626 42D0747 42D0752 40K1043 40K1044 43X0802 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 42D0519 43W7535* 43W7536 43W7545 42D0632 42D0637 42D0672 42D0677 42D0707 -
5291 5292 5288 5531 5150 5151 5196 5530 5560 5405 5407 5161 5162 5532 5311 5312 5313 5586 5578 5579 5537 5599 5522 5536 5409 5413 5412
43W8264 43W8265 -
172701X
4154 4155 -
Diskette drives IBM External USB Floppy Drive SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL SATA Hot-Swap HDDs SL 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II1 SL 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II1 SL 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II1 SL 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II1 SL IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD1 SFF IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD1 SFF IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD1 SAS Hot-Swap 3.5" HDDs1 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL SAS Hot-Swap 2.5" HDDs2 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF SlimSFF HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF SED IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF SED Optical devices Half-High SATA DVD-ROM HH Half-High SATA Multi-Burner HH Associated options External Storage Expansion Units Form factor IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...11 4...11 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...11 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 -
1...2 1...2 -
2 2 -
125
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4 as standard then Bay 5, 6, 7. 2. For x3500 Hot Swap Power Base, advance 2.5" HDD models, the 2.5' Hot-Swap SAS HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4 as standard then Bay 5,6,7,8,9,10,11
Bay 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Form factor 133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 89mm (3.5in) 133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) Height 3.5" HDD 2.5" HDD Front access Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Usage Std. Optical HDD HDD HDD HDD Std. Optical HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD
126
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-plug capable
Maximum quantity
Storage controllers ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller1 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/ SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller with 3U Bracket ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller
1,5 1,5,2 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 1,5 1,5,2 1,5 1,5 1,5 1 1,5 1,5,2 1,5,2 1
N N N
2 3 6
43W7492
42C2071
1699
Half
PCI-E x4
44E8692 44E8702 44E8839 44E8840 46M0850 46M0857 46M0922 59Y3932 46M0932 46M0862 46M0865 59Y1988 59Y1994 -
44E8689 44E8700 44E8695 44E8826 46M0829 46M0917 46M0916 46M0930 59Y1987 59Y1993 49Y4731
3577 3583 3584 5864 0093 5744 3877 3888 5106 0095 9749 3885 3886 -
Half Half Half Half Half 1/4 Half Half Half Half
PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4
N N N N N N N N N N
2 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 1
127
172642X
39Y6071
39Y6066
1485
IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
Half
PCI-E x1
39Y6129
39Y6126
2944
Half
PCI-E x4
39Y6139
39Y6136
2974
Half
PCI-E x4
42C1753
42C1750
2975
Half
PCI-E x4
42C1783
42C1780
2995
NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Systems Management IBM Virtual Media Key For Entry Systems
Half
PCI-E x4
42C1793
42C1790
5451
Half
PCI-E x8
3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 1,5,2
43V6991
46C7527
5891
Note: 1. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Slot PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2 PCI Slot 3 PCI Slot 4 PCI Slot 5 PCI Slot 6 Slot 7: PCI-X 133 Extender card B <44X0350 (FC5058)> (Optional) Slot 8: PCI-X 133 Extender card B <44X0350 (FC5058)>(Optional) Slot 7: PCI-E x4 Extender card A <44X0349 (FC5057)> (Optional) Type PCI-E x 8 PCI-E x16 (elec.x8) PCI-E x4 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-32 PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E x4 Frequency MHz 33 133 133
128
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power SBB number 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8941 39Y8951 21301RX* 21302RX* 2130R3X 2130R5X 40K9620* 24195KX Option number Feature codes Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C13 PDU DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS1000TLV IBM UPS1500TLV IBM UPS3000 EBM IBM UPS5000 HV Description
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 39M2894 39M2895 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 31R3132* 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201
Rack and NetBAY IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack/Tower Conversion Kits IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO) IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) 5U x 26D Tower to Rack Conversion Kit Console Connectivity 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 19in Flat Panel IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
129
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Option number 39M5636 43W8480 46C5364 46C5387 46C5388 362516X 362532X 362550X 39M5658* 46C5399 43W8478 44E8895
Tape drive1 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX 320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX 500 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX IBM RDX Drive IBM RDX IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive 320 GB External USB 500 GB External USB Drive Internal USB Dock
Storage interface USB SATA I and SATA II USB USB USB USB USB -
Form factor 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH -
87651UX 8767HHX -
IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive External tape enclosures2 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Tape autoloaders1 Tape libraries Associated Options -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Internal SCSI tape Drives, External SCSI Tape Drives, & SCSI based Automation products require a STA43W4326 (Option:43W4324,FC3569)IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller 2. A 19in rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
130
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Memory (std/max)
Form factor
7940-32Y 7940-52Y
Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2352 (2.1GHz 115W) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 115W)
2 GB/ 48 GB 2 GB/ 48 GB
Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor4 max) HDD, fans, memory) (Line cord)3 1/1 Y LC 1/1 LC Y
7940-62Y
2/2
8 GB/ 48 GB
Rack (1U)
1/1 LC
Optical drive -
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7940-32Y is 7940-32U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / H82166 / IPMI 2.0
131
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 43W7430 43W7432 43W7433 46M2452 46M2453 46M2455 46M2456 46M2457 44R6014 44R5903 44R5905 44R5906 46M2471 46M2472 46M2474 46M2475 46M2476 44R6015
Feature codes 3065 3067 3068 5816 5817 5819 5820 5821 3086 3479 3481 3482 7774 7775 7777 7778 7779 3351
Processor options1 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2352 (2.1GHz 115W) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 115W) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2360 SE (2.5GHz 137W) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2376 (2.3GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2378 (2.4GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2382 (2.6GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2384 (2.7GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2386 SE (2.8GHz, 105W ACP) OPTERON 2.0GHZ 2350 QC 95W Additional processors1 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2352 (2.1GHz 115W) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 115W) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2360 SE (2.5GHz 137W) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2376 (2.3GHz, 75W ACP) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2378 (2.4GHz, 75W ACP) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2382 (2.6GHz, 75W ACP) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2384 (2.7GHz, 75W ACP) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2386 SE (2.8GHz, 105W ACP) Addl Opteron 2.0GHZ 2350 QC 95W
Model support 32Y 52Y 62Y 82Y 32Y 52Y 62Y 82Y -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. x3455 (7940) system board
132
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description Memory DIMMs1 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM
Notes: 1. DIMMs are installed in pairs. See the 'DIMM Population Sequence' table below for the correct placement of DIMMs when two processors are utilized.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Std. DIMM Configuration 2 x 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory 4 x 2.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
DIMM connector population with one microprocessor installed 1, 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Not supported Not supported Not supported
133
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
Diskette IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SAS HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS SATA HDDs 160GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 250GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 750GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II Optical drives CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller IBM System Storage EXP3000 External Storage Expansion Units IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 model 92E/9AE
1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
Bay 1 2 3
Form Factor 3.5in SAS or SATA HDD Models 3.5in SAS or SATA HDD Models DVD-ROM or CD-ROM
Front Access Y Y Y
134
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
HotPlug capable
Max qty
Adapter height
25R8072 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 43W4326 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 59Y1988 59Y1994
25R8060* 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050
17421xx
Storage Controllers and Options IBM SAS HBA half Controller 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Singlehalf Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dualhalf Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Singlehalf port HBA for IBM System x half 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dualport HBA for IBM System x 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Singlehalf Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dualhalf Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Singlehalf port HBA for IBM System x 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dualhalf port HBA for IBM System x 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI half PCIe Controller 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Half Controller v2 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC half Single-port HBA for IBM System x 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dualhalf port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAIDMR10M SAS/SATA Controller 3885 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x 3886 Brocade 4Gb FC Dualport HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options IBM TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk System (all models) 1681
x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E x1 PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E -
N N N N N N N N N N N N N -
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 -
Half Height Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Full Height Half Height Low Profile Low Profile -
135
18147Vx
2107-xxx 24P82xx
42C1823 39Y6071
42C1820 39Y6066
1637 1485
40K7182 43V5766
40K7462* -
2078 1822
IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe1 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Other I/O HTX Riser card NVIDIA Quadro FX 1700 3D Graphics Card
Half half
PCI-E 8x PCI-E x4
1,2 1, 2
N Y
2 2
Full Height Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Full Height Full Height Low Profile -
1, 2 1,2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1,2
N N N N N N N N
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Half
PCI-E x16
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Even though the NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe (option 39Y6066) can be installed as a full-height or Low Profile, only the full height installation is supported.
Slot/ Device PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2 Type PCI-E x16 PCI-E x8 or HTX depending on which riser card is installed Bus Full Half Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data Path Active PCI? (Hotswap) Slot length Full Half Scan sequence Device # -
136
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
SBB number
39Y8905 39Y8935 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8951 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 24195KX Option number
Power Power Distribution Units DPI NEMA Rack PDU 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS5000 HV Description
Feature codes
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 17231RX* 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 17352GX 39M2895 31R3132* 4942* 4943 4944 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201
Rack and NetBAY 25U Standard Rack 42U Standard Rack 42U Standard Rack Extension 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack 42U Enterprise Rack S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack Console Connectivity IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM USB Conversion Option Pack 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Monitors IBM T115 15" TFT LCD IBM T117 17" TFT LCD IBM T119 19" TFT LCD Keyboard and Mouse IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM
137
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature code
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Tape drives IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle
External tape enclosures IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure IBM Full High Tabletop Tape Enclosure Tape library IBM System Storage TS3100/ TS3200 Tape Library (all models) IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models) IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape Library (all models) Associated tape options -
138
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory speed processors (std/ number1 date2 (GHz/ (std/max) max) MHz)cache
7839-12Y
7839-22Y
7839-32Y
7839-42Y
7839-62Y
7839-82Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w)
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
Power Hot Swap System supply (power, Mgmt quantity slots, Processor4 (std/ HDD, max) fans, memory) (Line cord)3 5U Tower 1/2 P,H,F Y LC
Form factor
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
139
7839-E1Y
7839-E2Y
7839-E3Y
7839-E4Y
7839-E5Y
7839-E6Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w)
1/2
6GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
6GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
6GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
2/2
12GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
P,H,F
2/2
12GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
1/2 LC
P,H,F
2/2
24GB/ 128GB
5U Tower
2/2 LC
P,H,F
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 7839-12Y 7839-22Y 7839-32Y 7839-42Y 7839-62Y 7839-82Y 7839-E1Y 7839-E2Y 7839-E3Y 7839-E4Y 7839-E5Y 7839-E6Y -
Integrated ethernet 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB
Storage controller H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA H/S SFF SAS/ SATA
Internal HDD interface Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap Hot Swap
Internal Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ HDD storage avail) avail) (std/max) 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA 11/10 7/6 4000GB Multiburner 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA 11/10 7/6 4000GB Multiburner 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM 0GB/ SATA DVD11/10 7/6 4000GB ROM
Notes:
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 140
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7839-12Y is 7839-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / IPMI 2.0 H8S2166 / on planar
141
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options
Model support
46C7868 46C7870 46C7880 46D1360 46C7876 46D1358 46C7872 46C7882 46C7878 46C7869 46C7871 46C7881 46D1361 46C7877 46C7873 46D1359 46C7883 46C7879
6954 6952 6951 6989 6956 6988 4425 4423 4428 6953 4426 6950 4448 6955 4424 4447 4422 4427
Standard processor1 Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Xeon X5560 2.8GHz/6.4GTS-8MB QC 95w Xeon 2.13GHz/4.8GTS-4MB QC 80w Additional processors1 Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz 95w Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5506 4C 2.13GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 80w
32Y 42Y, E2Y 62Y, E4Y 82Y 22Y 12Y 52Y 72Y 32Y 42Y, E2Y 62Y, E4Y 82Y 22Y 52Y 12Y 72Y -
Notes: 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
142
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory DIMMs1,2 (1x1GB) Single Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM (1x8GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM (1x1GB, Single Rank x8) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM (1x2GB, Dual Rank x8) PC3-10600 ECC DDR3 1333Mhz LP UDIMM
Notes: 1. Pairs are not required to match. 2. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory mirroring effectively reduces available memory by half.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model 42Y,52Y,62Y,72Y,82Y
E2Y E4Y
Std. DIMM configuration 2x1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM 8GB DDR3-1066 4Rx4 LP RDIMM 6x1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 6x2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM
CPU1 and CPU2 Slot 3 -> 11 -> 6 -> 14 -> 8 -> 16 -> 2 -> 10 -> 5 -> 13 -> 7 -> 15
CPU1 and CPU2 Slot 3,6 -> 11,14 -> 2,5 -> 10,13
143
144
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported1,2,3
Maximum quantity1,2,3
40K1692 -
42D0749 42D0754 39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 43W7540 43W7547 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 42D0709 44W2266 44W2296
42D0747 42D0752 43W7535* 43W7536 43W7545 42D0632 42D0637 42D0672 42D0677 42D0707 -
5405 5407 5150 5151 5196 5530 5560 5578 5579 5537 5599 5522 5536 5409 5413 5412
44W2234
Diskette drives IBM External USB Floppy Drive SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA Hot-Swap HDDs IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD1 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD1 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap 2.5" HDDs IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF SlimHS HDD IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF SlimHS HDD IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF SlimHS HDD IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SAS Hot-Swap 3.5" HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" HotSwap HDD
SL SL SL SL
4 4 4 4
SFF SFF SL SL SL SL SL SL SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF
4...19 4...19 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...7 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19 4...19
16 16 4 4 4 4 4 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
SL SL SL SL
4 4 4 4
145
44W2239 44W2244 -
IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" HotSwap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" HotSwap HDD IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD Optical devices Half-High SATA DVD-ROM Half-High SATA Multi-Burner External Storage Expansion Units IBM System Storage EXP3000
SL SL SL HH HH Form Factor -
4 4 4 2 2
172701X
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. 16 bays only available on CTO models, standard models only have 8 bays 2. Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4 as standard then Bay 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. 3. For x3500 Hot Swap Power Base, advance 2.5" HDD models, the 2.5' Hot-Swap SAS HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4 as standard then Bay 5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15
Bay Form factor Height 2.5" Drive Bay Configuration Front access Usage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 133 mm (5.25in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in) 63.5mm (2.5in)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Std. Optical
HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD
146
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller1 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/ SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Mode IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking
1, 5 1,5,2 1, 5 1, 5 1, 5 1,5 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 1,5,2 1,5 1,5,2 1,5,2
N N N N N N N
2 3 2 2 2 2 6
43W7492
42C2071
1699
Half
PCI-E x4
N N N N
3 2 3 3
147
39Y6071
39Y6066
1485
NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
Half
PCI-E x1
39Y6129
39Y6126
2944
Half
PCI-E x4
39Y6139
39Y6136
2974
Half
PCI-E x4
42C1753
42C1750
2975
Half
PCI-E x4
42C1783
42C1780
2995
NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Systems Management -
Half
PCI-E x4
42C1793
42C1790
5451
Half
PCI-E x8
3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 7 1,5,2
Note: 1. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Type Bus PCI-E x8 PCI-E x16 (elec. x8) PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x4 PCI Slot 4 PCI-E x4 PCI Slot 5 PCI-E x8 PCI Slot 6 PCI-32 Slot 7: PCI-X 133 PCI-X Extender card B <44X0350 (FC5058)> (Optional) Slot 8: PCI-X 133 PCI-X Extender card B <44X0350 (FC5058)> (Optional) PCI-E x4 Slot 7: PCI-E x4 Extender card A <44X0349 (FC5057)> (Standard) Slot PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2 Voltage (V) 5 3 Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length -
148
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Power 44X0347 SBB number 44X0381 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8941 39Y8951 21301RX* 21302RX* 2130R3X 2130R5X 40K9620* 24195KX Option number 5056 Redundant Cooling and Power Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C13 PDU DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS1000TLV IBM UPS1500TLV IBM UPS3000 EBM IBM UPS5000 HV Description
Feature code
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 39M2894 39M2895 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 31R3132* 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201
Rack and NetBAY IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack/tower conversion kits IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO) IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) 5U x 26D Tower to Rack Conversion Kit Console Connectivity 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 19in Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
149
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Option number 39M5636 43W8480 46C5364 46C5387 46C5388 362516X 362532X 362550X 39M5658* 46C5399 43W8478 44E8895
Tape drives1 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX 320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX 500 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX IBM RDX Drive IBM RDX Drive IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive 320 GB External USB 500 GB External USB Internal USB Dock
Storage interface USB SATA I and SATA II USB USB USB USB USB -
Form factor 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH 89mm (5.25in) HH -
87651UX 8767HHX -
IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive External tape enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Tape autoloaders1 External tape libraries -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Internal SCSI tape drives, external SCSI enclosures, and SCSI based automation products require a PCI-X U320 SCSI storage controller.
150
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz)cache Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5080 (3.73GHz 1066MHz 2x2MB L2)
Form factor
7978-21Y
May 30 2008
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
7978-22Y
May 30 2008
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PF
7978-31Y
Aug 31 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
7978-32Y
Aug 31 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PF
7978-3AY
Aug 31 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
7978-41Y
Aug 31 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
7978-42Y
Aug 31 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PF
7978-45Y
Jan 19 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
151
7978-4AY
7978-4SY
7978-51Y
7978-5AY
7978-61Y
7978-6AY
7978-71Y
7978-7AY
7978-A1Y
7978-A2Y
7978-ALY
7978-AMY
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Jan 19 Dual-Core 2007 Intel Xeon Processor 5080 (3.73GHz 1066MHz 2x2MB L2) May 30 Dual-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) May 30 Dual-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Aug 31 Dual-Core 2007 Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Aug 31 Dual-Core 2007 Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Sep 30 Dual-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Sep 30 Dual-Core 2009 Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Mar 11 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
Aug 31 2007
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
2/2
8GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
2/2
8GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
152
7978-ANY
7978-B1Y
Sep 30 2009
7978-B3Y
Sep 30 2009
7978-B4Y
Sep 30 2009
7978-B5Y
7978-B7Y
7978-B9Y
7978-BAY
7978-BCY
7978-BDY
7978-BEY
7978-BJY
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 120W)
2/2
8GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
153
7978-BGY
7978-C1Y
7978-C2Y
7978-C3Y
7978-C4Y
7978-CBY
7978-CCY
7978-CDY
7978-E4Y
7978-E5Y
7978-EAY
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) Mar 11 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Jan 4 Dual-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.00GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Apr 4 Quad-Core 2008 Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PF
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 -
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
154
7978-ECY
Apr 4 2008
7978-EDY
Apr 4 2008
7978-EHY
7978-EJY
7978-E9Y
7978-EMY
7978-G5Y
Mar 30 2007
7978-G6Y
Mar 30 2007
7978-JAY
May 30 2008
7978-JBY
May 30 2008
7978-L2Y
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 120W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.00GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.00GHz 667MHz 2x2MB L2) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W)
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
155
7978-LBY
7978-M1Y
7978-MAY
7978-82Y3
Sep 30 2009
7978-8BY4
Sep 30 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz/ 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz/ 1333MHz 120W)
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB / 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 32GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
PHF
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD interface Hotswap Simpleswap Hotswap Simpleswap Hotswap Hotswap Simpleswap Hotswap Hotswap
7978-21Y
May 30 2008 May 30 2008 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Jan 19 2007 Aug 31 2007
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
Internal HDD storage (std/ max) 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB5 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB5 0GB/ 587.2 GB4 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB5 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 587.2 GB4
Optical drive
7978-22Y
7978-31Y
7978-32Y
7978-3AY
SAS
7978-41Y
7978-42Y
7978-45Y
7978-4AY
CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
156
7978-4SY
Jan 19 2007 May 30 2008 May 30 2008 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Mar 11 2008
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
SAS
Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap
0GB/ 587.2 GB4 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 600GB/ 1500GB3 146GB/ 1500GB3 146GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 587.2GB4
7978-51Y
7978-5AY
7978-61Y
7978-6AY
7978-71Y
7978-7AY
7978-A1Y
SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS/ SATA SAS
7978-A2Y
7978-ALY
7978-AMY
7978-ANY
7978-B1Y
7978-B3Y
7978-B4Y
7978-B5Y
7978-B7Y
7978-B9Y
7978-BAY
CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/0
2/2
3/0
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
157
7978-BCY
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
SAS
Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Simpleswap Hotswap Simpleswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap
0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 587.2GB4 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 1500GB3 0GB/ 584GB4 0GB/ 1500GB5 0GB/ 587.2 GB4 0GB / 1500GB5
7978-BDY
SAS
7978-BEY
SAS
7978-BJY
SAS
7978-BGY
SAS
7978-C1Y
Mar 11 2008
7978-C2Y
Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 -
7978-C3Y
7978-C4Y
7978-CBY
7978-CCY
SATA
7978-CDY
SAS
7978-E4Y
SATA
7978-E5Y
SAS/ SATA
292GB / 1500GB5
7978-EAY
0GB / 1500GB3
7978-ECY
0GB / 587.2GB4
7978-EDY
0GB / 1500GB3
7978-EHY
0GB / 1500GB3
7978-EJY
0GB / 587.2GB4
CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced
5/5
2/2
5/5
2/2
5/5
2/2
5/5
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/0
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
158
7978-E9Y
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Simpleswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap Hotswap
0GB / 1500GB3
7978-EMY
0GB / 1500GB3
7978-G5Y
7978-G6Y
7978-JAY
SAS
7978-JBY
SAS
0GB / 587.2GB4
7978-L2Y
0GB / 1500GB5
7978-LBY
0GB / 587.2GB4
7978-M1Y
0GB / 1500GB5
7978-MAY
0GB / 587.2GB4
7978-82Y3
SAS/SATA
0GB / 1500GB
7978-8BY4
SAS
0GB / 587.2GB
CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
3/3
2/2
5/5
2/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7978-71Y is 7978-71U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. 3.5" SAS form factor 4. 2.5" SAS form factor 5. 3.5" SATA form factor 6. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 7. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / IPMI 2.0 / H8S2166 / on planar
159
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options
Model support
42C4213 42C4215 42C4217 42C4219 42C4221 42C4223 42D3769 42D3789 42D3791 42D3793 42D3795 42D3797 42D3870 43W5906 44E5037 44E5058 44E5059 44E5060 44E5061 44E5062 44E5064 44E5116 44E5063 44E5147 44E5146 44E5159 46M1027 46M1051 46M1053 42C4214 42C4216 42C4218 42C4220 42C4222 42C4224 42D3770 42D3790 42D3792 42D3794 42D3796 42D3798
1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 2851 2888 2886 2887 2885 2884 2889 2831 3069 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3686 3695 3685 3607 3608 3629 6984 6995 6996 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1415 1441 1439 1440 1438 1437
Standard processor1 Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz 6MB L2 65W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz/1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270 (3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W) Additional processors1 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Addl Addl Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w)
ALY, 71Y, 7AY 61Y, 6AY 51Y, 5AY E4Y, 41Y, 42Y, 4AY 31Y, 32Y, 3AY 21Y, 22Y C1Y ECY, C2Y, CBY EAY, A2Y, ANY C3Y, CCY, EDY JAY A1Y, AMY JBY C4Y, CDY B1Y, BAY, E5Y B3Y, BCY, EHY B4Y, BDY, EJY B5Y, BEY B7Y, BGY B9Y, BJY, E9Y EMY, M1Y, MAY L2Y, LBY 82Y/8BY ALY, 71Y, 7AY 61Y, 6AY 51Y, 5AY E4Y, 41Y, 42Y, 4AY 31Y, 32Y, 3AY 21Y, 22Y C1Y ECY, C2Y, CBY EAY, A2Y, ANY C3Y, CCY, EDY JAY
Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 50w)
160
42D3871 43W5907 44E5038 44E5067 44E5068 44E5069 44E5070 44E5071 44E5073 44E5119 44E5072 44E5136 44E5135 44E5161 46M1030 46M1052 46M1054
44E5074 44E5075 44E5076 44E5077 44E5078 44E5080 44E5121 44E5079 44E5138 44E5137 44E5162* 46M1031 46M1068 46M1069*
1442 3468 3483 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3375 3381 3374 3391 3392 3626 4443 7754 7755
Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor x5450 (3.0GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz 6MB L2 65W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz/1333MHz 120W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270 (3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W)
A1Y JBY C4Y, CDY B1Y, BAY B3Y, BCY, EHY B4Y, BDY, EJY B5Y, BEY B7Y, BGY B9Y, BJY, E9Y EMY, M1Y, MAY L2Y, LBY 82Y/8BY -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
161
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory DIMMs 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Model E1Y, E2Y, E3Y, 21Y, 22Y, 31Y, 32Y, 3AY, 2x 41Y, 42Y, 4AY, 51Y, 5AY, 61Y, 6AY, 71Y, 7AY, 45Y, 4SY, G5Y, G6Y, A1Y A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, CBY, CCY, C3Y, C4Y, CDY, E4Y, EAY, ECY, JAY, JBY, 2 x B1Y, B3Y, B4Y, B5Y, B9Y, B7Y, BAY, BCY, BDY, BEY, BJY, BGY, L2Y, LBY, M1Y, MAY , EMY , 82Y , 8BY AMY, ANY, ALY 8x EDY , EHY , EJY , E9Y , E5Y 2x
Std. DIMM configuration 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
162
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
39M4523 39M4527 39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 39M4505 39M4509 39M4515 43W7573 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 43X0826 43X0841 42D0521 42D0614 42D0654 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 32R2899 32R2784 32R2901
40K1692 39M4522* 39M4526 39M4530 43W7576 40K6890 43W7584 43W7626 41Y8208 41Y8226 41Y8232 43W7598 39M4504* 39M4508 39M4514 43W7572 41Y8218 41Y8222 43W7594 40K1043 40K1044 40K1052* 43X0802 43X0824 43X0837 42D0519 42D0612 42D0652 43W7524 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 43W8304*
5150 5151 5196 5530 5560 5291 5292 5288 5531 5161 5162 5532 5534 5543 5586 5509 5199 5311 5312 5313 4141 4144 4143
Diskette IBM External USB Floppy Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 500GB 7200 RPM HDD Cisco SL Cisco 750GB 7200RPM HDD SL IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL Express 160 GB Hot-Swap SATA II Express 500GB HotSwap SATA II Express 750GB HotSwap SATA II Express 250GB Hot-Swap SATA II SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL Express 500GB SimpleSwap SATA II Express 750GB SimpleSwap SATA II Express 250GB Simple-Swap SATA II SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL Optical devices CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Ultra-Slim Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim External storage expansion units Form factor 3U 3U 4U
1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 2, 3, 1, 2 2, 3, 2, 3, 1, 2 2, 3, 2, 3, 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 5 5 5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
4 4 4 4 4
2 2 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 1 1 1
IBM TotalStorage DS4100 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk System (all models)
163
172631X 172632X 1750-511 1750-511 18147Vx 18147xx 18158xx 2107-xxx 2107-xxx 172701X
IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS8300 2107(all models) IBM System Storage EXP3000
3U 3U 3U 3U -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. System x3550 drive bay designations with 3.5 inch hard disk drives
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. System x3550 drive bay designations with 2.5 inch hard disk drives
164
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 25R8077 25R8080 25R8072 39M6013 39M6015 43W7489 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 44E8840 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 44E8839 43W4298 59Y1988 59Y1994
Part number 25R8064 25R8060* 39M5895 39M5894 42C2069 42C2071 39R6525 39R6527 43W4324 44E8825 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 44E8826 44E8822 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 44E8695 43W4296 43W4299* 43W4339* 59Y1987 59Y1993
Feature codes 1670 1671 1681 3551 3550 1696 1697 1698 1699 3567 3568 3569 3559 3580 3581 3578 3579 5864 3583 3589 3591 3584 3571 3885 3886
Description Storage controllers1 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 IBM SAS HBA Controller DS4000 FC 4Gbps PCI-X Dual Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x3 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x3 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x4 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x4 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller10 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery ServeRAID Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller9 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller9 ServeRAID-MR10i Battery ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Adapter length Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI support x8 PCI-E 64-bit/ 266MHz 64-bit/ 266MHz 64-bit/ 266MHz 64-bit/ 266MHz x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x1 PCI-E x8 PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E (x8) PCI-E (x8) PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E -
Slots supported Dedicated connector Dedicated connector 1,2 2 2 2 2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 2 2 -
Hot-Plug capable N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N -
2 2 2 1 1
165
42C1823 30R5205 30R5505 42C1763 73P5105 73P5205 39Y6129 39Y6139 42C1753 39Y6071 39Y6091 42C1783 42C1793 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 42C4178
172621X 172622X 172641X 172642X 42C1820 73P5101 73P5201 39Y6126 39Y6136 42C1750 39Y6066 39Y6088* 42C1780 42C1790 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 39Y9566
2620 2621 2622 2623 1637 1483 1481 2978 1579 1580 2944 2974 2975 1485 1487 2995 5451 2976 2977 5751 1607
External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 IBM System Storage DS3200 IBM System Storage DS3400 IBM System Storage DS3400 Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter7 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter6 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter6 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter - PCIe5 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter - PCI-X NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Other I/O PCI-E Riser Card PCI-X Riser Card5
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI-E 8x 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 8x 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 4X PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 1X 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x -
N Y Y N Y Y N N N Y Y N N N N N N 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1
39Y6744 32R2798
32R2816
4317 4288
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. All x3550 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k, pn 25R8064. 2. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM. 3. Requires PCI-X Riser Card (Option 32R2816). 4. Requires PCI-E Riser Card (SBB 39Y6744). This riser card ships on all standard x3550 models. 5. A PCI-X Riser Card must be selected when a PCI-X adapter is selected 6. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT capable servers. 7. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory. 8. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized. 9. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883, which comes as part of option p/n 44E8822. 10. In slots 2...4, the MR10M will require remote mounting of the adapter batteries, which will require 1 battery shelf (p/n 46C4182) per system and 1 remote battery cable kit (p/n 44E8823) per battery. The remote battery cable kit comes with the adapter option, while the shelf comes as a part of the Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit option (p/n 44E8822).
Slot PCI Slot 1 Type PCI-E Bus Voltage(V) Frequency MHz x8 Data path Active PCI Slot length HL / FH
166
PCI Slot 2
PCI-X or PCI-E
133
64
HL / FH
167
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
32R2810 -
32R2815 42D3642 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 39Y8923 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 26K4245 26K4244 26K4243 26K4257 39Y8999 39Y8935 2130R30 21301RX* 21302RX* 21304RX 2130R6X 39Y8857 24195KX
1964 -
Power1 x3550 Redundant Power Supply 670W2 x3550 DC Redundant Power Supply 670W Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord DPI NEMA Rack PDU 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2 DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2 DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) DPI 32A Three Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+N+G (250V) line cord DPI 60A Three Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord DPI 63A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+N+G (250V) line cord DPI 63A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+N+G (250V) line cord 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn 32amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 32A 2P+Gnd connector IBM UPS3000XLU 100-127V (US LV cord) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2 IBM UPS3000 IBM UPS3000 IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 1500T HV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS5000 HV
Notes: 1. System x3550 ships with a single 670w hot-swap capable power supply, and two power cords standard, including one rack power cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one AC line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P). 2. The power supply ships with a single 2.8m rack power Y-cable (39M5440) which replaces the system's standard power cable. When used in conjunction with multiple 7978s, the Y-cable is designed to be split between 7978s. Therefore, the number of PDU outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy is provided. Figure 1. Y power cable supplied with the redundant power supply.
168
39Y7953 -
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 17231RX* 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 1735L04 1735R16 31R3132* 39M2895 39M2894 4938 4942* 4943 4944 40K9200 40K9201 40K5372 40K9584
3751 -
Rack and NetBAY IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack Console Connectivity IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch NetBAY Local Console Manager NetBAY Remote Console Manager IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) IBM USB Conversion Option IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Monitors C117 17" TFT CRT IBM T115 15" TFT LCD IBM T117 17" TFT LCD IBM T119 19 TFT LCD Keyboard and mouse IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English
169
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
39M5636 39M5658* 43W8478 43W8480 44E8895 362516X 362532X 362550X 46C5364 46C5387 46C5388 45591UX 45594UX 87651UX
Tape drives IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM HH LTO2 Tape Option1 IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape Drive IBM 36/72GB DDS Gen5 SATA Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle External tape enclosures2,3 NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure 4U Rackmount SCSI Tape Enclosure IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure Tape autoloaders3 External tape libraries IBM System Storage TS3100/ TS3200 Tape Library (all models) Associated tape options -
Ultra160 SCSI LVD USB USB USB USB USB USB Ultra160 (16-bit) Ultra2 (16bit) -
Internal HH 89mm (5.25in) 1U form factor / Rack 4U form factor / Rack 1U Rack Mount -
3573-xxx
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. These Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this system and require an external tape enclosure for installation. 2. Quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit required per SCSI tape drive required. 3. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via 39R8752 PCI-X U320 SCSI storage controller . 39R8752 PCI-X U320 storage controller requires 32R2816 PCI-X riser card on this system. 4. This is a GoVault cartridge, only fits inside the 25R0006
170
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
7946-12Y
7946-32Y
7946-42Y
7946-52Y
7946-62Y
7946-3AY
7946-92Y
7946-E1Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor L5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w)
1/2
2GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2
2GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
2GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
2GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
2GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
2GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
4GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
4GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
171
7946-E2Y
7946-E3Y
7946-E4Y
7946-E5Y
7946-E6Y
7946-E7Y
7946-74Y
7946-94Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w)
1/2 LC
4GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
8GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
6GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
12GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
P, H, F
2/2
24GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
P, H, F
2/2
24GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
2/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
4GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
4GB / 128GB
Rack (1U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
7946-12Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Optical drive
7946-32Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-42Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-52Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
172
7946-62Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-3AY
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-92Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E1Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E2Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E3Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E4Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E5Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E6Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-E7Y
Dual 1Gb
SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap
0GB / 3000GB
7946-74Y 7946-94Y
SAS/SATA SAS/SATA
Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CDRW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA MultiBurner Ultra Slim Enhanced SATA MultiBurner None None
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/6
2/2
7/7
2/2
7/7 7/7
2/2 2/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7946-12Y is 7946-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. 2.5" SAS form factor 4. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 5. IBM Integrated Management Module (IMM) on planar
173
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options
Model support
44E5177 44E5178 44E5179 44E5180 44E5181 44E5182 44E5183 46M1035 46M1036 46M1037 46M1038 59Y3122 44E5184 44E5185 44E5186 44E5187 44E5188 44E5189 44E5190 46M1039 46M1040 46M1041 46M1042 59Y3123
46M1077 46M1079 46M1080 46M1083 46M1085 46M1086 46M1087 46M1078 46M1081 46M1082 46M1084 59Y3124
3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 6990 6991 6992 6993 0704 0362 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4449 7750 7751 7752 4453
Standard processor1 Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Processor L5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Processor E5504 4C (2.0GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Processor L5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 60w) Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Processor L5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Additional processors1 Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor L5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.0GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor L5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 60w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Addl Intel Xeon Processor L5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 60W) Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon
12Y , E1Y 3AY 42Y 52Y, E2Y 72Y, 74Y E3Y 92Y, 94Y 32Y 62Y 12Y , E1Y 3AY 42Y 52Y, E2Y 72Y, 74Y E3Y 92Y, 94Y 32Y 62Y 62Y
Notes: 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Figure 1. System x3550 M2 (7946) System Planar
174
175
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description
Memory DIMMs (1x1GB) Single Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (1x8GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM Associated Memory Options IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi 1GB 2GB 2GB 4GB 8GB
Notes:
Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring effectively reduces available memory by half. Slots 7, 8, 15, and 16 is not used for memory mirroring. For non-memory mirroring, DIMMS within a channel are to be populated starting with the DIMMS farthest from the processor in a "fill-farthest" approach with the largest memory size DIMM first and proceeding downwards in DIMM sizes and socket locations. Quad Rank DDR3 SDRAM R-DIMMS are not currently supported Memory subsystem supports three DIMMs per channel for single-rank and /or dual-rank DIMMs, and two DIMMs per channel for quad-rank DIMMs. Therefore, there is a 12 DIMM maximum limitation when quad-rank DIMMs are used.
Model 12Y, 32Y, 42Y, 52Y, 62Y, 82Y, 3AY 72Y, 92Y, E1Y, E2Y E3Y
Std. DIMM configuration 2 x 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 2 x 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 4 x 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM
176
DIMM population sequence is in the box. DIMM slot assignment is next to the box.
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. System x3550 M2 (7946) Memory in Mirrored Mode layout
DIMM population sequence in pair of two DIMMs are shown in the box. DIMM slot assignment is next to the box. CH2 is unused in Mirrored Channel mode.
177
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
43W7715 41Y8265 43W7671 42D0749 42D0754 43W7731 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 42D0709 43W7691 44W2266 44W2296
40K1692 43W7714 41Y8264 43W7670 42D0747 42D0752 43W7535* 43W7536 43W7545 42D0632 42D0637 42D0672 42D0677 42D0707 -
3745 5403 5595 5405 5407 5197 5537 5599 5522 5536 5409 3747 5413 5412
46M0902 46M0901 -
Diskette IBM External USB Floppy Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SFF SSD IBM 31.4GB SATA 2.5'' SFF Slim-HS SSD V2 SFF 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD SFF SFF IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD1 SFF IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD1 50 GB Simple Swap SATA SSD SFF SAS Hot-Swap 2.5" HDDs IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF SlimSFF HS HDD IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF SED IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF SED SAS Hot-Swap 3.5" HDDs Optical devices UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner Ultra-Slim IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM Combo Ultra-Slim UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM Ultra-Slim Combo External storage expansion units Form factor -
1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 4 , 2, 3, 4 , 2, 3, 4 , 2, 3, 4 , 1, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4 4 4 4 , , , , 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 , , , , 6 6 6 6
6 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 6 6
1, 1, 1, 1,
, , , ,
6 6 6 6
1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6
7 7 7
1 1 1
172701X
Notes:* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Figure 1. System x3550 M2 drive bay designations with 2.5 inch hard disk drives
178
179
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 39M6013 39M6015 46M6051 46M6052 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 43W4340 43W4298 44E8692 44E8702 44E8839 44E8840 46M0850 46M0857 46M0922 46M0932 46M0862 46M0865 59Y1988 59Y1994
Part number 39M5895 39M5894 46M6049 46M6050 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 44E8825 43W4296 44E8689 44E8700 44E8695 44E8826 46M0829 46M0917 46M0916 46M0930 46M0831 59Y1987 59Y1993
Feature codes 3551 3550 3589 3591 1698 1699 3580 3581 3567 3568 3578 3579 3559 3571 3577 3583 3584 5864 0093 5744 3877 5106 0095 9749 3885 3886
Description Storage controllers1,2 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller3 ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options
Adapter length Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI support 64-bit/ 266MHz 64-bit/ 266MHz x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E PCI-E x8 x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E
Slots supported 1, 2 1, 2 1,2 1,2 1, 2 1, 2 1,2 1,2 1, 2 1, 2 1,2 1,2 2 Dedicated connector Dedicated connector 1,2 Dedicated connector Dedicated connector Dedicated connector Dedicated connector 1,2 1,2
Hot-Plug capable N N Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y
Max supported 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
180
42C1823 39Y6129 39Y6139 42C1753 39Y6071 42C1783 42C1793 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 59Y1887 44X0137
42C1820 39Y6126 39Y6136 42C1750 39Y6066 42C1780 42C1790 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 46M1076
1637 2944 2974 2975 1485 2995 5451 2976 2977 5751 5763 3585
IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter - PCIe NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x QLogic QLE7340 single-port 4X QDR IB x8 PCI-E 2.0 HCA Dual port 1Gb Ethernet Daughter Card Systems Management IBM Virtual Media Key Other I/O PCI-Express (1x16) Riser Card Slot 1 (support low profile adapter) PCI-X Riser Card slot 2 (support FH/ HL adapter)
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4X PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 1X PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8x -
N N N N Y N N N N N N N
2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. ServerRAID-MR10i (FC 3571), ServeRAID-BR10i (FC 3577) or ServeRAID-MR10is (FC 3584) is required to be installed in all hot-swap systems. 2. A PCI-X Riser Card must be selected when a PCI-X adapter is selected 3. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Slot PCI Slot 1 Type Support low profile card (either PCIe x16 w/PCIe riser or PCI-X w/PCI-X riser) Support full height half length card (either PCIe x16 w/PCIe riser or PCI-X w/PCI-X riser). Bus Voltage(V) Frequency MHz x8 or 133 MHz Data path 64 Active PCI Slot length HL / LP
PCI Slot 2
64
HL / FH
181
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power SBB number 46M1075 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 40K9614 40K9615 40K9772 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 40K9620* 24195KX Option number Feature codes Redundant 675W Power supply Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector IBM Enterprise C13 PDU IBM Enterprise C19 PDU DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P) IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G) 25 C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS3000 EBM IBM UPS5000 HV Description
39Y8072 -
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 17237RX 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 39M2894 39M2895 -
3757 -
Rack and NetBAY 25 IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 19" Fixed Shelf Option Rack Console Switch IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch Rack/tower conversion kits IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO) IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Rack Console Connectivity
182
1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 19in Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors Keyboard and mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
183
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
43W8492 -
5395 -
Tape drives IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive External tape enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Tape autoloaders External tape libraries Associated tape options -
2...3 -
USB -
89mm (5.25in) HH -
Note: Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this system and require an external tape enclosure for installation.
184
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Form factor
7979-A1Y3
Apr 4 2008
7979-A2Y3
Apr 4 2008
7979-ABY4
Apr 4 2008
7979-AMY4
7979-B1Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-B3Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-B4Y3
Sep 30 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz/ 1066MHz FSB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
2/2
8GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
185
7979-B5Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-B7Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-B9Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-BAY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-BCY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-BDY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-BEY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-BGY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-BJY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-C1Y3
Apr 4 2008
7979-C3Y3
Apr 4 2008
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz FSB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz/ 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w)
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
186
7979-C4Y3
Apr 4 2008
7979-CAY4
Apr 4 2008
7979-CBY4
Apr 4 2008
7979-CCY4
Apr 4 2008
7979-CDY4
Apr 4 2008
7979-CMY4
7979-E4Y3
7979-E5Y3
Apr 4 2008
7979-E6Y3
7979-E7Y
Sep 30 2009
7979-EAY3
Apr 4 2008
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz FSB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz FSB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
2/2
8GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
4GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
187
7979-ECY4
Apr 4 2008
7979-EDY3
Apr 4 2008
7979-EFY
Sep 30 2009
7979-EVY3
Sep 30 2009
7979-EWY3
7979-G5Y3
Jun 29 2007
7979-GSY4
Jun 29 2007
7979-H5Y3
Jan 19 2007
7979-HSY4
Jan 19 2007
7979-JAY4
May 30 2008
7979-JBY4
May 30 2008
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache DualCore Xeon Processor) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5050 (3.0GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache DualCore Xeon Processor) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5063 (3.2GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache DualCore Xeon Processor) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5063 (3.2GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache DualCore Xeon Processor) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w)
1/2
4GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/48GB
Rack(2U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
2/2
8GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P, H, F
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
188
7979-LBY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-L2Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-21Y3
May 30 2008
7979-2AY4
May 30 2008
7979-31Y3
Aug 31 2007
7979-3AY4
Aug 31 2007
7979-41Y3
May 30 2008
7979-4AY4
May 30 2008
7979-51Y3
May 30 2008
7979-5AY4
May 30 2008
7979-61Y3
Aug 31 2007
7979-6AY4
Aug 31 2007
7979-71Y3
Sep 30 2009
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz 50W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz/ 1333MHz 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
189
7979-7AY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-7MY4
7979-E9Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-EHY3
Sep 30 2009
7979-EJY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-EMY3
Sep 30 2009
7979-MAY4
Sep 30 2009
7979-M1Y4
Sep 30 2009
7979-82Y3
Sep 30 2009
7979-8BY4
Sep 30 2009
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/ 1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 12MB L2 120W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 12MB L2 120W)
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
2/2
8GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
7979-NAY3
Oct 27 2007
7979-ENY3
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
1/2
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
190
7979-EPY3
Apr 4 2008
7979-EQY3
Apr 4 2008
Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
1/2
1GB/ 48GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD interface Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-swap Hot-Swap Hot-swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
7979-A1Y3 7979-A2Y3 7979-ABY4 7979-AMY4 7979-B1Y3 7979-B3Y3 7979-B4Y3 7979-B5Y3 7979-B7Y3 7979-B9Y3 7979-BAY4 7979-BCY4 7979-BDY4 7979-BEY4 7979-BGY4 7979-BJY4 7979-C1Y3 7979-C3Y3 7979-C4Y3 7979-CAY4 7979-CBY4 7979-CCY4 7979-CDY4 7979-CMY4 7979-E4Y3 7979-E5Y3 7979-E6Y3 7979-E7Y 7979-EAY3
Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Sep 30 2009 Apr 4 2008
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Internal Optical HDD drive storage (std/ max) 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 1022/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 1022/ 2400GB CD-RW/ DVD (2.5") Combo 0/6000GB CD-RW/DVD (3.5") Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo 292/6000GB CD-RW/DVD (3.5") Combo 0/ 2400GB CD-RW/ (2.5") DVD Combo 0/ 6000GB CD-RW/ (3.5") DVD Combo
Bays (total/ avail) 6/6 6/6 8/8 8/0 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 6/6 6/6 6/6 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/0 6/6 6/6 6/4 8/8 6/6
Slots (total/ avail) 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4
191
7979-ECY4 7979-EDY3 7979-EFY 7979-EVY3 7979-EWY3 7979-G5Y3 7979-GSY4 7979-H5Y3 7979-HSY4 7979-JAY4 7979-JBY4 7979-LBY4 7979-L2Y3 7979-21Y3 7979-2AY4 7979-31Y3 7979-3AY4 7979-41Y3 7979-4AY4 7979-51Y3 7979-5AY4 7979-61Y3 7979-6AY4 7979-71Y3 7979-7AY4 7979-7MY4 7979-E9Y3 7979-EHY3 7979-EJY4 7979-EMY3 7979-MAY4 7979-M1Y3 7979-82Y3 7979-8BY4
Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Jun 29 2007 Jun 29 2007 Jan 19 2007 Jan 19 2007 May 30 2008 May 30 2008 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 May 30 2008 May 30 2008 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 May 30 2008 May 30 2008 May 30 2008 May 30 2008 Aug 31 2007 Aug 31 2007 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Sep 30 2009 Oct 27 2007 Oct 27 2007
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
7979-NAY3 7979-ENY3
SAS SAS
0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-swap 292/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-swap 0/6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 1022/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 2400GB (2.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 0/2400GB (2.5") Storage Servers Hot-Swap 1272/ 6000GB (3.5") Hot-Swap 72/ 6000GB (3.5")
Hot-Swap
CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo
8/8 6/6 8/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 6/6 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 8/0 6/6 6/6 8/8 6/6 8/8 6/6 6/6 8/8
4/4 4/4 4/3 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4
6/0 6/4
4/4 4/4
192
7979-EPY3 7979-EQY3
SAS SAS
Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
6/6 6/6
4/4 4/4
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7979-12Y is 7979-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. 3.5" SAS Form Factor 4. 2.5" SAS Form Factor 5. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 6. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / IPMI 2.0 / H8S2166
193
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options
Model support
41Y8978 41Y8979 41Y8980 41Y8981 41Y8982 41Y8983 42D3785 43W5782 43W5784 43W5826 43W5827 43W5828 43W5911 43W5913 44E5034 44E5046 44E5047 44E5048 44E5049 44E5050 44E5051 44E5052 44E5123 44E5141 44E5142 44E5165 46M1032 46M1059 46M1061 41Y4263 41Y4264
1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 2853 2897 2898 2815 2816 2817 2829 2830 3099 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3696 3610 3609 3628 6979 6997 6998 1380 1381
Standard processor1,2 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz/1066MHz FSB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz/1066MHz FSB) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Intel Intel Intel Intel Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Intel Intel Intel Intel Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W)
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz/1333MHz 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 12MB L2 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430(2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270 (3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W) Additional processors2 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache)
21Y, 2AY, EWY 31Y, 3AY, E1Y 41Y, 4AY, NAY, ENY, EPY, EQY 51Y, 5AY, E2Y, E3Y, E5Y 61Y, 6AY 71Y, 7AY, 7MY A1Y CAY,C1Y, CMY A2Y, ABY, EAY, AMY CBY, ECY C3Y, CCY, EDY JAY JBY C4Y,CDY B1Y, BAY, E4Y, E6Y, E7Y B3Y,BCY, EHY B4Y,BDY, EJY, EFY B5Y, BEY B7Y, BGY B9Y, BJY, E9Y, EVY L2Y,LBY EMY,MAY, M1Y 82Y,8BY 21Y,2AY, EWY 31Y,3AY, E1Y
194
41Y4265 41Y4266 41Y4267 41Y4268 42D3786 43W5783 43W5785 43W5818 43W5819 43W5820 43W5912 43W5914 44E5035 44E5056 44E5120 44E5131 44E5132 44R5620 44R5621 44R5622 44R5623 44R5624 44R5625 44E5163 46M1033 46M1060 46M1062
40K1234 40K1236 44E5057 44E5122 44E5133 44E5134 44R5630 44R5631 44R5632 44R5633 44R5634 44R5635 44E5164* 46M1034 46M1066 46M1067*
1382 1383 1384 1385 1416 1447 1448 3456 3457 3458 3466 3467 3499 3356 3382 3394 3393 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3627 4438 7756 7757
Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Quad-Core Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 50w) LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 1333MHz 120w) Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W)
Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz/1333MHz 50W) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5440 (2.83GHz 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5450 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 120W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270(3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W)
41Y,4AY, NAY, ENY, EPY,EQY 51Y, 5AY, E2Y, E3Y, E5Y 61Y,6AY 71Y,7AY, 7MY A1Y CAY,C1Y,CMY A2Y,ABY, EAY,AMY CBY, ECY C3Y,CCY,EDY JAY JBY C4Y,CDY B7Y,BGY B9Y,BJY, E9Y,EVY L2Y,LBY EMY,MAY, M1Y B1Y,BAY, E4Y,E6Y, E7Y B3Y,BCY, EHY B4Y, BDY, EFY, EJY B5Y,BEY 82Y,8BY -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. One dummy CPU heatsink (p/n: 39M6802) is required in Microprocessor 2 socket (U4) if only one CPU is installed. 2. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
195
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Memory description
Memory DIMMs 1,2 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz3 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz4 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz4 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz4 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FB-DIMM 667MHz3 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Notes: 1. Memory must be installed in matching pairs. 2. Memory mirroring requires a minimum upgrade increment of four DIMMs shared across both branches. These four DIMMS must all match, but do not need to match adjacent slot positions. Only half of the installed memory is available to the operating system when memory mirroring is used. 3. Single rank. 4. Dual rank.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model A1Y, E1Y, E2Y, E3Y, ENY, NAY, 21Y, 2 2AY, 31Y, 3AY, 41Y, 4AY, 51Y, 5AY, 61Y, 6AY, 71Y, 7AY, G5Y, GSY, H5Y, HSY,EPY, EQY A2Y,ABY,C3Y,CAY, CBY,CCY,C1Y,E5Y, 2 JAY,JBY, EWY 7MY, AMY, CMY 8 EAY,ECY, EDY, EFY, EHY, EJY, E6Y,E7Y, 2 E9Y EVY 4 B1Y, B3Y, B4Y, B5Y, B7Y, B9Y, BAY, 2 BCY, BDY, BEY, BGY, BJY, C4Y, CDY, EMY, L2Y, LBY, M1Y, MAY,E4Y
Std. DIMM Configuration x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHZ
196
197
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
39M4531 43W7577 43W7627 40K1075 40K1076 43X0808 43X0826 43X0841 42D0521 42D0614 42D0654 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 32R2784 32R2901 32R2899
40K1692 39M4530 43W7576 43W7626 41Y8232 40K1043 40K1044 43X0802 43X0824 43X0837 40K1052* 42D0519 42D0612 42D0652 43W7524 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 43W8304* -
5196 5530 5560 5161 5162 5532 5534 5543 5586 5509 5199 5311 5312 5313 4144 4143 4141
Diskette Drive IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 500GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD Express 750GB HotSwap SATA II SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD Optical Devices CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive External storage expansion units
1..6 1..6 1..6 1..6 1..6 1..6 1..6 1..8 1..8 1..8 1..6 1..8 1..8 1..6 1..6 1..6 CD Bay CD Bay CD Bay
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 6 8 8 6 6 6 1 1 1
3.5" SAS 3.5" SAS 3.5" SAS 2.5" SAS 2.5" SAS 2.5" SAS 3.5" SAS 2.5" SAS 2.5" SAS 3.5" SAS 3.5" SAS 3.5" SAS Form factor -
172701X
Note: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Mixing SAS and SATA hard drives is not allowed or supported. Figure 1. x3650 Front View (six bay configuration)
198
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Max supported
24P0963 39M6013 39M6015 25R8072 43W4326 44E8702 25R8077 25R8080 39R8819 39R8820 43W4298 43W4340 44E8839 44E8840 43W4340 43W7489 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42C2179 42C2182 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 46M6051 46M6052
39M5895 39M5894 25R8060* 43W4324 44E8700 25R8064 43W4296 44E8825 44E8695 44E8826 44E8822 43W4299* 43W4339* 42C2069 42C2071 39R6525 39R6527 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 46M6049 46M6050
1650 3551 3550 1681 3569 3583 1670 1671 1685 1686 3571 3559 3584 5864 3559 1696 1697 1698 1699 3567 3568 3580 3581 3578 3579 3589 3591
Storage controllers1 DS4000 Host Bus Adapter DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA IBM SAS HBA Controller2 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller10,17 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller 11 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller10 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery16 ServeRAID Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit ServeRAID-MR10i Battery ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x7 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x8 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x9 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x9 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half Half Half Half Half Half Full Full Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E
1, 2 1,2 1,2 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 Dedicated connector Dedicated connector 1 1 1 1,2,3,4 1 1, 2 1, 2 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
2 2 2 2 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
199
59Y1988 59Y1994
59Y1987 59Y1993
3885 3886
39R8819 39R8820 -
172621X 172622X 172631X 172632X 172641X 172642X 17421xx 17429xx 5198-001 2107-921 2107-922/ 9A2 1750-511
42C1823 30R5005 30R5205 30R5505 42C1763 39Y6071 39Y6091 42C1783 42C1793 39Y6129 39Y6139 42C1753 73P5105 73P5205 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 39R9504
42C1820 39Y6066 42C1780 42C1790 39Y6126 39Y6136 42C1750 73P5101 73P5201 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 39Y9566
1637 1566 1483 1481 2978 1485 1487 2995 5451 2944 2974 2975 1579 1580 2976 2977 5751 1606
Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options IBM ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB Cache) IBM ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB Cache) SAS - SAS Single Controller DS3200 IBM System Storage DS3200 IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk System (all models) TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk system (all models) IBM TotalStorage Enterprise NAS Gateway 500 IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 model 921 IBM TotalStorage DS8300 2107 model 922/9A2 IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM 10 Gb Ethernet Adapter IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter13 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter12 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter12 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Other I/O PCI Express Riser Card x365010,12 PCI-X Riser Card x365014,15
Half Half
PCI-E PCI-E
1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
Y Y
4 4
Full Full -
1 1 -
N N -
1 1 -
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI-E 8x 64-bit/ 266MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x -
14 1,2 1,2 1,2 1...4 1...4 1,2 1...4 1...4 1...4 1...4 1...4 1,2 1,2 1...4 1...4 1...4 Dedicated connector -
N Y N N N N N N N Y N N N N N N N N
4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 1
40K0028 40K0032
40K1907 40K1908
4334 4316
Notes: 1. All x3650 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade replace ServeRAID-8k-l with the following options: ServeRAID-8k, option 25R8064, for RAID 1E, 5 or 6; ServeRAID-MR10i, option 43W4296, for RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E); or ServeRAID-MR10is, option 44E8695, for encryption and RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E). 2. A maximum of one SAS HBA Adapter (25R8060) may be configured in x3650 prior to shipping. However, customers may install up to a total of four adapters, provided they Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009
200
disable the boot ROM on the adapters. 3. x3650 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only. 4. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first read the installation instructions provided in the option package. 5. Full-length with stiffener. 6. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s. 7. One PCI-E riser is required to install a maximum of two MegaRAID 8480 controllers. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM. 8. Requires PCI-X Riser Card (Option 40K1908). 9. Requires PCI-E Riser Card (Option 40K0028). This riser card ships on all standard x3650 models. 10. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883, which comes as part of option p/n 44E8822. 11. In slots 2...4, the MR10M will require remote mounting of the adapter batteries, which will require 1 battery shelf (p/n 46C4182) per system and 1 remote battery cable kit (p/n 44E8823) per battery. The remote battery cable kit comes with the adapter option, while the shelf comes as a part of the Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit option (p/n 44E8822). 12. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT capable servers. 13. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory. 14. The PCI Express Riser Card for x3650 comes standard with System x3650 15. A PCI-X riser is required when installing a PCI-X adapter in either slot 1 or slot 2. 16. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller 17. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Slot PCI Slot 11,2 Type PCI / PCI-X / PCI-E Fullsize, Fulllength PCI / PCI-X / PCI-E Fullsize, Halflength PCI-Express (low profile) PCI-Express (low profile) Bus 1A Voltage (V) 3V Frequency MHZ 133MHz Data path 64-bit Active PCI No Slot length Full Scan sequence 1
24
3V
133MHz
64-bit
No
Half
6 16
No No
Half Half
3 4
Notes: 1. Slots 1 and 2 require a riser compatible to the adapter being installed. 2. Depending on which riser card is installed, supports either PCI Express x8 connector x8 lanes or PCI -X 133 Mhz, PCI-X 100Mhz, PCI-X 66Mhz, PCI 66Mhz, PCI 33Mhz. PCI 2.3 and PCIX 1.0a compliant. 3. Non-hot plug low profile PCI Express slots accept x8 connector with x4 lanes. 4. Slots 3 and 4 are low-profile (2U) PCI-E slots that do not require a riser.
201
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
40K0029 43W5901 -
40K1905 43W5902 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8935 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 2130R3X 39Y8857 24195KX
1968 1988 -
Power1 xSeries 835W Redundant Power Option (110-127v) 700W - 48V DC Power Supply Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector IBM Enterprise C13 PDU2 IBM Enterprise C19 PDU2 DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2 IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 1000T LV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS5000 HV
Notes: 1. System x3650 ships with a single power supply. and two power cords standard, including one rack power cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one AC line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P). A second hot-swap power supply is optional for redundancy 2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
39Y8072
3757
Rack and NetBAY IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack/Tower Conversion Kits IBM USB Conversion Option IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
202
39Y7953 -
172317X 172319X 17233RX* 17231RX* 1735L04 1735R16 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 31R3132* 4938 4942* 4943 4944 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201 2130R30 39Y8999
3751 -
Rack Console Connectivity 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay NetBAY Local Console Manager NetBAY Remote Console Manager IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT IBM T115 15" TFT LCD IBM T117 17" TFT LCD IBM T119 19" TFT LCD Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB IBM UPS3000XLU 100-127V (US LV cord) 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn
203
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Description Tape drives DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive10 HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle4, 5
Bays supported 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay External only External only 3.5" systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay External only
Form factor
Internal 3.5" HH
43W8487
5392
IBM 80/160 GB Half High VS160 Tape Drive3 IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive10
Ultra160 SATA II
44E8870
44E8895 -
5398
IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive6
USB
46C5362 46C5369
5706 5710
46C5387
46C5388
46C5399
3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay DDS Gen 6 (80/160GB) Tape Media IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay IBM RDX 320 Internal USB Bundle 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay IBM RDX 500 Internal USB BUND 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive 2
87651UX 8767HHX -
USB
Internal 3.5" HH Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit 89mm (5.25in) HH FH Table Top
USB
USB
USB
4559FHX
External tape enclosures6, 7 IBM 2U Full High Stand Alone SCSI Tape Drive Enclosure8
204
IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure Tape libraries7 IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models) Associated tape options IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit9 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit for 2.5" HDD
43V5958 43W7319
43V5959 -
5387 4873
Ultra160
5.25" HH
45591UX
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. This internal tape drive attaches via a USB cable (SBB 44E8880/ FC 3833) to the internal USB connector. 2. This internal tape drive requires an external tape enclosure for installation in systems with a 2.5" SAS form factor. 3. This internal tape drive is not supported internally on this system and requires an external tape enclosure for installation. 4. Includes one base internal dock, enablement kit, and a 80GB GoVault cartridge. 3.5-inch models have six 3.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive bays. If installing an IBM GoVault rack optimization bundle, this drive will occupy two of the six 3.5-inch drive bays. 2.5-inch models have eight 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive bays and one dedicated 3.5-inch bay for the BM GoVault rack optimization bundle. 5. The IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle is an internal SATA drive that attaches to the SATA connector, J102, on the system planar. 6. A quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit is required per SCSI tape drive required. 7. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via 39R8752 PCI-X U320 SCSI controller. The 39R8752 PCI-X U320 storage controller requires a 40K1908 PCI-X riser card on this system. 8. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high tape drive. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power cord and an external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable. 9. For use with 3.5" configurations. 10. Internal use requires IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit.
205
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ MHz)cache Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w)
Form factor
7947-12Y
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
7947-32Y
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
7947-3AY
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
7947-52Y
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
7947-58Y
1/2
8GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P,H,F
7947-62Y
1/2
2GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
7947-72Y
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
7947-92Y
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
206
7947-E1Y
7947-E2Y
7947-E3Y
7947-E4Y
7947-E5Y
7947-E6Y
7947-E7Y
7947-64Y
7947-74Y
7947-84Y
7947-94Y
Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Intel Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w)
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
8GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
6GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
12GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
24GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P,H,F
2/2
24GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
2/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
1/2
4GB/ 128GB
Rack (2U)
1/2 LC
P,H,F
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
7947-12Y 7947-32Y
SAS SAS
Optical drive
207
7947-3AY 7947-52Y 7947-58Y 7947-62Y 7947-72Y 7947-92Y 7947-E1Y 7947-E2Y 7947-E3Y 7947-E4Y 7947-E5Y 7947-E6Y 7947-E7Y 7947-64Y 7947-74Y 7947-84Y 7947-94Y
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
SAS SAS SAS RAID6 SAS RAID6 SAS SAS RAID6 SAS SAS SAS RAID6 SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap
0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 803GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB 0GB/ 3600GB
CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo CD-RW/DVD Combo SATA Multiburner SATA Multiburner -
12/12 12/12 12/6 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 12/12
4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7947-12Y is 7947-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. IBM Integrated Management Module (IMM) on planar. 5. Requires optional 46D2516 Hot swap SAS/SATA 4 Pac HDD Kit for IBM System x3650 M2 to use all 12 bays 6. ServerRAID-MR10i controller installed. Supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
208
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options
Model support
44E5177 44E5178 44E5179 44E5180 44E5181 44E5182 44E5183 46M1035 46M1036 46M1037 46M1038 59Y3122 44E5184 44E5185 44E5186 44E5187 44E5188 44E5189 44E5190 46M1039 46M1040 46M1041 46M1042 59Y3123
46M1077 46M1079 46M1080 46M1083 46M1085 46M1086 46M1087 46M1078 46M1081 46M1082 46M1084 59Y3124
3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 6990 6991 6992 6993 0704 0362 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4449 7750 7751 7752 4453
Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl Addl
Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Xeon Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel
Standard processor1 Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Processor L5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Processor E5504 4C (2.0GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Processor L5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 60w) Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Processor L5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Additional processors Xeon Processor E5502 2C (1.86GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Xeon Processor E5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Xeon Processor L5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w) Xeon Processor E5530 4C (2.4GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Xeon Processor X5550 4C (2.66GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Xeon Processor X5560 4C (2.8GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Xeon Processor X5570 4C (2.93GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1333MHz 95w) Xeon Processor E5504 4C (2.0GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 80w) Xeon Processor E5520 4C (2.26GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Xeon Processor L5506 4C (2.13GHz 4MB L3 Cache 800MHz 60w) Xeon Processor E5540 4C (2.53GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 80w) Xeon Processor L5530 4C (2.40GHz 8MB L3 Cache 1066MHz 60w
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
209
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Memory description
Memory DIMMs 1,2,3 (1x1GB) Single Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank x8 PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (1x8GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 LP RDIMM Associated Memory Options IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi 1GB 2GB 2GB 4GB 8GB
Notes: 1. Maximum Memory possible: Single rank RDIMMS 64GB (16 x 4GB) Dual rank RDIMMS 128GB (16 x 8GB) Quad rank RDIMMs 96GB (12 x 8GB) - not supported at this time. 2. 16GB RDIMMS not supported 3. Only half of the installed memory is available to the operating system when memory mirroring is used. 4. Quad Rank DDR3 SDRAM R-DIMMS are not currently supported
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Std. DIMM Configuration 2 x 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 2 x 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 4 x 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM
DIMM population sequence is in the box. DIMM slot assignment is next to the box.
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. System x3650 M2 (7947) Memory in Mirrored Mode layout
DIMM population sequence in pair of two DIMMs are shown in the box. DIMM slot assignment is next to the box. CH2 is unused in Mirrored Channel mode.
211
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Height
Bays supported1
Maximum quantity
43W7715 41Y8265 43W7671 42D0749 42D0754 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 42D0709 43W7691 43W7731 44W2266 44W2296 44X0100
40K1692 43W7714 41Y8264 43W7670 42D0747 42D0752 42D0632 42D0637 42D0672 42D0677 43W7535* 43W7536 43W7545 42D0707 46D2516
3745 5403 5595 5405 5407 5537 5599 5522 5536 5409 3747 5197 5413 5412 7552
46M0901 46M0902
2.5" SAS IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 2.5" SATA 50 GB Simple Swap SATA SSD 2.5" SATA IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED 2.5" SAS IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED 2.5" SAS Associated options Hot swap SAS/SATA 4 Pac HDD Kit for IBM System x3650 M2 Optical Devices IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner (Rambo) External storage expansion units Form factor -
Diskette Drive IBM External USB Floppy Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD IBM 31.4GB SATA 2.5'' SFF Slim-HS SSD V2 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD
2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 2.5" SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA
0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 1..12 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 0..11 -
8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 -
172701X
Notes:* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Requires optional 46D2516 Hot swap SAS/SATA 4 Pac HDD Kit for IBM System x3650 M2 to use all 12 bays
212
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Max supported
46M6051 46M6052 42C1823 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 43W4298 43W4340 44E8692 44E8702 44E8839 44E8840 46M0850 46M0857 46M0922 46M0888 46M0900 46M0932 46M0862 46M0865 59Y1988
39M5895 39M5894 46M6049 46M6050 42C1820 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 43W4296 44E8825 44E8689 44E8700 44E8695 44E8826 46M0829 46M0917 46M0916 46M0877 46M0898 46M0930 46M0831 59Y1987
3589 3591 1637 1698 1699 3580 3581 3567 3568 3578 3579 3571 3559 3577 3583 3584 5864 0093 5744 3877 0096 1649 5106 0095 9749 3885
Storage controllers1 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller3,4,6 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller3,4 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller3,4 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller3,4 ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E PCI-E PCIe 8x PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x4 PCI-E
1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 SAS Riser, 1,3,4 1,2,3,4 2,1,4,3 1,2,3,4 1,4,3 1,4,3 1,4,3 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 2,1,4,3 1,2,3,4
Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 4 4 1 4
213
59Y1994
59Y1993
3886
39Y6071 39Y6129 39Y6139 39Y6149 42C1753 42C1773 42C1803 59Y1887 42C1783 42C1793 44X0137
42C1820 39Y6066 39Y6126 39Y6136 39Y6146 42C1750 42C1770 42C1800 42C1780 42C1790 46M1076
1485 2944 2974 2976 2975 2977 5751 5763 2995 5451 3585
Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x QLogic QLE7340 single-port 4X QDR IB x8 PCI-E 2.0 HCA NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Dual port 1Gb Ethernet Daughter Card Systems Management IBM Virtual Media Key Other I/O IBM System x3650 M2 PCI-Express (2x8) Riser Card5 IBM System x3650 M2 PCI-Express (1x16) Riser Card5 IBM System x3650 M2 PCI-X Riser Card5
Half
PCI-E
1,2,3,4
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCIe 8x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x -
1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 Dedicated connector -
N N Y N N N N N N N N N
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Notes: 1. ServerRAID-MR10i (3571), ServeRAID-BR10i (FC 3577) or ServeRAID-MR10is (FC 3584) is required to be installed in all hot-swap systems. 2. PCI card type is dependent on the kind of PCI riser installed in the system. Riser in riser connector 1 enables slots 1 and 2 while riser in riser connector 2 enables slots 3 and 4. 3. If this adapter is installed in a system that supports 8 HDDs or 8 HDDs plus tape, then populate in the dedicated slot on the SAS riser card. 4. If this adapter is installed in a system that supports up to 12 HDDs, then populate in a supported PCI slot (1,3,4) on a PCI-E riser. 5. Must remove one of the standard riser cards in order to use this riser card. 6. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
Slot PCI Slot 1 Type PCIe x8, PCIe x16, or PCI-X, depending on riser PCIe x8 or PCI-X, depending on riser Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHZ Data path Active PCI Slot length Full Slot height Full (3U) Scan sequence -
PCI Slot 2
214
PCI Slot 3
PCI Slot 4
PCIe x8, PCIe x16, or PCI-X, depending on riser PCIe x8 or PCI-X, depending on riser
Full
Full (3U)
Half
Full (3U)
215
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power 44X0147 SBB number 46M1075 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 40K9614 40K9615 40K9772 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 40K9620* 24195KX Option number 2100 Feature codes IBM 675W Redundant Power Supply Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector IBM Enterprise C13 PDU IBM Enterprise C19 PDU DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P) IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G) C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack IBM UPS3000 EBM IBM UPS5000 HV Description
39Y8072 39Y7953 -
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 17237RX 39M2894 39M2895 31R3132* 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX
3757 3751 -
Rack and NetBAY IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 19" Fixed Shelf Option Rack/Tower Conversion Kits IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO) IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Rack Console Switch IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch Rack Console Connectivity
216
1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 19in Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit Monitors Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
217
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB Part number number 43W8487 43W8492 46C5369 46C5374 46C5376 46C5378 43W8480 39M5636 43W8478 44E8895 46C5399 46C5364
Description Tape drives IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX Internal USB Dock IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle
Form factor
89mm (5.25in) HH Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit -
46C5387
Internal
USB
46C5388
Internal
USB
44X0073
7551
External tape enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Tape libraries Associated tape options IBM x3650-M2 RDX and DDS Internal Enablement kit
Notes: 1. Use of the RDX and DDS Internal Enablement Kit will only allow up to a maximum of 8 hard drives to be installed in the server.
218
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Form factor
7980-51Y
7980-52Y
7980-53Y
7980-54Y
7980-55Y
7980-5CY
Dual 3.2Ghz/ 800Mhz processors, 2MB L2 cache, 2 x 1GB, O/B Hot-swap Ultra 320 SCSI, Dual DC power Dual 3.2Ghz/ 800Mhz processors, 2MB L2 cache, 2 x 512MB, O/ B Hot-swap Ultra 320 SCSI, Dual DC power Dual 3.2Ghz/ 800Mhz processors, 2MB L2 cache, 2 x 1GB, O/B Hot-swap Ultra 320 SCSI, Dual AC power Dual 3.2Ghz/ 800Mhz processors, 2MB L2 cache, 2 x 1GB, 2 x 146GB HDD, Dual DC power Dual 3.2Ghz/ 800Mhz processors, 2MB L2 cache, 2 x 1GB, 2 x 146GB HDD, Dual AC power Dual 3.2Ghz/800Mhz processors, 2MB L2 cache, 2 x 1GB, O/B Hot-swap Ultra 320 SCSI, Dual AC power
2/2
2GB/12GB
2U x 20" deep
2/2
1GB/12GB
2U x 20" deep
2/22 -
P,H,S
2/2
2GB/12GB
2U x 20" deep
2/23 -
P,H,S
2/2
2GB/12GB
2U x 20" deep
2/22 -
P,H,S
2/2
2GB/12GB
2U x 20" deep
2/23 -
P,H,S
2/2
6GB/12GB
2U x 20" deep
2/23 -
P,H,S
Integrated ethernet Dual Gbit Dual Gbit Dual Gbit Dual Gbit Dual Gbit Dual Gbit
Internal HDD storage (std/max) 0GB/292GB 0GB/292GB 0GB/292GB 2X146GB /292 GB 2X146GB /292 GB 2X146GB /292 GB
Optical drive CD ROM CD RW/ DVD 24x CD RW/ DVD 24x CD RW/ DVD 24x CD RW/ DVD 24x CD RW/ DVD 24x
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009
219
2. 3. 4. 5.
country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7980-52Y is 7980-52U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator. This model includes dual DC power supplies. This model includes dual AC power supplies. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. Integrated service processor (Baseboard Management Controller) / on planar
220
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description Memory DIMMs 1 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb) 1GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 2GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM SDRAM (chip-kill) Single rank
39M5809 -
Notes: 1. A minimum of one DIMM is required. However, for performance, a minimum of two identical DIMMs should be populated. Pairs must always match.
221
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
42D0483
5310
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 146GB SCSI HDD External Storage Expansion Units -
Form Factor -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available
222
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Part number
Feature code
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max supported
41Y3368
1692
73P5105 73P5205
73P5101 73P5201
1579 1580
Storage controllers Intel SRCZCRX Ultra320 SCSI RAID 0/1/5/10/50 Storage Controller ATX/LP PCI-X Networking PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by IntelPCI-X PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by IntelPCI-X
Half
PCI-X
Half Half
64bit/133MHz 64bit/133MHz
N N
3 3
223
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Feature codes
Description
Power PDU+ (WW) PDU (WW) 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) Monitors
224
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
7943-22Y
7943-32Y
7943-34Y
7943-52Y
7943-E1Y
7943-E2Y
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ MHz)cache Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2344 HE (1.7GHz, 55W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2356 (2.3GHz, 75W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2344 HE (1.7GHz, 55W ACP) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 115W)
Form factor
2GB/64GB
Rack(2U)
Power supply Hot-swap quantity (std/ (power, slots, max) HDD, fans, memory) (Line cord)3 1/2 PHF LC
1/2
2GB/64GB
Rack(2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/64GB
Rack(2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
2GB/64GB
Rack(2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/64GB
Rack(2U)
1/2 LC
PHF
1/2
4GB/64GB
Rack(2U)
2/2 LC
PHF
Part number1 Integrated ethernet 7943-22Y 7943-32Y 7943-34Y 7943-52Y 7943-E1Y 7943-E2Y Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
Storage ctrl Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive interface storage (std/ max) SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap 0/4500GB (3.5") 0/1168GB (2.5") 0/4500GB (3.5") 0/1168GB (2.5") 0/4500GB (3.5") 0/1168GB (2.5") CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo CD-RW/ DVD Combo
PCI-X slots (total/ avail) 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009
225
orderable part number for 7943-32Y is 7943-32U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. Slot 1 is available as a HTX, PCI-X or PCI-E slot, depending on the riser chosen. A riser is required in order to use this slot. Each riser supports one adapter, plus one Remote Supervisor adapter. 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) / H82166 / IPMI 2.0 / IBM Active Energy Manager
226
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Standard processor Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 115W) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2356 (2.3GHz, 115W) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2344 HE (1.7GHz, 55W ACP) Additional processors Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 115W) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2356 (2.3GHz, 115W) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2344 HE (1.7GHz, 55W ACP)
Model support 32Y, 34Y, E2Y 52Y 22Y, E1Y 32Y, 34Y, E2Y 52Y 22Y, E1Y
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. Figure 1. System x3655 (7943) processor
227
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Memory description
Memory DIMMs 1 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory
Notes: 1. Matching memory DIMMs should be installed in pairs, in adjacent sockets. Memory is populated starting farthest away from the associated processor, starting with socket 1 and 2.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Std. DIMM Configuration 2 x 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory 4 x 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
228
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
40K1692
5196 5530 5161 5162 5532 5534 5543 5586 4144 4141 4143
39M4531 39M4530 43W7577 43W7576 40K1075 40K1043 40K1076 40K1044 40K1052* 43X0808 43X0802 43X0826 43X0824 43X0841 43X0837 42D0521 42D0519 42D0612 42D0652 43W7524 32R2784 32R2899 32R2901 -
Diskette IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM Server 73GB SAS 15K SFF HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD Optical Devices CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive External Storage Expansion Units IBM System Storage EXP3000 IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo
Form factor -
1..6 1..6 1..6 1..6 1..8 1..6 1..8 1..8 1..6 Optical Drive Bay Optical Drive Bay Optical Drive Bay
6 6 6 6 8 6 8 8 6 1 1 1
Form Factor 89mm (3.50 in.) 89mm (3.50 in.) 89mm (3.50 in.) 89mm (3.50 in.) 89mm (3.50 in.) 89mm (3.50 in.) 133mm (5.25 in.) 5.25 in.
Front Access Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Note: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. In 3.5" models, the internal tape drive occupies hard drive bays 3 and 5, reducing the number of possible installed hard drives to four.
Table 2. Bay Configuration for 2.5" Models
229
Form Factor 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 3.25 in. 5.25 in.
Height 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 2.50 in. 3.25 in -
Front Access Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Usage HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD HDD TAPE CD/DVD/MultiBurner
230
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max supported
46M6051 46M6052 25R8072 43W4326 44E8702 25R8077 25R8080 43W4340 43W4298 44E8839 44E8840 39M6013 39M6015 43W7489 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42C2179 42C2182 42D0486 42D0495 42D0502 42D0511 59Y1988 59Y1994
46M6049 46M6050 25R8060* 43W4324 44E8700 25R8064 44E8825 43W4296 44E8695 44E8826 43W4299* 42C2069 42C2071 39R6525 39R6527 42D0485 42D0494 42D0501 42D0510 59Y1987 59Y1993
3589 3591 1681 3569 3583 1670 1671 3559 3571 3584 5864 3551 3550 1696 1697 1698 1699 3567 3568 3580 3581 3578 3579 3885 3886
172621X 172622X
Storage Controllers1 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM SAS HBA Controller IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller10 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller7,9 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Controller7 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery7 ServeRAID-MR10i Battery DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8x PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8x PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E PCI-E PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x -
1,3,4 1,3,4 1,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,3,4 Dedicated Dedicated 1,3,4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,3,4 1,2,3,4 -
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N -
3 3 3 4 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 -
231
42C1823 30R5005 30R5205 30R5505 73P3605 39Y6071 39Y6091 42C1783 42C1793 39Y6129 39Y6139 42C1753 73P5105 73P5205 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803
42C1820 39Y6066 42C1780 42C1790 39Y6136 42C1750 73P5101 73P5201 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800
1637 1566 1483 1481 1507 1485 1487 2995 5451 2944 2974 2975 1579 1580 2976 2977 5751
39R9504
39Y9566
1606
40K7305
40K7427* 40K7428
2083
IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM 10 Gb Ethernet Adapter IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server Adapter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb Dual-port CNA for IBM System x Systems Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Other I/O PCI-X riser option x3655 PCI-E x16 (FH/FL) Riser for IBM x System 3655
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E 8x PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E PCI-X PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-X PCI-X PCI-E 4x PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x
1,3,4 1 1 1 1 1,2,3,4 1 1...4 1,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1 1 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,3,4
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 3 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 3
Half
Dedicated Connecter -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. All x3650 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade replace ServeRAID-8k-l with the following options: ServeRAID-8k, option 25R8064, for RAID 1E, 5 or 6; ServeRAID-MR10i, option 43W4296, for RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E); or ServeRAID-MR10is, option 44E8695, for encryption and RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E). 2. x3655 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only. 3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first read the installation instructions provided in the option package. 4. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s. 5. Requires optional PCI-E x16 (FH/FL) Riser for IBM System x3655, 40K7428. 6. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM. 7. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883, which comes as part of option p/n 44E8822. 8. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller. 9. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized. 10. In slots 2 and 4, the MR10M will require remote mounting of the adapter batteries, which will require 1 battery shelf (p/n 46C4182) per system and 1 remote battery cable kit (p/n 44E8823) per battery.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 232
The remote battery cable kit comes with the adapter option, while the shelf comes as a part of the Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit option (p/n 44E8822).
Slot 1 23 33 43 Type1 HTX2 PCI-E x4 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 Slot height/ length Full Height/ Full Length Half Height/ Half Length Half Height/ Half Length Half Height/ Half Length Voltage (V) 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Frequency MHz 133 133 133 133 Data path 64 64 64 64 Active PCI? (Hot Swap) N N N N
Notes: 1. x3655 offers 4 PCI express slots, two x8 lanes low profile, one x4 low profile, and one full length/full height option card slot. 2. One full length/full height riser option is supported at a time. The standard HTX slot on riser may be replaced with PCI-E x16 or PCI-X risers. 3. Supports PCI-E low profile adapters.
233
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power 40K0029 SBB number 40K1905 39Y8935 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 24195KX Option number 1968 Feature codes 835W Redundant Power Supply Power Distribution Units 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord DPI NEMA Rack PDU DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS 3000 LV IBM UPS 3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 5000 HV Description
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 39M2895 39M2894 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 17231RX* 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 31R3132* 40K5372
Rack and NetBAY 25U Standard Rack 42U Standard Rack 42U Standard Rack Extension 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack 42U Enterprise Rack S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack/Tower Conversion Kits IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) Virtual Media Conversion Option Virtual Media Conversion Option Rack Console Connectivity IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors Keyboard and Mouse IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM
234
IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
235
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Feature codes
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
39M5632 40K6522
5705 4335
43V5959 43W8480
44E8870
5398
46C5362 46C5369
5706 5710
46C5387
46C5388
Tape drives1 DDS Gen-5 Data Cartridge IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle for 3.5 HDD = left middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit2 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit3 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive for 3.5 HDD = left, middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive for 3.5 HDD = left middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay DDS Gen-6 Data Cartridge IBM RDX Internal USB Dock for 3.5 HDD = left middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge4 IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge4 IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge4 IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle for 3.5 HDD = left middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle for 3.5 HDD = left middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle for 3.5 HDD = left middle and bottom, for 2.5 = tapedrive bay External Tape Enclosures
Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit 3.5" 2.5" Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
SATA II
87651UX 87664UX
USB
87651UX 87664UX
USB
USB
USB
236
IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Tape Autoloaders Tape library IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models) Associated tape options -
1U Rack Mount -
Notes: 1. These Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this system and require an external tape enclosure for installation. 2. For use with 3.5" configurations. 3. For use with 2.5" configurations 4. For use with SBB 46C5369/FC 5710, IBM RDX Internal USB Dock
237
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory (std/max)
Form factor
7163-1RY
7163-3RY
7163-5RY
7163-ARY
Nov 30 2009
7163-DBY
Nov 30 2009
7163-DRY
Nov 30 2009
7163-E5Y
7163-62Y
QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8350 (2.0GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8360 SE (2.5GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8378 (2.4GHz, 75W ACP) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8384 (2.7GHz, 75W ACP) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8384 (2.7GHz, 75W ACP) QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8360 SE (2.5GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C (2.4GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP)
2/4
4GB/128GB
4U
2/4
4GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
2/4
4GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
2/4
4GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
3/4
12GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
2/4
4GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
2/4
16GB/128GB
4U
2/2 LC
PHF
2/4
8GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
238
7163-72Y
7163-7BY
AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C (2.6GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP) AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C (2.6GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP)
2/4
8GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
3/4
12GB/128GB
4U
1/2 LC
PHF
7163-3RY
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-5RY
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-ARY
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-DBY
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-DRY
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-E5Y
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-62Y
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-72Y
Dual 1GB
SAS
7163-7BY
Dual 1GB
SAS
Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ interface storage (std/ avail) avail) max) Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB /1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB / 1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 6/6 Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7163-12Y is 7163-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other countryspecific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator. 2. The Pass Thru Card (40K7118) is required with 1 or 3 processor configurations 3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 4. BMC standard / IPMI 2.0 / Active Energy ManagerTM / Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline optional (std on E4U) / PCI adapter / includes 10/100 ethernet and serial connectors 5. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 239
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number 43W7400 43W7402 44R6294 46M2477 46M2478 46M2479 46M2480 59Y3087 59Y3088
QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8360 SE (2.5GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8350 (2.0GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8378 (2.4GHz, 75W ACP) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8380 (2.5GHz, 75W ACP) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8382 (2.6GHz, 75W ACP) Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8384 (2.7GHz, 75W ACP) AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C (2.4GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP) AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C (2.6GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP) Additional processor2 3489 Addl QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 3RY 44R5954 43W7406* 3491 Addl QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8360 SE (2.5GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 5RY / E5Y 44R5956 43W7408* 4433 Addl QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8350 (2.0GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 1RY 44R6295 44R6298* 46M2482 7769 Addl Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8378 (2.4GHz, 75W ACP) ARY 46M2483 7770 Addl Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8380 (2.5GHz, 75W ACP) 46M2484 7771 Addl Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8382 (2.6GHz, 75W ACP) 46M2485 7772 Addl Quad-Core AMD Opteron Processor 8384 (2.7GHz, 75W ACP) DRY / DBY 59Y3089 59Y3093 4507 Addl AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C (2.4GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP) 62Y 59Y3090 59Y3094 4509 Addl AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C (2.6GHz L2, 6MB L3 75W ACP) 72Y / 7BY When 2 processors are populated, it is recommended (but not required) that memory be evenly distributed, in pairs, between the two, always keeping pairs together. For example, in a two processor system with 6 DIMMs, an even distribution would be 4 DIMMs with processor 1 and 2 DIMM's with processor 2. Do not install 3 DIMMs for processor 1 and 3 DIMM's for processor 2. That would violate the pairing rule.
Option number1 -
Feature codes 3075 3077 6974 5812 5813 5824 5814 4506 4508
Standard processor
Model support 3RY 5RY / E5Y 1RY ARY DRY / DBY 62Y 72Y / 7BY
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available. 2. Additional processors must match the speed of the initial processor.
Table 1. Associated Processor Options
Notes: 1. The Pass Thru Card (40K7118) is required with 1 or 3 processor configurations 2. If more than 2 processors are configured, additional fans 40K7270 FC 2095 must be selected.
240
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature code
Memory Description
Memory DIMMs1 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory 1.0 GB (2x 512MB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit 2GB (2x 1GB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHz DIMM memory 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHz DIMM memory 4GB (2x2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM 4GB 2Rx4 1GBit PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2-667 ECC RDIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz SR RDIMM 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 8GB (2x4GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM
Notes: 1. Do not install DIMMs on a processor card without a CPU installed on it. 2. Install largest DIMM sizes first (in pairs of matching type and size) then next smaller DIMM size, etc.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model 1RY, 3RY, 5RY, ARY, DRY 62Y,72Y E5Y DBY ,7BY
4 4 4 6
x x x x
Std. DIMM Configuration 667Mhz DIMM memory 2 667MHz DIMM memory 2 667MHz DIMM memory 2 667MHz DIMM memory
241
242
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
Diskette drive IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive Hot-swap SATA HDDs 750GB HOT-SWAP SATA DUAL PORT 500GB 3.5" Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA II Hot-swap SAS HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD Optical Devices CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced External storage expansion units IBM System Storage EXP3000
SL SL SL SL SL SL Form factor -
4 4 4 4 1 1
Table 1. Bays
172701X
Bays zero 1 2 3 4
Height SL SL SL SL US
Front Access Y Y Y Y Y
243
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
HotPlug capable
Max supported
25R8077 25R8080 39M6013 39M6015 25R8072 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 43W7489 43W7490 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 43W4326 43W4340 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 43V5761 59Y1988 59Y1994
25R8064 39M5895 39M5894 25R8060 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 44E8825 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 39R6507 39R6509 59Y1987 59Y1993
1670 1671 3551 3550 1681 3567 3568 3578 3579 1696 1697 1698 1699 3580 3581 3569 3559 3583 3589 3591 1821 3885 3886
Storage Controllers1 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA IBM SAS HBA Controller QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x DS3200 SAS Controller Upgrade DS3200 SAS 2-Port Daughter Card nVidia Quadro FX5600 Graphics Adapter Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External Disk Systems and Options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Full Half Half
N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y PCI-E Y Y
ROC DIMM ROC DIMM PCI-X (5 or 6) PCI-X (5 or 6) PCI-E (1,2,3, or 4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-X (5 or 6) PCI-X (5 or 6) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E x8 (1,2,3) PCI-E (1,2,3) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 16x 1 PCI-E (1,2,3,4) PCI-E (1,2,3,4) -
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
1 1 2 2 3 2 4 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 3 3 2 2 1 2 2
172621X 172622X
244
42C1823 30R5005 30R5205 30R5505 42C1763 39Y6071 39Y6091 42C1783 42C1793 73P5105 73P5205 42C1753 39Y6139 39Y6129 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 59Y1887
42C1820 39Y6066 42C1780 42C1790 73P5101 73P5201 42C1750 39Y6126 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 -
1637 1566 1483 1481 2978 1485 1487 2995 5451 1579 1580 2975 2974 2944 2976 2977 5751 5763
IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM 10 Gb Ethernet Adapter IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter5 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter PCI-X NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter2 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter2 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Qlogic iSCSI Single Port PCle HBA for IBM System x Qlogic iSCSI Dual Port PCle HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x QLogic QLE7340 single-port 4X QDR IB x8 PCI-E 2.0 HCA System Management Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline EXP3000 Environmental Services Module (ESM) Other I/O IBM CPU PassThru card
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCI-E 8x 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI X PCIe PCI E 1X 64-bit/ 133MHz PCI-E 4x PCI-E 8x 64-bit/ 133MHz 64-bit/ 133MHz PCIe PCIe PCI-e x4 PCI-e x4 PCI-e x4 PCI-E 8x PCI-E 8X
1,2,3 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 5, 6 1,2,3,4 1,2,3 5, 6 5, 6 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3 1,2,3
N Y Y Y N Y Y N N Y Y N N N N N N N
3 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 3 2 2 1 4 4 2 2 3 3
39Y9567 -
39Y9566 39R6515
1605 -
Dedicated connector -
1 -
40K7118
40K7547
2093
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. All x3755 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k, pn 25R8064. 2. Full length when installed with stiffener. 3. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM. 4. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT capable servers. 5. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
Slot PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2 PCI Slot 3 PCI Slot 4 PCI Slot 5 PCI Slot 6 HTX Slot Type PCI-E x16 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 PCI-E x4 PCI-X PCI-X HTX Bus A A Voltage (V) 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 5/ 3.3V 5/ 3.3V 5/ 3.3V Frequency MHz x16 x8 x8 x4 100/133MHz 100/133MHz 100/133MHz Data path 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 Active PCI Slot length Full Full Full Full Full Full Half
245
246
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power 40K7397 40K7270 40K7543 39Y8941 39Y8948 39Y8951 21301RX* 21302RX* 24195KX 40K7545 1974 2095 1500 Watt PWR Supply1 Power Distribution Units DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2 DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2 DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS5000 HV Associated Options Redundant Cooling
Note: 1. If the additional Power Supply (SBB 40K7397 FC 1974) is selected, PDU Jumper Cable (SBB 39Y5533 FC 6311) must be ordered also. 2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
39Y8072 39Y7953 -
93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 39M2894 39M2895 172317X 172319X 17231RX* 17233RX* 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 31R3132* 4943 40K5372 40K9584
3757 3751 -
Rack and NetBAY 25U Standard Rack 42U Standard Rack 42U Standard Rack Extension 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack 42U Enterprise Rack S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Rack/Tower Conversion Kits IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO) IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Rack Console Connectivity 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Monitors IBM T117 17" TFT LCD Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM
247
40K9491 -
40K9200 40K9201
8912 -
IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
248
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Feature codes
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
39M5658* 43W8478
87651UX 8767HHX -
Tape drives HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive External tape enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Tape autoloaders External tape libraries Associated tape options -
249
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
7141-3AY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-4AY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-3BY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-4BY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-3DY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-4DY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-3EY3
Mar 13 2009
7141-4EY3
Mar 13 2009
Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 130w)
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
250
7141-1RY
7141-2RY
Mar 31 2009
7141-3RY
Mar 31 2009
7141-4RY
Mar 31 2009
7141-1SY
7141-3SY
Mar 31 2009
7141-4SY
Mar 31 2009
7141-E1Y4
7141-E3Y4
Mar 31 2009
7141-3HY5
Mar 31 2009
7141-1LY
7141-2LY
Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz 8MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7320 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7310 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 130w) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz 8MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB L2 80w) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz 8MB L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7310 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 80w)
2/4
4GB/256GB9
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
4GB/256GB9
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
4GB/256GB9
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
16GB/256GB10
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
2/4
8GB/256GB9
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
1/4
4GB/256GB
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
1/4
4GB/256GB
Rack (4U)
2/2 LC
PHFS
Part number1, 2
Withdrawal date8
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/ interface storage (std/ avail) avail) max)
251
7141-3AY3
Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009 Mar 13 2009
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-4AY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-3BY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-4BY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-3DY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-4DY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-3EY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-4EY3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-1RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-2RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-3RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-4RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-1SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-3SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-4SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-E1Y4
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-E3Y4
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-3HY5
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7141-1LY 7141-2LY
2Gb 2Gb
SAS SAS
Hotswap Hotswap
0GB/2000GB 0GB/2000GB
CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced none none
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/5 5/5
7/7 7/7
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 252
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8878-1RY is 8878-1RU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a countryspecific designator. System x3850/x3950 M2 comes standard with a remote supervisor adapter II. Datacenter model. For a more detailed description of model configuration see the DataCenter section. E1Y and E3Y are express models. 3HY is a single-node, embedded Hypervisor model. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. BMC standard / IPMI 2.0 / PowerExecutive / Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline std / PCI adapter Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. Ships standard with two memory cards. Ships standard with four memory cards.
253
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Option number -
Standard processor1
Model support
Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB 4SY, 4RY, 4AY, 4BY, 4DY, 4EY L2 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB 3SY, 3RY, E3Y, 3AY, 3BY, 3DY, 3EY, 3HY L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7320 (2.13GHz 4MB 2RY L2 80w) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz 8MB 1RY, E1Y,1lY L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7310 (1.60GHz 4MB 1SY,2lY L2 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7345 (1.86 GHz 8MB L2 50W) Additional processors2 Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 4SY, 4RY, 4AY, 4BY, 4DY, 4EY 8MB L2 130w) Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 3SY, 3RY, E3Y, 3AY, 3BY, 3DY, 3EY, 3HY 6MB L2 80w) Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7320 (2.13GHz 2RY 4MB L2 80w) Addl. Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz 1RY, E1Y 8MB L2 80w) Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7310 (1.60GHz 1SY 4MB L2 80w) Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7345 (1.86 GHz 8MB L2 50W)
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Two processors are standard in preconfigured systems, with a maximum of four processors. Installation of three processors is not supported for a preconfigured system. 2. Installing two CPUs in the left (CPUs 1 and 3) or the right (CPUs 2 and 4) will result in lower performance. Follow the recommended order: For a 2+2 application, plug CPUs in order, starting with positions 1 and 2 in each node. All processors must be identical in type, speed, and cache size
254
255
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description1
Memory cards2 43W8606 44E4252 4894 Memory Expansion Card Memory DIMMs3 41Y2760 3935 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 41Y2766 3937 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 43V7354 3938 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 41Y2769 3939 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 41Y2762 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 41Y2768 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 41Y2771 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 43V7356 16GB Kit (2x 8GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM4 Note: A maximum of four memory cards may be installed, each card containing four pairs of single-ranked PC2-5300 DDRII DIMMS. For memory mirroring, Card1 mirrors Card2, and Card3 mirrors Card4.
Notes: 1. The system can be configured with up to 4 memory cards. Each memory card can be configured with up to 8 memory DIMMs. 2. Memory Cards support 8 DDR-II DIMMs, each card requires 2 DIMMs minimum. At least two Memory cards are required on preconfigured systems (four memory cards maximum, per node and 32 DIMMS maximum per chassis. 3. The minimum configuration of two memory cards provide a total of 16 expansion slots. Three memory cards provide a total of 24 expansion slots. The maximum of four memory cards provide a total 32 expansion slots. 4. Support for 43V7354 (8GB DIMMs) is limited to 1 or 2 node systems. 43V7354 is not supported on 3 or 4 node systems.
Model 1RY , 2RY , 1SY 4 x 1GB 3RY , 4RY , E1Y , 3SY , 4SY , 3AY , 4AY, 3BY , 8 x 1GB 4BY , 3DY , 4DY , 3EY , 4EY E3Y 8 x 2GB 3HY 4 x 2GB 1LY , 2LY 2 x 2GB
Std. DIMM configuration PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
256
257
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description1 Diskette drives IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF HS High IOPS SSD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD Optical devices IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner External storage expansion units
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
46M0901 46M0902
Form factor -
172701X
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Installation may require removing standard devices. 2. All models ship standard with a UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo.
Bay zero 1 2 3 4 Form factor 2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 12.7mm Height SFF SFF SFF SFF US Front access Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Usage HDD HDD HDD HDD Optical
258
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
25R8072 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 43W4281 43W4326 43W4340 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 44E8702 46M6051 46M6052 59Y1988 59Y1994
25R8060* 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 43W4280 43W4324 44E8825 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 44E8695 44E8700 46M6049 46M6050 46M0877 46M0898 59Y1987 59Y1993
1681 3567 3568 3578 3579 3557 3569 3559 1698 1699 3580 3581 3583 3589 3591 3885 3886
Storage controllers IBM SAS HBA Controller QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x1 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/ SATA Controller2 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External disk systems and options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
x8 PCIe x8 PCIe x8 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x8 PCIe x8 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe PCI-E x8 x8 PCIe PCIe PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe PCIe PCIe
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 Dedicated connector 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6
N Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
7 7 4 7 4 1 7 7 7 4 7 4 7 7 4 7 7 7 4
259
42C1823 39Y6071 42C1783 42C1793 39Y6129 39Y6139 42C1753 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 -
42C1820 39Y6066 42C1780 42C1790 39Y6126 39Y6136 42C1750 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 -
1637 1485 2995 5451 2944 2974 2975 2976 2977 5751 -
IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo IBM TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all models) Networking Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Systems Management -
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
x8 PCIe x1 PCIe x4 PCIe x8 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x8 PCIe -
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 -
N Y N N N N N N N N -
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 -
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. If this PCI-E adapter is selected, it may be populated in any or all of the following available slots ; 1-4,5-7,1-4,5-7. The preferred slot priority, if available is ; 1,5,2,6. A maximum of four may be added. 2. MR10is will require SAS signal cable (p/n 41Y3883), which comes with the adapter option, for all slots.
Slot PCI Slot 11 PCI Slot 21 PCI Slot 31 PCI Slot 41 PCI Slot 52 PCI Slot 62,3 PCI Slot 72,3 LSI 1078 Serial SAS Razor 8-port Controller2 Broadcom 5704 Dual Gb Ethernet Controller Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet Controller ATI RN50 Video Ctrl w/16MB memory x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 Type PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Bus 0x15 0x1A 0x1F 0x24 0x04 0x09 0x0E 0x13 0x02 0x02 0x01 Voltage (V) Frequency MHz 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s Universal 2.5Gb/s Universal Universal Universal 2.5Gb/s 2.5Gb/s 33 Data path x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x4 x4 32 Active PCI N N N N N Y Y N N N N Slot length Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
Notes: 1. Slots 1-4 are on the first PCIe bridge. 2. Slots 5-7 and SAS controller are on the second PCIe bridge. 3. Slots 6-7 are hot swap capable. Figure 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) system board
260
261
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature Codes
Description
Power 43W8614 SBB number 59Y6142 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 24195KX 39M2816 39Y8923 39Y8941 39Y8948 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU Option number 1991 Feature Codes 1440W Power Supply IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 7500XHV 10000XHV 3U Online Battery Pack 5000 HV Power Distribution Units DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) Enterprise C13 PDU Enterprise C19 PDU Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) UPS UPS UPS UPS Description
39M2895 39M2894 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 44E4249 44E4250 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201
Rack/Tower Conversion Kit IBM USB Conversion Option Pack IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Racks IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Console Connectivity 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Associated Rack Options IBM XpandOnDemand Scalability Kit (2-3 Node)1 4-Chassis Cable Kit1 Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
87651UX 8767HHX
Tape Drives IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle Tape libraries IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models) IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models) IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape Library (all models) IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive Tape Enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Associated tape options -
263
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ MHz)- cache Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7440 (2.40GHz 16MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (2.40GHz 12MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor X7460 (2.66GHz 16MB L3 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7445 (2.13GHz 12MB L3 50W) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (2.40GHz 12MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7440 (2.40GHz 16MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (2.40GHz 12MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor X7460 (2.66GHz 16MB L3 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7445 (2.13GHz 12MB L3 50W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor X7460 (2.66GHz 16MB L3 130w)
Form factor
7233-2RY
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
Power supply Hot-swap quantity (std/ (power, slots, max) HDD, fans memory) (Line cord)4 2/2 P,H,F,S LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC 2/2 LC P,H,F,S
7233-4RY
2/4
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
7233-5RY
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-6RY
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-7RY
2/4
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-E5Y
2/4
16GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-2SY
2/4
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-4SY
2/4
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-5SY
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-6SY
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-7SY
2/4
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-E2Y
1/4
2GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
7233-E6Y
4/4
2GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
264
7233-1LY
7233-2LY
7233-4LY
7233-5LY
7233-6LY
7233-2MY
7233-4MY
7233-5MY
7233-6MY
Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7440 (2.40GHz 16MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (2.40GHz 12MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor X7460 (2.66GHz 16MB L3 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7440 (2.40GHz 16MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (2.40GHz 12MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor X7460 (2.66GHz 16MB L3 130w)
1/4
4GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
16GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
16GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
8GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
16GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
2/4
16GB/256GB
Rack(4U)
P,H,F,S
Optical drive UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo
7233-4RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-5RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-6RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-7RY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-E5Y3
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-2SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-4SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
7233-5SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
5/4
7/7
265
7233-6SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7233-7SY
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7233-E2Y
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
7233-E6Y
2Gb
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/2000GB
UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVDROM Combo none none none none none none none none none
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
5/4
7/7
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7233-2RY is 7233-2RU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a countryspecific designator. 2. System x3850/3950 M2 comes standard with a remote supervisor adapter II. 3. E5Y is an express model. 4. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 5. BMC standard / IPMI 2.0 / PowerExecutive / Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline std /
266
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
Option number -
Standard processor1 Six Core Intel Xeon Processor L7455 (2.13GHz 12MB L3 65w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (2.13GHz 8MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7430 (2.13GHz 12MB L3 90w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7440 (2.40GHz 16MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (2.40GHz 12MB L3 90w) Six Core Intel Xeon Processor X7460 (2.66GHz 16MB L3 130w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7445 (2.13GHz 12MB L3 50W) Additional processors2 Addl. Intel Xeon Processor L7455 (6 Cores 2.13GHz 12MB L3 Cache) Addl. Intel Xeon Processor E7420 (4 Cores 2.13GHz 8MB L3 Cache) Addl. Intel Xeon Processor E7430 (4 Cores 2.13GHz 12MB L3 Cache) Addl. Intel Xeon Processor E7440 (4 Cores 2.4GHz 16MB L3 Cache) Addl. Intel Xeon Processor E7450 (6 Cores 2.4GHz 12MB L3 Cache) Addl. Intel Xeon Processor x7460 (6 Cores 2.66GHz 16MB L3 Cache) Addl. Intel Xeon Processor L7445 (4 Cores 2.13GHz 12MB L3 Cache)
Model support 2RY , 2SY, E2Y3, 1LY, 2LY, 2MY 4RY, 4SY, 4LY, 4MY 5RY , 5SY , E5Y, 5LY, 5MY 6RY , 6SY, E6Y4, 6LY, 6MY 7RY , 7SY
2RY , 2SY, E2Y, 2LY, 2MY 4RY, 4SY, 4LY, 4MY 5RY , 5SY , E5Y, 5LY, 5MY 6RY , 6SY, E6Y, 6LY, 6MY 7RY , 7SY
Notes: 1. Two processors are standard in preconfigured systems, with a maximum of four processors. Installation of three processors is not supported for a preconfigured system. 2. Installing two CPUs in the left (CPUs 1 and 3) or the right (CPUs 2 and 4) will result in lower performance. Follow the recommended order: For a 2+2 application, plug CPUs in order, starting with positions 1 and 2 in each node. All processors must be identical in type, speed, and cache size 3. One processor is standard in preconfigured E2Y systems, with a maximum of four processors. Installation of three processors is not supported for a preconfigured system. 4. Four processors are standard in preconfigured E6Y systems, with a maximum of four processors. Installation of three processors is not supported for a preconfigured system.
267
268
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Memory description1
Memory cards2 43W8606 41Y2760 41Y2766 43V7354 41Y2769 44E4252 41Y2762 41Y2768 41Y2771 43V7356 4894 3935 3937 3938 3939 Memory Expansion Card Memory DIMMs3 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM 16GB Kit (2x 8GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM Associated Memory Options 41Y8268* IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor 40K6887 41Y8269 1774 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4 46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi Note: A maximum of four memory cards may be installed, each card containing four pairs of single-ranked PC2-5300 DDRII DIMMS. For memory mirroring, Card1 mirrors Card2, and Card3 mirrors Card4.
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. The system can be configured with up to 4 memory cards. Each memory card can be configured with up to 8 memory DIMMs. 2. Memory Cards support 8 DDR-II DIMMs, each card requires 2 DIMMs minimum. At least two Memory cards are required on preconfigured systems (four memory cards maximum, per node and 32 DIMMS maximum per chassis. 3. The minimum configuration of two memory cards provide a total of 16 expansion slots. Three memory cards provide a total of 24 expansion slots. The maximum of four memory cards provide a total 32 expansion slots.
Model 2RY , 2SY , 7RY , 7SY, 4RY, 4SY 5RY , 5SY , 6RY , 6SY E5Y E2Y, E6Y 1LY
4 8 8 4 2 2
Std. DIMM configuration x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM X 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
269
270
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description1 Diskette drives IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive SATA Hot-Swap HDDs IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF HS High IOPS SSD SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD Optical devices UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo2 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner External storage expansion units
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
46M0901 46M0902
US US Form factor -
4 4
1 1
172701X
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Installation may require removing standard devices. 2. All models ship standard with a UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo.
Bay zero 1 2 3 4 Form factor 2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 12.7mm Height SFF SFF SFF SFF US Front access Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Usage HDD HDD HDD HDD Optical
271
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description
Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
HotPlug capable
Max quantity
46M6051 46M6052 25R8072 43W4326 44E8702 43W4340 43W4281 43W7491 43W7492 42D0486 42D0495 42C2179 42C2182 42D0502 42D0511 46M0888 46M0900 59Y1988 59Y1994
46M6049 46M6050 25R8060* 43W4324 44E8700 44E8825 43W4280 42C2069 42C2071 42D0485 42D0494 39R6525 39R6527 42D0501 42D0510 46M0877 46M0898 59Y1987 59Y1993
3589 3591 1681 3569 3583 3559 3557 1698 1699 3580 3581 3567 3568 3578 3579 0096 1649 3885 3886
Storage controllers Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM SAS HBA Controller IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x External disk systems and options IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half
PCIe PCIe x8 x8 x8 x8 PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe PCIe PCIe x8 PCIe x8 PCIe PCIe PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe PCle PCle
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Dedicated connector 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,2,6
N N N N N N N Y Y N N Y Y N N N N N N
7 4 7 7 7 7 1 7 4 7 4 7 4 7 4 7 7 7 4
272
42C1823 42C1763 39Y6071 42C1783 42C1793 39Y6129 39Y6139 42C1753 39Y6149 42C1773 42C1803 -
42C1820 39Y6066 42C1780 42C1790 39Y6126 39Y6136 42C1750 39Y6146 42C1770 42C1800 Slot
1637 2978 1485 2995 5451 2944 2974 2975 2976 2977 5751 -
Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Systems Management Type x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe PCIe 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Bus 0x15 0x1A 0x1F 0x24 0x04 0x09 0x0E 0x13 0x02 0x02 0x01
Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Half -
x8 PCIe x8 PCIe x1 PCIe x4 PCIe x8 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x4 PCIe x8 PCIe -
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,5,3,6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Data path x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x4 x4 32
N N Y N N N N N N N N -
PCI Slot 11 PCI Slot 21 PCI Slot 31 PCI Slot 41 PCI Slot 52 PCI Slot 62,3 PCI Slot 72,3 LSI 1078 Serial SAS Razor 8-port Controller2 Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet Controller Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet Controller ATI RN50 Video Ctrl w/16MB memory
Voltage (V) Frequency MHz 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s 3.3V 2.5Gb/s Universal 2.5Gb/s Universal Universal Universal 2.5Gb/s 2.5Gb/s 33
Active PCI N N N N N Y Y N N N N
Notes: * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Slots 1-4 are on the first PCIe bridge. 2. Slots 5-7 and SAS controller are on the second PCIe bridge. 3. Slots 6-7 are hot swap capable. Figure 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) system board
273
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature Codes
Description
Power 43W8614 SBB number 59Y6142 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 24195KX 39M2816 39Y8923 39Y8941 39Y8948 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU Option number 1991 Feature Codes 1440W Power Supply IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 3000 LV 3000 HV 7500XHV 10000XHV 3U Online Battery Pack 5000 HV Power Distribution Units DPI C13 PDU+ Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) Enterprise C13 PDU Enterprise C19 PDU Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph UPS UPS UPS UPS UPS UPS Description
39M2895 39M2894 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 172317X 172319X 17351GX 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 31R3132* 44E4249 44E4250 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201
Rack/Tower Conversion Kit IBM USB Conversion Option Pack IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Racks IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet Console Connectivity 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Associated Rack Options IBM XpandOnDemand Scalability Kit (2-3 Node) 4-Chassis Cable Kit1 Keyboard and Mouse IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
274
275
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
362516X 362532X 362550X 39M5636 39M5658* 43W8478 43W8480 44E8895 46C5364 46C5387 46C5388
87651UX 8767HHX
Tape Drives IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle Tape libraries Tape Enclosures 1U Tape Drive Enclosure Half High Tape Drive Enclosure Associated tape options -
276
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number
Form Factor (Width/Depth) Rack (7U) 19in 28in Rack (7U) 19in 28in Rack (7U) 19in 28in Rack (7U) 19in 28in Rack (7U) 19in 28in x x x x x
Power Modules
Power Module (Std/Max) (Line cord)1 2/4 LC 4/4 LC 2/4 LC 4/4 LC 4/4 LC
Redundancy (Optional, Standard) S - Blower Power S - Blower Power S - Blower Power S - Blower Power S - Blower Power OOOOO-
950 - 1450 (110 220VAC) 950 - 1450(110 220VAC) C14 950W/1450W (110 - 220VAC) C14 950W/1450W (110 - 220VAC) C14 950W/1450W (110 - 220VAC)
Part number
8886-1MY
Optical Drive
Diskette Drive
Sep 30 2009
1/1
4/4
UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW/ DVD-ROM Combo6 UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW/ DVD-ROM Combo6 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner
6/6
Note: 1. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management processor and a Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switch. No external KVM switching is required. 3. IBM BladeCenter S supports a maximum of four I/O modules can be installed in the rear of the system. A combination of up to four Gb Ethernet modules, or two Gb Ethernet modules and up to two Fiber Channel modules, or two Gb Ethernet modules and up to two SAS modules can be installed. 4. Supports up to 6 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 2 blade servers. 5. IBM BladeCenter S Express offering includes (1) 6-Disk Storage Module, (1) SAS Connectivity Module, and redundant power supplies 3 & 4 as standard offerings. 6. The write function does not work on BladeCenter S. 7. IBM BladeCenter S Express offering includes (2) 6-Disk Storage Module, (2) SAS RAID Controller Module, and redundant power supplies 3 & 4 as standard offerings. 8. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 277
Blade Server HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS20 HS21 HS21 XM HS221 HC10 JS12 JS21 JS22 LS20 LS21 LS22 LS41 LS42 QS21 QS22
8886 All All All All All All All All All All All All All All All All All
Notes: 1. It may be necessary to upgrade to the latest firmware to support the HS22 on Blade Chassis S.
278
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
HDD
I/O
Pwr Acc
# of Drops 1
Connects to Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports SAN
32R1942
32R1941*
4363
CX4 Connector
CX4 Connector
39Y9173
39Y9171*
39Y9175
39Y9172
39Y9331
39Y9170*
40K9772 39Y8923
IBM BladeCenter Multiport Optical SC Duplex Optical Pass-thru Optical Module SC Cable for Connections IBM BladeCenter Multiport Optical LC Duplex 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Optical Connections Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter 4366 IBM BladeCenter Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Copper Pass-thru Connections Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter1 C19 4.3 meter Line Cord NEMA L6-20P DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 25M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC Power Cable - C13 / NEMA 5-15P 14ft product from marketing.
4364
OPM switch
OPM switch
SAN
CPM switch
Network
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes: 1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
279
Click image to enlarge This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. The cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One 3.1 m (9.4 ft)cable is included with each copper pass-thru module. Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5 m)
Click image to enlarge The 1.5 m cable above provides four SC connections between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment. Figure 3. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3-meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (connector color is Gray)
280
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
HDD
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
43W7527 43W7528 43X0808 42D0521 42D0551 39M4559 43W7581 43W7631 44W2236 44W2241 44W2246 -
43W7523* 43W7524 43X0802 42D0519 42D0546 42D0547 39M4558 43W7580 43W7630 44W2234 44W2239 44W2244 43W8304* 43W3581
3748 3749 3747 1079 0377 3743 3746 5561 5311 5312 5313 -
HDDs 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 750GB 7200 NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD1 IBM 1TB 7200 NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 500 GB Dual Port HS SATA HDD for IBM System x2 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option2 IBM 1TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD2 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD Optical devices Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Associated options IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module3, 4, 5
1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 -
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Only supported with the BladeCenter S SAS RAID Controller Module (SBB 43W3604). 2. Only supported with BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module (Option 39Y9195) 3. BladeCenter S chassis supports a maximum of two P/N 43W3581. Each 6-Disk Storage Module supports up to six 3.5in drives. 4. One SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter (P/N 39Y9195) is required in Switch Module 3 in order to use the IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module. Support exists for two if redundancy is needed. 5. Four power supplies are required for the BladeCenter S chassis (8886) to support two Storage Modules. If adding a second Storage Module (43W3581) to the BladeCenter S chassis, you may need to add two additional power supplies; depending on your current configuration.
281
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
HDD
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
Slots supported
Max supported
43W3604 40Y1245 40Y1116 32R1862 40Y1126 40Y1128 43W4398 40Y1217 40Y1138 39Y9331 39Y9321 40Y1142 40Y1221 44W4405 44W4484 44X1908 44X1910 40Y1225 -
43W3584 39Y9195 32R1813 32R1859 32R1860 32R1861 43W4395 39Y9284 39Y9316 39Y9170* 39Y9320* 39Y9324 43W6724 44W4404 44W4483 44X1905 44X1907 43W6723 22R4902* 43W3974 44X1964 25R5778
3734 3267 3207 1494 3212 3213 3174 3241 3218 4366 2900 3220 3243 6980 5865 5866 5868 3245 -
Networking1,2 IBM BladeCenter S SAS RAID Controller Module3,4,5 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module6 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter7 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM7 4Gbps SW SFP Transceiver SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM 8Gb SFP+SW Optical Transceiver System Management IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module Associated Options SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Replacement Filters (4-Pack)
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y -
2 2 2 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 -
StFF -
1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1,2, 3,4 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 -
282
10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter 43W3583 IBM BladeCenter S Serial Pass-thru Module * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
44W4408
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. If you are using the internal storage in the chassis with IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module you are required to have one SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter (P/N 39Y9195) in Switch Module 3. Support for two is available for redundancy via Switch Module 4. If using the SAS Connectivity Module in Switch Module 3 you must have the same Switch Module in Switch Module 4. 2. The mixing of fabric switches is not allowed in bays 3 and 4. 3. Only supported in dual controller mode; a minimum quantity of two (2) required in BladeCenter S. 4. Supported with SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter (39Y9190). 5. Not compatible with Optical Pass-thru Module (Option 39Y9316) or Copper Pass-thru Module (Option 39Y9320). 6. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ 7. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
283
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
HDD
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power 21301RX* 21302RX* 40K9620* 21304RX 43W3582 46C7438 39Y8948 39Y8923 46M4002 17352GX 17237RX 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 99564RX 99564XX 43W4391 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 17235RX* 40K5372 40K9584 40K9200 40K9201 25R5560 43X0340 39Y7916 39Y7938 46M4003 43V6109 46M4004 46M4005 24195KX UPS 3000 LV UPS 3000 HV UPS 3000 EBM UPS 10000XHV BladeCenter S 950W/1450W Auto-Sensing Power Supplies 3 & 4 (Worldwide) BladeCenter S 950W/1450W Auto-Sensing Power Supplies 3 & 4 Power Distribution Units DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Rack Console Connectivity IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) Racks IBM Rack Fixed Shelf IBM 25U Standard Rack IBM 42U Standard Rack IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Monitors IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM Rack Keyboard Tray Keyboard and Mouse Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB Associated Options IBM 3U Quick Install Filler Panel Set IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Filter IEC 309 C19 to C20 intra rack cable IEC309 C20 to C13 rack jumper cable IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU IBM 0U 24 C13 Active Energy Manager 30A 3 Phase PDU IBM 1U 12 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU IBM 1U 12 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU Uninterruptible Power Supply IBM UPS5000 HV IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM
284
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number
Power modules
Power Hot-swap Module (Std/ (power, bays, Max) blowers) (Line cord)1 2/4 P, B, B
8720-2RY
1300W-DC
S-Blower S-Power
Part number
8720-2RY
Optical drive
Diskette drive
Notes: 1. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management Module will require additional power supplies. 3. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit Ethernet switch to be installed. 4. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade servers.
Blade server HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS20 HS21 HS21 XM JS12 JS21 LS20 LS215 LS415
8720 All All All Dual Core1 - L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, E1Y, E5Y, H1Y, NTY2 Quad Core3 - A1Y, A2Y, AMY, C1Y, C2Y, EHY, EQY, ERY, G1Y, G3Y, G4Y, G5Y, G6Y, J1Y, J2Y Dual Core1 - L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, E5Y, H1Y, NTY Quad Core4 - J1Y, J2Y, J3Y All All All 21Y, 31Y, 51Y, 2TY, E1Y, 61Y 31Y, 32Y, 51Y, 52Y, 61Y, 62Y, 4TY, E2Y
Notes: 1. Blade servers up to 65 watts are supported. 2. Due to limited power availability some higher power models require installation at lower densities. 3. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers at 80 watts. 4. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers at 65 watts. 5. Blade servers up to 68 watts are supported.
285
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Option number 19K1247 19K1248 19K1249 39M5697 39M5698 39M5696 39Y9172 73P5992 73P6101 39Y9170*
Connection Connection # of drops type from type to LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - 25M 5M Fiber Optic Cable LCLC 25M Fiber Optic Cable LCLC 1M Fiber Optic Cable LCLC IBM BladeCenter Optical Multiport LC Duplex 4 Pass-thru Module LC Cable Optical Optical for IBM BladeCenter Connections BladeCenter Optical Passthru Module SC Cable IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM eServer BladeCenter (TM) Copper Pass-thru Module Cable Multiport CAT 5E 5 IBM BladeCenter Copper Copper Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for Connections IBM BladeCenter1 InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 Cable 3 meter for IBM eServer BladeCenter Infiniband 8 meter 4x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 1 Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 4 meter 12x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 10 meter 12x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 11 meter 12x to InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 1 (3) 4x Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4 CX4 1 Connector Connector
Description
IB 12x connector IB 4x connector IB 12x connector IB 12x connector IB 4x connector IB 12x connector 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
IB Fabric IB Fabric IB Fabric IB Fabric IB Fabric InfiniBand Fabric Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports.
286
32R1942
4363
CX4 Connector
CX4 Connector
39Y7952
31R3130*
3750
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports. -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Click image to enlarge This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m (9.4ft) in length. Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)
Click image to enlarge The cable above provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 287
Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four SC connections. Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (Connector color is Gray)
288
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W
Type IDE
Height -
Max quantity 1
289
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
Slots supported
Max supported
Storage Controllers 32R1907 1576 Networking1 McDATA 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer1 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module QLogic 6-Pt Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch Module McDATA 6-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for BladeCenter Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Fiber Ethernet Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter 4-port GB Ethernet Switch Module IBM BladeCenter Optical Passthru Module Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter3 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter QLogic/McDATA 10-port Upgrade for IBM eServer BladeCenter Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module (D-Link) BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1834
1562
StFF
3,4
Y Y Y Y Y -
2 2 2 4 4 12
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4 2 2 2 2 4 4
290
41Y8520 41Y8521 43W4398 32R1901 39Y9194 39Y9325 39Y9317 39Y9321 44W4484 44W4405 44X1908 44X1910 43W6729
41Y8522 41Y8523 43W4395 39Y9195 39Y9316 39Y9320* 44W4483 73P6100 44W4404 44X1905 44X1907 43W6723
2988 2989 5450 1499 2980 1484 1556 2900 5452 1590 5478 5482 2985
32R0855
2019A1X 2019A2X
4239
Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110X for IBM BladeCenter4 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110G for IBM BladeCenter4 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems InfiniBand switch module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module5 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM eServer BladeCenter (TM) Copper Pass-thru Module BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter3 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter6 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM6 System Management IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module IBM BladeCenter T Advanced Management Module IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager Associated options SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (SR) IBM 10 GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (LR) Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver 4 Gbps 4 km long wave SFP Transceiver 4Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module 4 pack marketing.
1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 3,4 3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1,2,3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2
46C3555
2019B1X
4941
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported. 2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. 3. Up to three (3) 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceivers are supported for each installed BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module SBB 44W4405, Option 44W4404), allowing a maximum of twelve (12). 4. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. 5. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 291
advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ 6. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
292
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Power modules Power cord 2 x 1300w, -48v to -60v DC DC power cables are customer supplied Option Number Feature codes Description
32R0833 46M4002 17352GX 39M2895 39M2897 17354LX 17353LX 32R0837 17233RX* 17231RX* 99564RX 99564XX 93084EX 93084PX 43W4391 4938 4942* 4943 172317X 172319X 90P0744
46M4003 24195KX
Power Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies Power Distribution Units IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Rack Console Connectivity IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM USB Conversion Option Pack IBM Long KVM Conversion Option Pack IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch Racks IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit IBM IU 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Monitors C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT T115 15in TFT LCD T117 17in TFT LCD 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit Keyboard and Mouse Optical 3-Button Mouse - USB Associated options IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU Uninterruptible Power Supply IBM UPS5000 HV
293
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette drive -
Notes: 1. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management Module will require additional power supplies. 3. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit Ethernet switch to be installed. 4. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade servers.
Blade server HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS20 HS211 HS21 XM HS40 JS12 JS20 JS21 LS20 LS213 LS414
8730 All All All L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, L6Y, EXY, H1Y, J1Y, J2Y, C4Y, NTY2 Dual Core3 - L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, E5Y, H1Y, NTY Quad Core1 A1Y, A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, E2Y, J1Y, J2Y, J3Y All All All All All 21Y, 31Y, 51Y, 2TY, E1Y 31Y, 32Y, 51Y, 52Y, 4TY, E2Y
Notes: 1. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers. 2. Due to limited power availability some higher power models require installation at lower densities. 3. Supports a maximum capacity of 8 blade servers. 4. Supports a maximum capacity of 4 blade servers.
294
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter1 Infiniband 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 4 meter 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 10 meter 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 11 meter 12x to (3) 4x Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable
Connection Connection type from type to Multiport LC Duplex Optical Optical Connections Multiport Copper InfiniBand InfiniBand InfiniBand InfiniBand InfiniBand CX4 Connector CAT 5E Copper Connections 4x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand CX4 Connector
# of drops 4 5
3 1 3 1 3 1
IB 12x connector IB 4x connector IB 12x connector IB 12x connector IB 12x connector 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
IB Fabric IB Fabric IB Fabric IB Fabric IB Fabric Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports. Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports. -
43W4378* -
32R1942
4363
CX4 Connector
CX4 Connector
39Y7952
3750
LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 25M 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module 4 pack 4Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 25M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 3m Console Switch Cable (PS2)
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Click image to enlarge This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m (9.4ft) in length. Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)
Click image to enlarge This cable provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four SC connections. Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter
296
Click image to enlarge Figure 4. InfiniBand 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter
Click image to enlarge Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (Connector color is Gray)
297
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W
Type IDE
Height -
Max quantity 1
298
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
Slots supported
Max supported
26R0882 -
26R0881 -
1560 -
32R1907
1576
Storage Controllers Networking QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer1 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter QLogic/McDATA 10-port Upgrade for IBM eServer BladeCenter Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 McDATA 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 Nortel Networks Layer 2 - 7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter2 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110X for IBM BladeCenter3 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110G for IBM BladeCenter3 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module4 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4Gb 20 port Fibre Channel Module Cisco Systems 4Gb 10 port Fibre Channel Module
StFF StFF
3,4 3,4
Y Y
2 2
Y Y Y Y Y
2 2 2 2 2
StFF
3,4
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Y Y Y Y Y
4 2 2 2 2
299
32R0855
2019A1X 2019A2X
4239
Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter5 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM5 System Management IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module IBM BladeCenter T Advanced Management Module
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2
2019B1X 39Y9190 39R6475 26K7941 23R1703 32R1877 32R1878* 41Y8598 44X1964 44W4408 Form Factor Factor.
IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager Associated Options SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair 4 Gbps 4 km long wave SFP Transceiver 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (LR) 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard
4941
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. When installed in switch module bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in switch bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. 2. One required per system. Install in Management Module bay 1. 3. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. 4. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ 5. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
300
301
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature codes
Description
32R0834 21304RX 40K9620* 39Y8935 39Y8939 39Y8940 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8938 39Y8951 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 46M4002 17353LX 17354LX 17352GX 39M2895 39M2897 32R0837 99564RX 99564XX 17231RX* 17233RX* 93084EX 93084PX 26K4817 39R7563 43W4391 4938 4942* 4943 172317X 46M4003 172319X 24195KX
Power BladeCenter T 1300W-AC Power Supplies Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3000 EBM Power Distribution Units 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without linecord DPI NEMA Rack PDU DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Rack Console Connectivity IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM USB Conversion Option Pack IBM Long KVM Conversion Option Pack Racks IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM eServer BladeCenter SFF SCSI Storage Expansion Unit IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade1 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Monitors C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT T115 15in TFT LCD T117 17in TFT LCD 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit Uninterruptible Power Supply IBM UPS5000 HV
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Embedded support is provided for RAID levels 0 and 1.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 302
303
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number
Power modules
Power Module (Std/ Hot-swap (power, Max) bays, blowers) (Line cord) 2/4 P, B, B
8740-1RY
Optical drive -
Diskette drive -
Blade Server HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS20 HS21 HS21 XM HS22 JS12 JS20 JS21 LS20 LS21 LS22 LS41 LS42 QS21 QS22
8740 All All All All Dual Core1 All Quad Core2 All Dual Core1 All Quad Core3 All All All All All All All All All All All
Notes: 1. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers. 2. Supports a maximum capacity of 10 blade servers at 120 watts. 3. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers at 80 watts.
304
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description
39Y9173
39Y9171*
4364
40K9606 39Y9331
40K9605 39Y9170*
4811 4366
32R1850
26R0847* 26R0849
4295
32R1938
4362
IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter H Serial Port Breakout Cable IBM BladeCenter Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Copper Pass-thru Connections Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter IBM CX4 1.5 Meter CX4 Connector CX4 Connector Cable IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 25M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC CX4 Connector CX4 Connector
# of drops 4
Connects to SAN
CPM switch
Network
1 3
InfiniBand 4x connector InfiniBand 12x connector 10 Gb ESM CX4 Port 10 Gb ESM CX4 Port -
32R1942
4363
Another Nortel 10 Gb ESM or external 10 Gb switch with CX4 ports. Another Nortel 10 Gb ESM or external 10 Gb switch with CX4 ports. -
305
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number -
Option number -
Feature codes -
Description -
Type -
Height -
Bays supported -
Max qty -
306
307
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
Slots supported
Max supported
32R1907 32R1834 32R1893 26R0882 43W6730 43W6731 32R1815 32R1816 39Y9266 32R1862 32R1863 32R1864 32R1889 41Y8520 41Y8521 43W4398 39Y9279 39Y9283 39Y9194 39Y9325 39Y9317 39Y9321
22R4242 32R1892* 26R0881 43W6724 43W6725 32R1812 32R1813 32R1859 32R1860 32R1861 32R1888* 41Y8522 41Y8523 43W4395 39Y9280 39Y9284 26K5605 26K5607 39Y9195 39Y9324 39Y9316 39Y9320*
1576 1562 1498 1560 2986 2987 1569 1571 2952 1494 1495 1496 1497 2988 2989 5450 2983 2984 2980 1484 1556 2900
Networking1 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for eServer1 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module for eServer BladeCenter1 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch Module for eServer1 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM BladeCenter2 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM BladeCenter2 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module Brocade Performance Bundle for IBM eServer BladeCenter Brocade ISL Trunking for IBM eServer BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module3 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 1,2,3,4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 7,8,9,10 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 3,4 3, 4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 3, 4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4
308
44W4405 44W4484 44X1908 44X1910 43W6729 39Y7953 46C7192 46M6182 44X1923 44X1922 42C1829 46M6073 49Y9989
44R5913 44W4404 44W4483 44X1905 44X1907 43W6723 31R3132* 17353LX 17354LX 46C7191 46M6181 44X1921 44X1920 42C1828 46M6071 -
1590 5452 5478 5482 2985 3751 1639 1641 5483 5481 5764 0072 1744
2019B1X 25K8373 32R1877 32R1878* 19K1247 19K1248 19K1249 22R4897 22R4902 44X1962
Adv Mgmt Redundant Module Bay KVM/Adv 2 Mgmt Module Slot 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager Associated option IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II5 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (SR) 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (LR) 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - 25M 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module 4 pack 4Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 5084 Brocade 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver product from marketing.
Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter HT BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter4 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM4 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch BNT 10-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 10Gb Ethernet Pass-Thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 10-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade Enterprise 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Nexus 4001I Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter S/W Upgrade License for Cisco Nexus 4001I System Management IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb Switches and Bridge Bays BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb Switch/Bridge Bays w/ ISL IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for HS Switch Bay IBM BladeCenter HT Advanced Management Module Interposer IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced Management Module
StFF -
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y -
4 4 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 4 -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Note: 1. One interposer is required per switch. 2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. 3. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 309
about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ 4. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly. 5. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
310
311
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power 43W6751 42C5264 42C5265 42C5271 42C5279 46M4002 93072RX 93074RX 93084EX 93084PX 99564RX 99564XX 93074XX 42C5284 42C5278 26K4817 43W4391 40K9627 42C5305 17351GX 17352GX 17231RX* 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 39M2894 46M4003 39M2895 24195KX 1987 1984 4816 4817 DC Power Supply 1 & 2 DC Power Supply 3 & 4 Power Distribution Units IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Racks IBM 25U Standard Rack IBM 42U Standard Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar) IBM eServer BladeCenter SFF SCSI Storage Expansion Unit IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack BladeCenter HT Redundant Media Tray Option Rack console connectivity IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) Monitors IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit Associated Options IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU IBM USB Conversion Option Uninterruptible Power Supply IBM UPS5000 HV
312
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number
Power modules
Power Module (Std/ Hot-swap (power, Max) bays, blowers) (Line cord) 2/4 P, B, B
8750-1RY
3160w (200v-240v)
Optical drive -
Diskette drive -
Blade Server HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS20 HS21 HS21 XM HS22 JS20 JS21 LS20 LS21 LS22 LS41 QS21 QS22
8750 All All All All Dual Core1 All Quad Core2, 3 All Dual Core1 All Quad Core2, 3 All All All All All All All All All
Notes: 1. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers. 2. Supports a maximum capacity of 10 blade servers over 80 watts. 3. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers at 80 watts or under.
313
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description
39Y9175
39Y9172
4365
39Y9173
4364
32R1938
26R0847* -
4362
IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Multiport Optical Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter InfiniBand 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter IBM CX4 1.5 Meter CX4 Connector Cable
# of drops 5
Connects to Network
OPM switch
SAN
1 1
InfiniBand Fabric Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports. Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb IB Fabric
32R1942 32R1850
26R0849
4363 4295
IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter H Serial Port Breakout Cable 1 M FIBRE CHANNEL CABLE 5 M FIBRE CHANNEL CABLE 25 M FIBRE CHANNEL CABLE 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 25M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC
1 3
40K9606 -
4811 -
314
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description IBM BladeCenter HT Compact Flash 1GB IBM BladeCenter HT Compact Flash 4GB
Height -
Bays supported -
Max qty -
Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only. Figure 1. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) front view
315
316
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
Slots supported
Max supported
32R1907 32R1834 39Y9279 39Y9283 32R1893 26R0882 43W6730 43W6731 39Y9266 32R1862 32R1863 32R1864 41Y8520 41Y8521 43W4398 32R1815 32R1816 32R1889 39Y9194 39Y9325 39Y9317 39Y9321 44W4484 44W4405 44X1908
39Y9280 39Y9284 26R0881 43W6724 43W6725 32R1859 32R1860 32R1861 41Y8522 41Y8523 43W4395 32R1812 32R1813 39Y9195 39Y9324 39Y9316 39Y9320* 44W4483 44W4404 44X1905
1576 1562 2983 2984 1498 1560 2986 2987 2952 1494 1495 1496 2988 2989 5450 1569 1571 1497 2980 1484 1556 2900 5452 1590 5478
Networking McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for eServer1 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module for eServer BladeCenter1 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch Module for eServer1 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM BladeCenter2 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM BladeCenter2 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module3 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF StFF
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 2
StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF -
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 7,8,9,10 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 3,4 3,4 1,2,3,4 3, 4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 3,4
317
44R5913
Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter HT Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter4
44X1910
44X1907
5482
3,4
42C5273 42C5274 42C5276 42C5314 25R5779 46C3555 32R1879 32R1880 44X1968 44W4409 44X1966
42C5300 42C5301 42C5302 42C5315 2019A1X 2019B1X 39Y9190 32R1877 32R1878* 25K8373 43W4391 44X1962
QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM4 IBM BladeCenter SFF SCSI Storage Expansion Unit 1639 BNT 10-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 1641 10Gb Ethernet Pass-Thru Module for IBM BladeCenter 5483 Brocade 10-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 5481 Brocade 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 5764 Brocade Enterprise 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 0072 Cisco Nexus 4001I Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 1744 S/W Upgrade License for Cisco Nexus 4001I Blade Server Expansion Cards System Management 4818 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb Switches and Bridge Bays 2035 BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb Switch/Bridge Bays w/ ISL 4820 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for HS Switch Bay 2022 IBM BladeCenter HT Advanced Management Module Interposer 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced Management Module 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager Associated option SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (SR) 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (LR) 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II4 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit 5084 Brocade 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver product from marketing.
2985
StFF -
Y Y Y Y Y Y -
2 4 4 2 2 4 -
Red KVM -
Y -
2 -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. One interposer is required per switch. 1. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. 2. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ 3. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly. 4. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009
318
64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
319
320
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power 43W6757 42C5262 39Y7953 42C5265 42C5271 42C5280 39Y8935 39Y8940 39Y8941 39Y8948 39M2816 39Y8923 39Y8951 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 46M4002 31R3132* 17352GX 17353LX 17354LX 93072RX 99564RX 99564XX 93074RX 93074XX 17351GX 39M2894 39M2895 42C5278 42C5284 40K9627 42C5305 4943 4942* 17231RX* 17233RX* 172317X 172319X 42C5316 93084EX 46M4003 93084PX 24195KX 1986 1983 3751 4816 4817 AC Power Supply 1 & 2 AC Power Supply 3 & 4 Power Distribution Units 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+ Gnd connector IBM Enterprise C13 PDU1 IBM Enterprise C19 PDU1 IBM DPI C13 PDU+ IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Rack Console Connectivity IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch Racks IBM 25U S2 standard rack IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO) IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar) IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack IBM BladeCenter HT Media Tray Monitors IBM T117 17in TFT LCD IBM T115 15in TFT LCD IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Monitor console Kit 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit Associated Options IBM BladeCenter HT Filter (4 pack) IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU IBM 42U Enterprise Rack Uninterruptible Power Supply IBM UPS5000 HV
Notes: 1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'Rack power configurator' chapter for supported line cords. 2. Embedded support is provided for RAID levels 0 and 1. Supports up to three 2.5" SAS Hotswap HDDs.
322
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
(Line cord)4 Rack (7U) 2000w AC 2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, 19in x 28in (200v-240v) LC S-Power Rack (7U) 2000w AC 2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, 8677-3RY8 19in x 28in (200v-240v) LC S-Power 8677-E2Y Rack (7U) 1800w AC 4/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, 19in x 28in (200v-240v) LC S-Power 8677-3SY Rack (7U) 2000w AC (200v2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, 19in x 28in 240v) LC S-Power 8677-4SY Rack (7U) 2320w AC (200v2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, 19in x 28in 240v) LC S-Power Note: BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion. 8677-3XY Oct 26 2006 Jul 31 2009 Dec 1 2006 Table 1. BladeCenter E (8677) at-a-glance (continued)
Power modules
Part number1
Optical drive
Diskette drive
USB Floppy DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 14/147 UltraSlim Enhanced 14/147 SATA Multi-Burner 8677-4SY 1/2 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced 14/147 SATA Multi-Burner Note: BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes: 1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV) model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8677-3XY is 8677-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable E. 4. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen. 5. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components. 6. Only the read function is supported on DVD-ROM drives. 7. Supports up to 14 single-wide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond six
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 323
HS21 XM1 HS222,3 JS12 JS20 JS21 LS20 LS21 LS22 LS41 LS42 QS22
8677 All All All All Dual Core - All Quad Core1 - C1Y, C2Y, A1Y, A2Y, J1Y, J2Y, EQY, ERY, AMY, EHY, G1Y, G2Y, G3Y, G4Y, G5Y, G6Y All All All All All All All4 HE processors only All4 HE processors only All
Notes: 1. When fully configuring a BC-E (8677) chassis with the maximum possible HS21 XM blade server configuration (fourteen HS21 XM blade servers, each with two 80W processors, eight 4GB memory DIMMs, one SAS HDD, one USB-based flash drive, one I/O card and one cKVM card), there could be periods of time that Power Domain 2 exceeds the 13.5amp rating guidance (Power Domain 1 will not exceed the rating guidance). While this is not violating any safety rules, we recommend that your clients review the electrical infrastructure and power distribution of their installations to account for a peak of 14.4A. 2. It may be necessary to upgrade to the latest firmware to support the HS22 on Blade Chassis E. 3. There are multiple processor options available on the HS-22 (7870). Processor wattage determines how the HS-22 may be configured on the BC-E (8677). Please refer to the HS-22 section for more information. 4. Two different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: a 95W version and a High Efficiency 68W version. Versions of the LS21/41 that use the 95W processors are designed for use in the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to increased power and thermal needs, these 95W versions will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most cases this represents a speed reduction of 400 MHz. The versions of the LS21 and LS41 that use the High Efficiency 68W processors will run at full speed in all chassis.
324
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description
39Y9175
39Y9172
4365
39Y9331
39Y9170*
4366
39Y9173
4364
73P5992
42D1362
3781
43W4377* 43W4378* -
InfiniBand 4 meter 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter Infiniband 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Multiport Optical Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter Multiport Copper IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter1 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM eServer Multiport optical BladeCenter (TM) Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M) Cyclades RJ45-toDB9 Serial Cable Adapter for BladeCenter InfiniBand 10 meter InfiniBand 4x Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 10 meter InfiniBand 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 11 meter InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable for IBM BladeCenter IBM CX4 1.5 Meter CX4 Connector Cable IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable IBM USB to PS/2 Converter Cable IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2) IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB) 1 M FIBRE CHANNEL CABLE CX4 Connector
# of drops 3
Connects to IB Fabric
SAN
CPM switch
Network
OPM switch
SAN
1 1 1 1
InfiniBand 4x connector InfiniBand 4x connector InfiniBand 12x connector 10Gb ESM CX4 Port 10Gb ESM CX4 Port -
InfiniBand Fabric InfiniBand Fabric InfiniBand Fabric Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports. Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports. -
32R1942
4363
CX4 Connector
39Y7952 39Y7953 -
3750 3751 -
USB -
PS/2 -
325
5 M FIBRE CHANNEL CABLE 19K1249 25 M FIBRE CHANNEL CABLE 22R4897 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 22R4902 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 13N1943 39M5697 3704 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 13N1944 39M5698 3705 25M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 13N1942 39M5696 3703 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN and concurrent KVM
19K1248
capabilities.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Click image to enlarge This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m (9.4ft) in length. Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)
326
Click image to enlarge The cable above provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four SC connections. Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (Connector color is Gray)
327
328
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Height -
Max quantity 1 1
329
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
PCI support
Slots supported
Max supported
Storage Controllers 26R0882 44X1908 43W6730 43W6731 32R1907 32R1834 32R1815 26R0881 44X1905 43W6724 43W6725 26K6477 32R1790 32R1812 1560 5478 2986 2987 1576 1562 1569 Networking QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch Module for eServer1,2,3 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for eServer1 QLogic 6-Pt Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch Module McDATA 6-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for BladeCenter McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module for eServer BladeCenter1 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1,2,3,4 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1,2,3,4 Brocade Entry SAN Switch Module4 BladeCenter 2-port Fibre Channel Switch Module BladeCenter 4-port Gb Ethernet Switch Module BladeCenter 4-port Gb Ethernet Switch Module QLogic/McDATA 10-port Upgrade for IBM eServer BladeCenter BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter5 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM BladeCenter10 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM BladeCenter10 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF StFF 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
32R1816
32R1813
1571
StFF
3,4
26K5601 48P7062 13N0568 48P7054 32R1912 32R1859 32R1860 32R1861 41Y8522 41Y8523 43W4395
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
330
Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2 Module for IBM BladeCenter 39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre StFF 3,4 Y 2 Channel Module 39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre StFF 3,4 Y 2 Channel Module 3,4 Y 2 39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module11 StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4 39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter7 02R9080 BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module 1,2,3,4 Y 4 26K6547 Cisco Fiber GbESM for IBM eServer 1,2,3,4 Y 4 BladeCenter 73P6100 IBM eServer BladeCenter Copper 1,2,3,4 Y 4 Pass-thru Module StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4 39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter8 39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4 BladeCenter 44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module 1,2,3,4 Y 4 for IBM BladeCenter 44W4405 44W4404 1590 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch 1,2,3,4 Y 4 Module for IBM BladeCenter 3,4 Y 2 44X1910 44X1907 5482 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter12 StFF 3,4 Y 2 43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM12 3,4 Y 2 44X1923 44X1921 5483 Brocade 10-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 44X1922 44X1920 5481 Brocade 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch 3,4 Y 2 Module for IBM BladeCenter 42C1829 42C1828 5764 Brocade Enterprise 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter System Management 39Y9190 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter 39R6475 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 26K7941 SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair Mgmt Module Y 1 25R5779 2019A1X 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced Management Module9 46C3555 2019B1X 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager 17351GX IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2) 17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) Associated Options 23R1703 4 Gbps 4 km long wave SFP Transceiver 39Y9122 4299 IBM Short Wave SFP Module 22R4242 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module StFF 3,4 Y 2 41Y8599 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter 32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (SR) 32R1880 32R1878* 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (LR) 44X1968 44X1964 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver 44W4409 44W4408 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter 25K8373 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II13 43X0437 IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Replacement Filters (4Pack) 43W4391 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit 44X1966 44X1962 5084 Brocade 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
32R1901
1499
2. 3.
4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
10. 11.
12. 13.
(CPM) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported. A short-wave or long-wave SFP Module (SBBs 39Y9122 or 41Y8599 or option 22R4242) is required for each fibre channel port connection. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade- installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. The Brocade switch modules for BladeCenter allows the interconnection of up to 239 switches. Maximum of four allowed in BC and BCT. If supported in BCE, then a maximum of two allowed. Can be installed in any I/O module bay. When installed in I/O module bay 1, integrated Ethernet controller 1 is enabled on all blades. When installed in bay 2, integrated Ethernet controller 2 is enabled on all blades. Installation in I/O module bays 3 or 4 (not supported in BCE) requires an Ethernet expansion card to be installed in blade servers. SFPs are not included and are available from Cisco (P/N GLC-SX-MM=). OPM provides 2Gb data rate when used with any Fibre Channel Expansion Card. Copper Pass-thru Modules come with one cable. Each module can support up to three cables. One Management Module or Advanced Management Module is standard in the BladeCenter (8677). A maximum of two matched modules are supported, (i.e. two Management Modules or two Advanced Management Modules). A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
332
333
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Model Power modules Power cord 8677-3XY, 86772 x 2000w 2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables 3EY, 8677-3RY SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
46M0516 -
39M4675 13N0570 48P7052 48P7052 26K4816 46M0508 21301RX* 21302RX* 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 39M2816 39Y8905 39Y8923 39Y8939 39Y8940 39Y8948 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 40K9614 40K9615 40K9772 46M4002 17353LX 17354LX 99564RX 99564XX 14102RX 14104RX 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX 93084EX 93084PX 39M2895 39M2897 4938
2106 -
Power IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supplies IBM BladeCenter 1800W Power Supply Module BladeCenter 1200W Power Supplies 1 & 2 BladeCenter 1200W Power Supplies 3 & 4 IBM eServer BladeCenter 2000W Power Supply Modules IBM BladeCenter E 2,320W AC Power Supply Option IBM UPS3000 LV IBM UPS3000 HV IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack Power Distribution Units IBM DPI C13 PDU+ DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a) DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector IBM Enterprise C19 PDU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P) IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G) C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Rack Console Connectivity IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch Racks and rack options IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 25RU standard rack IBM 42U S2 standard rack IBM 25U S2 standard rack NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet IBM 42U S2 expansion rack IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack IBM 42U Enterprise Rack IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO) IBM Long KVM Conversion Option (Long KCO) Monitors C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
334
4942* 4943 17233RX* 17231RX* 172317X 172319X 39M7228 46M4003 43X0340 24195KX
T115 15in TFT LCD T117 17in TFT LCD IBM 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit Keyboard and mouse IBM USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB Associated options IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Filter Uninterruptible Power Supply IBM UPS5000 HV
335
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power modules
2900w (200V-240V) 8852-4YY Sep 30 2009 Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V) 8852-4SY Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V) Note: Two power cords are needed and must be ordered separately.
Note: BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Table 1. BladeCenter H (8852) at-a-glance (continued)
Optical drive
Diskette drive6
8852-4SY 1/2 10/10 Note: Two power cords are needed and must be ordered separately.
Note: BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes: 1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV) model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8852-3XY is 8852-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable chassis. 4. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components. 5. Only the read function is supported on the Combo2 drive. 6. Does not ship with a diskette drive. An external FDD is supported attached to one of the two front mounted USB ports. 7. Supports up to 14 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond seven blade servers.
Blade server
8852
336
HS12 (8014) HS12 (8028) HS20 HS21 HS21 XM HS221 HC10 JS20 JS21 LS20 LS21 LS22 LS41 LS42 QS21 QS22
All All All All All All All All All All All All All All All All
Notes: 1. It may be necessary to upgrade to the latest firmware to support the HS22 on Blade Chassis H.
337
338
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
Description
39Y9331
39Y9170*
4366
39Y9173
39Y8966 -
4364
IBM BladeCenter H Serial Port Breakout Cable IBM BladeCenter Optical Multiport Optical LC Duplex Pass-thru Module LC Optical Cable for IBM Connections BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Copper Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Pass-thru Module Cable Connections for IBM BladeCenter1 IBM USB to PS/2 Converter Cable IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand Cable 3 meter for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter 4x InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter InfiniBand 10 meter 12x InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand Cable for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 11 meter 12x InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand to (3) 4x Cable for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb Ethernet CFFh Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector
# of Drops 1 4
CPM switch
Network
3 1 3 1 1 1
InfiniBand 4x connector InfiniBand 4x connector InfiniBand 12x connector InfiniBand 4x connector InfiniBand 12x connector 10 Gb ESM CX4 Port
InfiniBand Fabric InfiniBand Fabric InfiniBand Fabric InfiniBand Fabric InfiniBand Fabric Another Nortel 10 Gb ESM or external 10 Gb switch with CX4 ports. Another Nortel 10 Gb ESM or external 10 Gb switch with CX4 ports. SAN Network -
32R1942
4363
CX4 Connector
CX4 Connector
IBM eServer BladeCenter (TM) Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M) IBM eServer BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable IBM USB Conversion Option Pack 1.5M USB Conversion Option
4 5 -
339
5M Fiber Optic Cable LCLC 13N1944 39M5698 3705 25M Fiber Optic Cable LCLC 13N1942 39M5696 3703 1M Fiber Optic Cable LCLC 19K1250 LC-SC Fibre Channel Cable Adapter 49Y9978 49Y9980 3866 3m Copper QDR Infiniband QSFP Cable * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
13N1943
39M5697
3704
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes: 1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Click image to enlarge This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. The cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One 3.1 m (9.4 ft)cable is included with each copper pass-thru module. Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5 m)
Click image to enlarge The 1.5 m cable above provides four SC connections between the
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 340
Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment. Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3-meter for IBM BladeCenter
Click image to enlarge Figure 4. InfiniBand 4x Cable 3-meter for IBM BladeCenter
Click image to enlarge Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3-meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (connector color is Gray)
341
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB number -
Feature codes
Description Diskette Drive IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive HDD IBM Portable 40GB USB 2.0 Hard Drive with Rescue and Recovery Optical Devices IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM Combo UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner
Type
Height
Bays supported -
Max qty
44W3251 44W3253
46M0901 46M0902
4161 4163
342
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature codes
Description
PCI Support
Slots Supported
Storage Controllers 32R1907 32R1834 1576 1562 Networking McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for eServer1 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module for eServer BladeCenter1 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Infiniband Ethernet Bridge Module for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Infiniband Fibre Bridge Module for IBM BladeCenter QLogic/McDATA 10-port Upgrade for IBM eServer BladeCenter QLogic 4 Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch Module for eServer1,2,3 QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 4 Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1,2,3 Brocade 4 Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1,2,3 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter4,9,13 BNT Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch Mod for IBM BladeCenter5,9 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter5 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter5 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM BladeCenter11 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM BladeCenter11 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 1,2,3,4,7 left, 9 left Bay 1,3 Bay 1,3 Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right HSSM bay 1, 2 Bay 1,2,3,4 Bay 1,2,3,4 Y Y 4 4
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
6 2 2 4 4 4 4
32R1816
32R1813
1571
Y Y Y
2 4 8
32R1889 32R1864
32R1861
1497 1496
Bay 1,2,3,4,7 left, 9 left 1,2,3,4, 7Right, 9Right Bay 1,2,3,4, 7Right, 7left, 9Right, 9Left Bay 1,2,3,4, 7Right, 7left, 9Right, 9Left Bay 1,2,3,4, 7Right, 7left, 9Right, 9Left
Y Y
6 8
Y Y Y
8 8 8
343
39Y9194 39Y9317 39Y9321 39Y9325 44E5158 44W4484 44W4405 44X1908 44X1910 43W6729 46C7192 46M6182 44X1923 44X1922 42C1829 46M6073 49Y9989
39Y9195 39Y9316 39Y9320* 39Y9324 39Y9314 44W4483 44W4404 44X1905 44X1907 43W6723 46C7191 46M6181 44X1921 44X1920 42C1828 46M6071 -
2980 1556 2900 1484 1465 5452 1590 5478 5482 2985 1639 1641 5483 5481 5764 0072 1744
Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Voltaire 40Gb InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter13 Cisco Systems 4 Gb 20 port Fibre Channel Module Cisco Systems 4 Gb 10 port Fibre Channel Module9 4X InfiniBand Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter13 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Switch module for IBM BladeCenter4,8,9,13 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module4,6,9 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter7,10 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter5 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter5 Multi-switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter13 Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter9 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter12 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM12 BNT 10-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter13 10Gb Ethernet Pass-Thru Module for IBM BladeCenter13 Brocade 10-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Brocade Enterprise 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Nexus 4001I Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter S/W Upgrade License for Cisco Nexus 4001I System Management IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced Management Module IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager Associated Options Voltaire InfiniBand 4X DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter InfiniBand 4X DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair 4 Gbps 4 km long wave SFP Transceiver Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
Bay 3,4 HSSM Bay 7,8 or HSSM Bay 9,10 Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 7, 9 HSSM Bay 1, 2
Y N Y Y Y Y
2 2 4 4 2 2
Bay 3,4 Bay 1,2,3,4, 7 Left or 7 Right, 9 Left or 9 Right Bay 1,2,3,4, 7left, 9 left, 7Right, 9Right Bay 1,2,3,4, 7left, 9 left, 7Right, 9Right HSSM Bay 7,8 or HSSM Bay 9,10 (Each module uses 2 slots) HSSM Bay 7,8 or HSSM Bay 9,10 (Each module uses 2 slots) Bay 1,2,3,4, 7 left, 9 left, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 1,2,3,4, 7 left, 9 left, 7 Right, 9 Right Bay 3, 4, 7 Right/ 9 Right Bay 3, 4, 7 Right/ 9 Right Bay 3,4, 7 Right, 9 Right 7,8,9,10 7,8,9,10 Bay 3, 4, 7Right/ 9 Right Bay 3, 4, 7Right/ 9 Right 7,8,9,10 -
Y Y Y Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N N Y -
2 6 8 8 2 2 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 -
25R5779 46C3555
2019A1X 2019B1X
1604 4941
Y -
1 -
41Y8599
4864
344
4Gbps SW SFP Transceiver IBM Short Wave SFP Module 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module IBM 10 GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (SR) 32R1880 32R1878* 4361 IBM 10 GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP Transceiver (LR) 44X1968 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver 44W4409 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter 44X1966 5084 Brocade 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
39Y9122 32R1879
4299 4360
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported. 2. A short-wave or long-wave SFP Module (SBBs 39Y9122 or 41Y8599) is required for each fibre channel port connection. 3. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on bladeinstalled Fibre Channel expansion cards. 4. All 4 power modules must be populated for installation. 5. Maximum of four allowed and can be installed in any I/O module bay. If selected and an OPM LC Cable (P/N 39Y9172) is not selected, issue the following warning message: "A minimum of one Optical Pass-thru Module cable must be installed in each Optical Pass-thru Module to enable connectivity to your network or Storage Area Network (SAN)." 6. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ 7. Maximum of four allowed and can be installed in any I/O module bay. If selected and an OPM LC Cable (P/N 39Y9172) is not selected, issue the following warning message: "A minimum of one Optical Pass-thru Module cable must be installed in each Optical Pass-thru Module to enable connectivity to your network or Storage Area Network (SAN)." 8. Installs in High Speed I/O module bays 1 and/or 2. When installed in HS bay 1, port 1 is enabled on Bladeinstalled Cisco 4X InfiniBand HCA (P/N 32R1761). When installed in HS bay 2, port 2 is enabled. 9. The Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module (P/N 39Y9284), BNT 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module (P/N 39Y9267), Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Switch module (P/N 32R1756*), BNT Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch Module (P/N 32R1859), are not supported in the Multi-Switch Interconnect Module (SBB 39Y9314). 10. OPM provides 2 Gb data rate when used with any Fibre Channel Expansion Card. 11. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller. 12. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly. 13. If selected, then Power Supply 3 & 4 is required.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 345
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Cabling
Optical storage
I/O
Pwr Acc
31R3335 25R5785 25R5784 25R5783 71762MX 71762NX 71763MU 71763NU 46M4002 21303RX 21304RX 40K9620* 99564RX 99564XX 17353LX 17354LX 40K9627 43W4391 90P0717 90P0721 90P0726 17231JX 17231NX 17231UX 17232NX 17232UX 17233RX* 17231RX* 172317X 172319X 39M7228 90P0777 90P0742 90P0743 46M4003 43V6147
Power IBM BladeCenter H 2900W AC Power Module w/Fan Pack1 Power cords2 2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 Power Cable 4.3, 230V, Dual 32A IEC 309 P+N+G / 16A IEC 320-C20 Line Cord 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord Power Distribution Units IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager DPI PDU Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) IBM UPS 7500XHV IBM UPS 10000XHV IBM UPS 3000 EBM Rack Console Connectivity IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack Racks IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Monitors IBM L150p 15" TFT Monitor (Hybrid) L170p 17" TFT Monitor (Hybrid) C170 17" CRT Monitor 1U 17" Monitor (With Japanese Travel Keyboard) 1U 17" Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/o keyboard 1U 17" Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/ US keyboard 2U 15" Monitor (without keyboard) 2U 15" Monitor (with PS/2 Based U.S. Travel Keyboard) IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit Keyboard and mouse IBM USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB Enhanced Performance Keyboard - USB ScrollPoint 800 DPI Optical Mouse - USB & PS/2 Optical Wheel Mouse - USB Associated options IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
346
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Option 31R3335 includes two power supplies. 2. Two power cords are required.
347
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
8014-2BY
8014-EBY
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache Single Core Intel Celeron Processor 445 (1.86GHz 512KB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W)
1/1
2GB/24GB
2GB
1/1
4GB/24GB
2GB
348
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Processor Options
Models Supported
Standard Processor Single Core Intel Celeron Proc 445 (1.86GHz 512KB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3323 (2.50GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3353 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3363 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
349
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Description 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 4GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 Single Rank VLP RDIMM 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 Dual Rank VLP RDIMM
Std. DIMM configuration 512 MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM
350
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
HDDs 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 80 GB 7200 SATA 2.5" NHS HDD 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD
2 2 2 2 2
351
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
26K5942 39Y6071 39Y6139 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 42C1833 41Y8526 39Y9189 39Y9309 39Y9305 43W6861 44X1941 43W4392 44W4470 44W4473 46M6003 46M6166 46M6170
26K5939 42C1830 39Y9314 39R8624* 41Y8527 41Y8527 39Y9190 39Y9310 39Y9271* 39Y9306 41Y8527 43W6859 44X1940 43W4423 43W4391 44W4466 44W4465 44W4479 46M6001 46M6164 46M6168
1568 1485 2974 3567 3568 3569 3559 3592 2970 2979 2969 2968 2994 5485 4339 5489 5479 0056 0098 0099
Storage Controllers Networking cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter Blade Server Expansion Cards SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter
cKVM Half Half Half Half Half Half CFFh Legacy I/O (SFF) CFFv Legacy I/O (CFFv) Legacy I/O (CFFv) Legacy I/O (CFFv) CFFh CFFh CFFv CFFv CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh -
NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Ethernet and 8Gb FC Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Associated options 2019A1X IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor, CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server).
352
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
39R7563
Power Supplies Associated options IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade1
Notes: 1. Embedded support is provided for RAID levels 0 and 1. Supports up to three 2.5" SAS Hotswap HDDs.
353
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3323 (2.50GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3353 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3363 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E3113 (3.0GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 65W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 50W)
Number of processors (std/max) 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1
Memory (std/ max) 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 4GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB 2GB/ 24GB
Internal HDD interface Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap Hot-Swap
Internal HDD storage (Std/Max) 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 73GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB
HDD bays (Std/Max) 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 1/2 0/2 0/2
Expansion slots (Std/Max) 0/3 0/3 0/3 0/3 0/3 0/3 0/3
354
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Processor Options
Models supported
Standard Processor Single Core Intel Celeron Proc 445 (1.86GHz 512KB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz 65W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3323 (2.50GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3353 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3363 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E3113 (3.0GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 65W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 50W)
355
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Description 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 Single Rank VLP RDIMM 4GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 Dual Rank VLP RDIMM
Std. DIMM configuration 2 x 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 2 x 2 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
356
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs 43W7540 43W7547 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 43X0834 43X0857 42D0709 43W7535* 43W7536 43W7545 42D0632 42D0637 42D0672 42D0677 43X0853 39R7389* 42D0707 5578 5579 5537 5599 5522 5536 5535 5547 5409 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS1 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF1 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF SlimHS HDD SATA HDDs 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD External storage expansion units IBM System Storage EXP3000 SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 (additional) (additional) (additional) 0-1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
2 2 2 2 -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
357
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
46M6144 46M6145 25R8077 25R8080 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 26K5942 39Y6139 39Y6071 46C5068 42C1833 44X1941 43W4392 39Y9189 31R2266 39Y9309 39Y9309 39Y9305 41Y8526 43W6861 44W4470 44W4473 46M6003 -
46C7167 172622X 172631X 172632X 172641X 172642X 26K5939 43W3974 42C1830 39Y9314 44X1940 32R1760* 39R8624* 43W4391 43W4421* 43W4423 43W4420 39Y9190 39R7563 39Y9310 39Y9310 39Y9271* 39Y9306 41Y8527 43W6859 44W4466 44W4465 44W4479 46M6001 39Y9195
5752 5753 1670 1671 3567 3568 3569 3559 1568 2974 1485 1591 3592 5485 4339 2979 4265 2969 2969 2968 2970 2994 5489 5479 0056 -
Storage Controllers ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/Battery ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/o Battery ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller Networking cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter Blade Server Expansion Cards QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade1 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module
CIOv CIOv CIOv Half Half Half Half cKVM Half Half Legacy I/O (CFFv) CFFh CFFh Legacy I/O (SFF) Legacy I/O (CFFv) Daughter Card Legacy I/O (CFFv) Legacy I/O (CFFv) CFFh CFFh Legacy I/O (CFFv) Legacy I/O (CFFv) CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh -
358
Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Associated options 2019A1X IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
46M6166 46M6170
46M6164 46M6168
0098 0099
CFFh CFFh -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor, CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server).
Notes: 1. Embedded support is provided for RAID levels 0 and 1. Supports up to three 2.5" SAS Hotswap HDDs.
359
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
360
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Number1 7995-L1Y 7995-L2Y 7995-L3Y 7995-L4Y 7995-L5Y 7995-L6Y 7995-NTY 7995-H1Y 7995-E5Y 7995-R2Y 7995-EHY 7995-G1Y 7995-G3Y 7995-G4Y 7995-G5Y 7995-G6Y 7995-GLY
Withdrawal Date2 Apr 4 2008 Sept 28 2007 Sept 28 2007 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Jul 3 2008 Jan 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz) - cache Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 35w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1222MHz 40w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 50w)
Number of Processors (Std/Max) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 1/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Memory (Std/Max)3 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB
Integrated Ethernet5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5
361
7995-HVY 7995-J1Y 7995-J2Y 7995-J3Y 7995-A1Y 7995-C1Y 7995-A2Y 7995-C2Y 7995-E2Y 7995-RLY 7995-GNY
Nov 30 2009 Jul 3 2008 Jul 3 2008 Jul 3 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 -
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 50W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.0GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 40w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W)
2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 1/2 1/2
4GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 4GB/64GB
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5 Dual 1Gb5
Part Number1 7995-L1Y 7995-L2Y 7995-L3Y 7995-L4Y 7995-L5Y 7995-L6Y 7995-NTY 7995-H1Y 7995-E5Y 7995-R2Y 7995-EHY 7995-G1Y 7995-G3Y 7995-G4Y 7995-G5Y 7995-G6Y 7995-GLY 7995-HVY 7995-J1Y 7995-J2Y
Withdrawal Date2 Apr 4 2008 Sept 28 2007 Sept 28 2007 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Jul 3 2008 Jan 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Jul 3 2008 Jul 3 2008
Storage Controller6 SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Internal HDD Interface Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Internal HDD Storage (Std/ Max)7, 10 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB 0GB/146GB
HDD Bays (Std/ Max)8 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1
Expansion Cards (Std/Max)8,9 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
362
Jul 3 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Nov 30 2009 -
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7995-L1Y is 7995-L1U. See the productspecific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-pecific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. Memory-mirroring, memory sparing and Chipkill functions are supported. 4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors the HS21 XM-7995 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter. 5. Dual Broadcom BMC5708S Gb Ethernet controllers. 6. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS/SATA Controller supporting one onboard SAS hard disk drive or a single or dual configured solid state drive. 7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of one 146GB SAS HDD or a single or dual configured solid state drive. Additional internal storage is via the optional 4GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 39R8695, FC 2042) or 8GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 43W3933, FC 5548) , which consist of a USB 2.0 flash memory card connected to a dedicated USB-based slot on the system planar. 8. An optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade unit (P/N 39R7563) is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of four HDD bays and adds expansion card slot capacity for a total of three expansion card slots. 9. CFFh (high-speed) and CFFv (normal speed) adapters are designed to work together, utilizing a minimum amount of physical space, solving the issue of allowing only one adapter to exist in a confined space. Inside the Blade Base one non-Hot Swap HDD can be used with one CFFv adapter and either one CFFh adapter or Storage and I/O Expansion Unit. Using the Storage and I/O Expansion Unit it is possible to configure one CFFv adapter (Ethernet) in the front expansion slot and one CFFv and CFFh adapter in the rear expansion slots. 10. An additional 4 to 8 GB storage capacity can be added via an optional Modular Flash Drive.
363
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number 39R8699 39R8700 39R8701 39R8702 39R8703 39R8704 42C0553 42C0554 43W4032 42C0556 42C0557 43W3919 43W3946 43W3977 43W3979 43W3980 43W3981 43W3982 43X1004 43X1005 43X1006 44T1807 43W4070 46C5092 46C5113 SBB number
Feature codes 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 3699 2863 2864 2832 3070 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 2896 2891 2892 3614 3615 6959 6987 Feature code
Processor options Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w)1 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 35w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1222MHz 40w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)1 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 50W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)1 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)1 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)1 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 50w)1 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.0GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 40w)1 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W)1 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5430 (2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W) Additional processor options
Models supported L1Y L2Y L3Y L4Y E5Y, L5Y L6Y NTY H1Y R2Y C1Y J1Y J2Y J3Y G1Y G3Y G4Y G5Y EHY, G6Y A1Y A2Y C2Y, E2Y GLY RLY GNY Models supported
364
39R8705 39R8706 39R8707 42C0550 42C0551 42C0552 42C0558 42C0585 43W4038 42C0561 42C0560 43W3921 43W3867 43W3984 43W3986 43W3987 43W3988 43W3989 43X1007 43X1008 43X1009 44T1808 43W4071 46C5093 46C5116
42C0565 42C0568 43W4036 43W3991 43W3993 43W3994 43W3995 43W3996 42C0570 46C5050 46C5051 46C5094 46C5114
1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1427 3380 1426 1425 3469 3484 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 1449 1445 1446 3398 3399 4431 4446
Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 1066MHz 35w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 13333MHz 40w) Addl Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 Cache 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 1066MHz 50w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) Addl QuadCore Intel Xeon LV Proc L5335(2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 50W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405(2.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420(2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430(2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440(2.83GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450(3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345(2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 50w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.0GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 40w) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5430 (2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W)
L1Y L2Y L3Y L4Y E5Y, L5Y L6Y NTY H1Y R2Y C1Y J1Y J2Y J3Y G1Y G3Y G4Y G5Y EHY, G6Y A1Y A2Y C2Y, E2Y GLY RLY GNY -
Notes: 1. When fully configuring a BC-E (8677) chassis with the maximum possible HS21 XM blade server configuration (fourteen HS21 XM blade servers, each with two 80W processors, eight 4GB memory DIMMs, one SAS HDD, one USB-based flash drive, one I/O card and one cKVM card), there could be periods of time that Power Domain 2 exceeds the 13.5amp rating guidance (Power Domain 1 will not exceed the rating guidance). While this is not violating any safety rules, we recommend that your clients review the electrical infrastructure and power distribution of their installations to account for a peak of 14.4A. 2. A blade using a single CPU must have it installed in the CPU 1 socket. 3. The system should not be allowed to boot with an empty CPU 1 socket. 4. If the CPU 2 socket is empty, it must have a CPU heat sink filler installed. The CPU heat sink filler is a baffle which maintains proper airflow through the blade. 5. The CPU heat sink filler is required to be installed in CPU 2 socket. 6. A terminator is not required.
365
366
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option Feature Description number codes 39M5780 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 39M5782 1GB (2 x 512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 39M57831 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 39M57891 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 39M57951 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 46C74181 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 46C74191 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 46C74201 16GB (2x8GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 FBDIMM AMB+ 46C75771 46C7575 3990 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBDIMM 667MHz Note: When installing 2 DIMMs in the HS21 XM use DIMM Connectors 5 (J171) and 7 (J173). HS21 XM does not support a 3 pair configuration. Pairs three and four must be installed at the same time. Three memory configuration modes can be used in the HS21 XM, including Flat, Sparing and Mirroring. Flat Mode: DIMMs must be added in identical pairs: DIMM pair 1 (DIMMs 5 and 7), DIMM pair 2 (DIMMs 2 and 4), DIMM pair 3 (DIMMs 1, 3 and 6, 8 or 6, 8 and 1, 3) Sparing Mode: This configuration is supported for the 2 DIMM pair configuration with identical DIMM types. With a single DIMM pair sparing is supported if the DIMMs are dual rank only. Mirroring Mode: Both branches must be populated identically; the same as both channels. Each slot number of each channel must include DIMMs with the same electrical characteristics (speed, density, and organization).
SBB number
Model Std. DIMM Configuration A1Y, A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, G1Y, G3Y, G4Y, G5Y, G6Y, GLY, 2x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz H1Y, J1Y, J2Y, J3Y, L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, L6Y, NTY, R2Y, RLY E2Y, E5Y, EHY, GNY, HVY 2x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
367
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
43W7667 42D0423 43X0849 43X0834 43X0857 42D0629 42D0669 42D0739 42D0744 43W7707 42D0739 42D0744 43W7607 43W7615 43W7619 43W3933 46C5080
26K5777* 39R7389* 43W7666 42D0421 43X0845 43X0832 43X0853 42D0627 42D0667 42D0737 42D0742 43W7706 43W7606 43W7614 43W7618 43W3934 -
5596 5529 5545 5535 5547 5510 5508 5406 5408 5598 5406 5408 5558 5557 5563 5548 5574
SAS HDDs1 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF1 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD2 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF NHS IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF NHS IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS2 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS2 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SATA HDDs1 IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5'' SFF NHS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5'' SFF NHS HDD IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SSD IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD Associated Options1 IBM Dual 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drives3 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive4 IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive4
SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF USB USB
1 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents installation of an internal hard drive. 2. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only. 3. 43W7606 is a single physical device with two solid state drives that uses only one bay. 4. The IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 43W3933) and the IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 46C5080) are USB 2.0 compatible drives that occupy a dedicated slot on the system planar. See diagram below. Figure 1. HS21 XM - 7995 modular flash drive
368
369
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
46C5068 39Y6071 39Y6139 39Y6091 42C1833 25R8077 25R8080 39R8819 39R8820 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 43W4430 39Y9117 43W4433 43W6861 39Y9189 26K5942 26K4844 39Y9309 26R0891 39Y9116 39Y9305 41Y8526 44W4470 44W4470 44W4473 44W4480 46M6003 31R2266 32R0792 43W4392 32R1761 43W4431 44X1941 39Y9185 46M6166 46M6170
43W3974 42C1830 39Y9267 39Y9314 43W4419 25R8064 43W4420 43W4423 43W6859 39Y9190 26K5939 39R8624* 39Y9271* 39Y9310 26R0890 39Y9306 41Y8527 44W4466 44W4466 44W4465 44W4479 46M6001 39R7563 25K8373 43W4391 44X1940 39Y9195 46M6164 46M6168
1591 1485 2974 1487 3592 1670 1671 1685 1686 3567 3568 3569 3559 2993 1492 2991 2994 2979 1568 1549 2969 1577 1458 2968 2970 5489 5489 5479 5476 0056 4265 4244 4339 1466 2992 5485 2925 0098 0099
Networking SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Storage controllers IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1,2 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB)1 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB)1 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Blade Server Expansion Cards3 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF Fibre Channel Exp Card SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II4 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Associated options
CFFv Half Half Half CFFh Full Full Half Half Half Half CFFh Daughter Card CFFh CFFv CFFv Daughter Card SFF Daughter Card Daughter Card CFFv SFF StFF CFFh Daughter Card CFFh Daughter Card CFFh CFFh CFFh Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card HSFF CFFh CFFh SFF CFFh CFFh
370
2019A1X IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required for use. 2. ServeRAID-8k replaces the standard ServeRAID-8k-l. 3. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents installation of an internal hard drive. 4. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Figure 1. HS21 XM - 7995 system diagram
Click image to enlarge Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
371
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
372
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack Console Connectivity 17353LX 17354LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch
373
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Number1 8853-L1Y 8853-L2Y 8853-L3Y 8853-L4Y 8853-L5Y 8853-L6Y 8853-E1Y 8853-E5Y 8853-H1Y 8853-NTY 8853-R2Y 8853-LMY 8853-C1Y 8853-C2Y 8853-A1Y 8853-A2Y 8853-J1Y 8853-J2Y 8853-C3Y 8853-C4Y 8853-EQY 8853-ERY 8853-AMY 8853-ANY 8853-EHY 8853-G1Y
CPU/FSB Number of Speed Processors (GHz/MHz) (std/max) - cache Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 1/2 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 1/2 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 1/2 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 1/2 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 1/2 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 1/2 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Jan 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 1/2 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Jan 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 2/2 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Jul 3 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 1/2 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 40w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 1/2 5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 35w) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 1/2 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 2/2 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 1/2 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066Mhz 80w) Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 1/2 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Apr 4 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 1/2 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 1/2 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Jul 3 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 1/2 L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Jul 3 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 1/2 L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Apr 4 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 1/2 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 1/2 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Apr 4 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 1/2 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 2/2 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 2/2 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 2/2 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 2/2 (3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 1/2 (2.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
Withdrawal Date2
Memory (std/max)3
System Integrated Management Ethernet5 Processor4 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5
1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 4GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 2GB/64GB 8GB/64GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 4GB/32GB 4GB/32GB 8GB/64GB 8GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 2GB/64GB
374
Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.00GHz 6MB 1333MHz 40W)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5 Dual 1 Gb5
Part Number1 8853-L1Y 8853-L2Y 8853-L3Y 8853-L4Y 8853-L5Y 8853-L6Y 8853-E1Y 8853-E5Y 8853-H1Y 8853-NTY 8853-R2Y 8853-LMY 8853-C1Y 8853-C2Y 8853-A1Y 8853-A2Y 8853-J1Y 8853-J2Y 8853-C3Y 8853-C4Y 8853-EQY 8853-ERY 8853-AMY 8853-ANY 8853-EHY 8853-G1Y 8853-G3Y 8853-G4Y 8853-G5Y 8853-G6Y 8853-G7Y 8853-GLY 8853-GNY 8853-RLY
Withdrawal Date2 Apr 4 2008 Sept 28 2007 Sept 28 2007 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 Jul 3 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Jul 3 2008 Jul 3 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 Apr 4 2008 -
Storage Controller6 SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Internal HDD Interface Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Internal HDD Storage (std/max)7 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 146/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 146/292GB 146/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB 0/292GB
HDD Bays Expansion Slots (Std/Max)8 (Std/Max)8 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 2/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8853-L1Y is 8853-L1U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for AP Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. 4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 375
5. 6. 7. 8.
service processor monitors HS21 - (8853) system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter. Dual Broadcom 5708S Gb Ethernet controllers. An integrated, single-channel, SAS controller supports integrated RAID-0 and 1. RAID-1E and 5 requires the optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two 146GB SAS HDDs. An optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of five HDD bays and adds expansion card slot capacity for a total of three expansion card slots.
376
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number 40K6907 42C1621 40K6911 42C9124 42C1622 42C9125 40K6914 42C1623 44T1790 42C9163 40K6948 42C9130 43W1124 43W1126 43W6081 43W6085 43W6130 44T1713 44T1721 44T1725 44T1729 44T1731 44T1733 44T1813 44T1809 44T1897
Feature Codes 1311 1329 1313 2865 1330 2866 1316 1331 3697 2877 2890 2802 2803 2804 2827 2828 3071 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3611 3612 6958
Processor Options Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 35w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 40w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066Mhz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Quad Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W) Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.00GHz 6MB 1333MHz 40W) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W)
Models Supported L1Y, E1Y L2Y L3Y, E3Y NTY L4Y, E4Y H1Y L5Y, E5Y L6Y, E6Y R2Y C1Y A1Y C2Y, ERY J1Y A2Y J2Y C3Y C4Y G1Y G4Y G6Y, EHY G7Y G5Y G3Y GLY RLY GNY
377
46M0669 46M0673 SBB Number 40K6916 42C1624 40K7095 42C9126 42C1625 42C9127 40K7098 42C1626 44T1791 40K6949 43W1125 43W1127 42C9165 43W6082 44T1714 42C9131 44T1734 44T1814 43W6086 44T1722 44T1732 43W6131 44T1726 44T1730 44T1810 46M0670 46M0674 44T1898
Option Number 40K1218 44T1792 44T1716 43W1144 44T1742 44T1816 44T1724 44T1740 44T1728 44T1738 44T1812 46M0672* 46M0676* 44T1899
Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) 6986 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5430 (2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W) Feature Codes Additional Processor Options 1392 1404 1394 1428 1405 1429 1397 1406 3383 1443 3451 3452 1430 3464 3357 3450 3362 3395 3465 3358 3361 3485 3359 3360 3396 4444 4445 4430 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120(1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 1066MHz 35w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140(2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 40w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 65w) Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w) Addl Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 133MHz 6MB L2 Cache 80w) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310(1.6GHz 1066MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 1066MHz 50w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 1066Mhz 80w) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405(2.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420(2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430(2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440(2.83GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450(3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460(3.16GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) Addl Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.00GHz 6MB 1333MHz 40W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5430 (2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W) Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W)
6985
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. A blade using a single CPU must have it installed in the CPU 1 socket. 2. The system should not be allowed to boot with an empty CPU 1 socket. 3. If the CPU 2 socket is empty, it must have a CPU heat sink filler installed. The CPU heat sink filler is a baffle which maintains proper airflow through the blade. 4. The CPU heat sink filler is required to be installed in CPU 2 socket. 5. A terminator is not required.
379
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number 39M5780 39M57831 39M57891 39M57951 46C7575 39M5783 39M5789 39M5795 -
Option Number 39M5782 46C74181 46C74191 46C74201 46C75771 39M5785* 39M5791* 39M5797*
Feature Codes 0546 0542 0544 0556 3990 0542 0544 0556 -
Description 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB (2x 512MB Kit) PC2-5300 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory 16GB (2x8GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBDIMM 667MHz 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill Low Power FBDIMM 667MHz 8GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. These FBDIMMs support Chipkill.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model E3Y, E4Y, E6Y, H1Y, L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, L6Y, NTY A1Y, A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, C3Y, C4Y, E1Y, E7Y, G1Y, G3Y, G4Y, G5Y, G6Y, G7Y, GLY, J1Y, J2Y, R2Y, RLY E5Y, EHY, EQY, ERY, GNY AMY, ANY, LMY
Std. DIMM Configuration 2x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 2x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 2x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz 4x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
380
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Maximum Qty
43W7619 43W7667 42D0423 43X0849 43W7615 43X0834 43X0857 42D0629 42D0669 42D0739 42D0744
43W7618 43W7666 26K5777* 42D0421 43X0845 43W7614 43X0853 42D0627 42D0667 42D0737 42D0742
5563 5596 5529 5545 5557 5535 5547 5510 5508 5406 5408
SAS HDDs IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF NHS IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF NHS IBM 15.8GB 2.5'' Solid State Drive IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS1 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD
SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF SFF
1, 1, 1, 1,
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2
1, 2 1, 2 3,4,5 3,4,5 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
381
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description
Form Factor
42C1833 25R8077 25R8080 39R8819 39R8820 43W4340 43W4326 42C2179 42C2182 39Y6139 39Y6071 39Y6091 43W4430 43W4431 32R1761 39Y9117 43W4433 43W6861 39Y9189 39Y9309 26K5942 26R0891
42C1830 39Y9267 39Y9314 43W4419 25R8064 172641X 172642X 172622X 172631X 172632X 43W4420 43W4423 43W6859 39Y9190 39R8624* 39Y9271* 39Y9310 26K5939 26R0890
3592 1670 1671 1685 1686 3559 3569 3567 3568 2974 1485 1487 2993 2992 1466 1492 2991 2994 2979 2969 1568 1577
Networking QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Storage controllers IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1,2 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Qlogic 4-Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA QLogic 4-Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model Blade Server Expansion Cards Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer
Daughter Card Full Full Half Half Half Half Half Half Half Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card
382
39Y9116 39Y9305 41Y8526 32R0792 31R2266 43W4392 44W4470 44W4473 44W4480 46M6003 44X1941 39Y9185 46M6166 46M6170
32R1923 39Y9306 41Y8527 25K8373 39R7563 43W4391 44W4466 44W4465 44W4479 46M6001 44X1940 39Y9195 46M6164 46M6168
1458 2968 2970 4244 4265 4339 5489 5479 5476 0056 5485 2925 0098 0099
Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II3 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card Daughter Card -
Associated Options 2019A1X IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module 42C1600* IBM BladeCenter Memory and I/O Blade * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required. 2. ServeRAID-8k replaces the standard ServeRAID-8k-l. 3. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
383
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
384
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description
17353LX 17354LX
385
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Number1 7870-A2Y2,5 7870-B3Y2,5 7870-B4Y2,5 7870-C3Y3,5 7870-C4Y3,5 7870-CCY2,5 7870-D2Y2,5 7870-EBY2,5 7870-ECY2,5 7870-EDY2,5 7870-L2Y4,5 7870-1MY3,5 7870-2MY4,5 7870-3MY3,5 7870-5MY3,5 7870-6MY4,5 7870-M2Y 7870-L3Y
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz) - cache Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C 2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5540 4C 2.53GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C 2.93GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5504 4C 2.00GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C 1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor E5502 2C 1.86GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz Intel Xeon Processor L5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor L5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor X5570 4C 2.93GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache 1333MHz Intel Xeon Processor L5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor L5518 4C 2.13GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz Intel Xeon Processor L5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz
Number of Processors (std/max) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Memory (std/ max) 2GB/96GB 4GB/96GB 4GB/96GB 4GB/96GB 4GB/96GB 2GB/96GB 2GB/96GB 8GB/96GB 8GB/96GB 6GB/96GB 4GB/96GB 24GB/96GB 48GB/96GB 48GB/96GB 24GB/96GB 8GB/96GB 4GB/96GB 4GB/96GB
Integrated Ethernet Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb Gb
Part Number1 7870-A2Y2,5 7870-B3Y2,5 7870-B4Y2,5 7870-C3Y3,5 7870-C4Y3,5 7870-CCY2,5 7870-D2Y2,5 7870-EBY2,5 7870-ECY2,5
Storage Controller SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Internal HDD Interface Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap Hot-swap
Internal HDD Storage (std/max) 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB
HDD Bays (Std/Max) 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
Expansion Slots (Std/Max) 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 1/2
386
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7870-A2Y is 7870-A2U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for AP Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator. 2. When configuring 80-watt HS22 blades in a BC-E chassis with (4) 2000-watt power supplies, a maximum configuration of (12) 80W HS22 blades can be installed using (5) 80W HS22s in Domain 1 and (7) 80W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (13) blades can be installed when mixing 80W HS22s with non-HS22s using (6) non-HS22s in Domain 1 and (7) 80W HS22s in Domain 2. 3. When configuring 95-watt HS22 blades in a BC-E chassis with (4) 2000-watt power supplies, a maximum configuration of (11) 95W HS22 blades can be installed using (5) 95W HS22s in Domain 1 and (6) 95W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (12) blades can be installed when mixing 95W HS22s with non-HS22s using (6) non-HS22s in Domain 1 and (6) 95W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (13) blades can be installed when changing the domains used for mixing 95W HS22s with (5) 95W HS22s in Domain 1 and (8) non-HS22s in Domain 2. 4. When configuring 60-watt HS22 blades in a BC-E chassis with (4) 2000-watt power supplies, a maximum configuration of (13) 60W HS22 blades can be installed using (6) 60W HS22s in Domain 1 and (7) 60W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (14) blades can be installed when mixing 60W HS22s using (6) 60W HS22s in Domain 1 and (8) non-HS22s in Domain 2. 5. The 8677 chassis ships standard with a minimum of (2) power supplies installed in the chassis. This provides the necessary power requirements to support HS-22 in blade slots 1-6 ( Domain 1). To support blades in slots 7-14 (Domain 2) an additional set of power supplies are required.
387
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number 43W5983 43W5984 43W5985 43W5988 43W5989 43W5990 43W6050 43W6166 43W6168 46M0695 49Y5050 59Y5564 59Y5568 59Y5573 SBB Number 44T1705 44T1709 44T1711 44T1799 44T1838 44T1868 44T1869 44T1881 44T1882 46M0696 49Y5051
Option Number Feature Codes 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 4537 0702 0700 0701 0703
Processor Options Intel Xeon 800MHz Intel Xeon 800MHz Intel Xeon 800MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Intel Xeon 1333MHz Intel Xeon 1333MHz Intel Xeon 1333MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Intel Xeon 800MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Intel Xeon 1066MHz Processor E5502 2C 1.86GHz 4MB Cache Processor E5504 4C 2.00GHz 4MB Cache Processor E5506 4C 2.13GHz 4MB Cache Processor E5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache Processor E5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache Processor E5540 4C 2.53GHz 8MB Cache Processor X5550 4C 2.66GHz 8MB Cache Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache Processor X5570 4C 2.93GHz 8MB Cache Processor L5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache Processor L5518 4C 2.13GHz 8MB Cache Processor L5506 4C 2.13GHz 4MB Cache Processor L5508 2C 2.00GHz 8MB Cache Processor L5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache Additional Processor Options Addl Intel Xeon 800MHz Addl Intel Xeon 800MHz Addl Intel Xeon 800MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1066MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1066MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1066MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1333MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1333MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1333MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1066MHz Addl Intel Xeon 1066MHz 60W Processor E5502 2C 1.86GHz 4MB Cache Processor E5504 4C 2.00GHz 4MB Cache Processor E5506 4C 2.13GHz 4MB Cache Processor E5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache Processor E5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache Processor E5540 4C 2.53GHz 8MB Cache Processor X5550 4C 2.66GHz 8MB Cache Processor X5560 4C 2.80GHz 8MB Cache Processor X5570 4C 2.93GHz 8MB Cache Processor L5520 4C 2.26GHz 8MB Cache Processor L5518 4C 2.13GHz 8MB Cache
Models Supported D2Y,EDY A2Y,CCY B3Y,EBY B4Y C3Y,ECY,1MY,5MY C4Y,3MY L2Y,2MY,6MY M2Y L3Y Models supported D2Y,EDY A2Y,CCY B3Y,EBY B4Y C3Y,ECY,1MY,5MY C4Y,3MY L2Y,2MY,6MY M2Y
Option Number Feature Codes 43W5986 5369 44T1712 43W5987 44T1736 44T1883 44T1884 44T1885 44T1886 44T1887 46M0697 49Y5052 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 7793 7748
388
Addl Intel Xeon Processor L5506 4C 2.13GHz 4MB Cache 800MHz 60W Addl Intel Xeon Processor L5508 2C 2.00GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 38W Addl Intel Xeon Processor L5530 4C 2.40GHz 8MB Cache 1066MHz 60W
L3Y
389
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
(1x1GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP LP RDIMM (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM (1x2GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM (1X8GB) Dual Rank PC3-8500 CL7 ECC DDR3-1066 VLP RDIMM (1x8GB, Dual Rankx4) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM Associated Memory Options IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi
Std. DIMM Configuration 2 x 1GB (1x1GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP LP RDIMM 2 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM 3 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM 4 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM 2 x 4GB (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM 6 x 4GB (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM 12 x 4GB (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM 4 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM
390
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Maximum Qty
43W7539 43W7540 43W7547 42D0634 42D0639 42D0674 42D0679 42D0709 43W7649 43W7671 43W7715 42D0749 42D0754
43W7535* 43W7536 43W7545 42D0632 42D0637 42D0672 42D0677 42D0707 43W7648 43W7670 43W7714 42D0747 42D0752
1048 1049 1050 5537 5599 5522 5536 5409 1051 5595 3745 5405 5407
SAS HDDs 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SATA HDDs IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD
SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL
0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
391
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description
Form Factor
Networking QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Storage controllers 42C2179 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x 42C2182 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x 43W4326 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller 43W4340 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Blade Server Expansion Cards 43W4430 43W4420 1036 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 43W4433 43W4423 1038 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 44W4473 44W4465 1076 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 44W4476 44W4475 1039 Ethernet Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter 44W4480 44W4479 1077 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 46M6003 46M6001 0056 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 44X1941 44X1940 1078 QLogic Ethernet and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 44X1946 44X1945 1462 Qlogic 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter 46C5070 43W4068 1041 SAS Connectivity Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter 46M6066 46M6065 3594 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter 46M6141 46M6140 3598 Emulex 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter 46M6166 46M6164 0098 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 46M6170 46M6168 0099 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 49Y4238 49Y4235 5755 Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Associated Options 46C7167 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter 46M6146 0070 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/Battery 46M6147 0071 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/o Battery Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: CIOv = Combination I/O vertical and CFFh = Combination Form Factor horizontal. 42C1833 39Y6071 39Y6139 42C1830 3592 1485 2974
CFFh Half Half Half Half Half Half CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh CIOv CFFh CFFh CFFh CIOv CIOv CIOv CIOv CFFh CFFh CIOv CIOv CIOv
392
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
393
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 7971-31Y 7971-3AY 7971-51Y 7971-6AY 7971-21Y 7971-2TY 7971-7AY 7971-8AY 7971-E1Y 7971-61Y 7971-6MY
Withdrawal date2 Jan 4 2008 Jun 29 2007 Mar 31, 2009 Jan 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 -
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ MHz) - cache3 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2210 HE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2210 EE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 45W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w)
Number of processors (std/max) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 1/2 2/2
Memory (std/ max)3 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 1GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 2GB/32GB 4GB/ 32GB 2GB/ 32GB 8GB/ 32GB
Integrated ethernet5 Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb Dual 1Gb
Part number1 7971-31Y 7971-3AY 7971-51Y 7971-6AY 7971-21Y 7971-2TY 7971-7AY 7971-8AY 7971-E1Y 7971-61Y 7971-6MY
Withdrawal date2 Jan 4 2008 Jun 29 2007 Mar 31, 2009 Jan 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2009 -
Storage controller7 SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Internal HDD interface Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Internal HDD storage (std/ max) 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 0GB/ 73GB 1GB/ 73GB
HDD (std/max) Expansion Cards (Std/Max)8 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 394
2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8.
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. AMD Dual-Core Opteron processor with two 1MB L2 Cache, provides three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a 128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller. Memory subsystem is two-way interleaved, Very Low Profile (VLP) DDR-2 SDRAMMs supporting chip kill technology. Each Opteron processor contains the memory controller responsible for four DIMMs. Integrated Service Processor subsystem supports Vulture 3 features which include monitoring the LS21 systems management activity as well as communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter. Dual Broadcom BCM5706S Gigabit Ethernet Controllers An integrated LSI 1064 SAS Controller supporting one onboard SAS Hard Disk Drive An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of four HDD bays and two expansion card slots for a total of three expansion card slots.
395
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option Feature Processor number codes options 0680 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 0681 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 25R8899 0682 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 0683 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 2883 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2210 EE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 45W) 2882 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2210 HE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) 2825 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) 2881 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 3072 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) Option Feature Additional processor options number code 39R9225 0468 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 39R9226 0469 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 39R9227 0470 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 39R9228 0471 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 43X0903 40K1263 1436 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2210 EE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 45W) 43X0904 1435 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2210 HE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) 44E5214 44E5246* 3462 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2218 HE (2.6GHz 2X1MB L2 68W) 43X0905 40K1264* 1434 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 44R4943 44R4946* 3486 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Proc 2222(3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
SBB number 39R9221 39R9222 39R9223 39R9224 43X0900 43X0901 44E5213 43X0902 44R4942 SBB number
Models supported 31Y 3AY 51Y, E1Y 6AY, 6MY 2TY 21Y 61Y 7AY 8AY Models supported 31Y 3AY 51Y, E1Y 6AY, 6MY 2TY 21Y 61Y 7AY 8AY
Note: If one processor is installed, if must be plugged into CPU 1 socket. The system will not be allowed to boot if the CPU 1 socket is not populated. CPU 2 socket must contain a heatsink filler in order to maintain proper airflow. If multiple processors are installed, they must have the same set of features and functions. Mixing processors that have different values for their respective features is not allowed. Note: Three different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: 95W version, Highly Efficient 68W version, and an Energy Efficient 45W version. LS21 and LS41 systems that use the 95W processors are designed for the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to increased power and thermal the 95W version will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most cases this represents a speed reduction of 400MHz. LS21 and LS41 systems using the Highly Efficient 68W or the Energy Efficient 45W processor will run at full speed in all chassis.
396
397
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option Feature Description number codes 39M5859 0548 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 39M5861 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM 39M5862 0549 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 39M5864 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM 39M5868 0551 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 VLP RDIMM 46C0513 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 VLP RDIMM 46C0506 3946 2 GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 46C0512 4GB (2x2GB) SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 39M5867* 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM Note: The memory subsystem is two-way interleaved. Each Opteron processor is responsible for four DIMMs. Memory must be populated in pairs of two identical DIMMs per processor installed.
SBB number
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. If selected, only SBB 46C0506 (FC 3946) is allowed in the system. This SBB cannot co-exist with other memory in the same system.
Model 21Y, 2TY, 31Y, 3AY 51Y, 6AY, 61Y, 7AY E1Y 6MY
Std DIMM configuration 2x 2x 2x 8x 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR2 DIMM 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 2 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
SAS HDDs IBM 15.8GB 2.5'' Solid State Drive SFF 1 1 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1 1 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 2,3,4 3 2.5" SFF HS 39R7389* SFF 2,3,4 3 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF1 SFF 2,3,4 3 43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS1 26K5777* 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1 1 42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1 1 NHS 43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1 1 NHS 42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1 1 HDD 42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1 1 HDD SATA HDDs 42D0737 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD 42D0742 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS21 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller and one onboard SFF SAS hard drive. 43W7615 43W7619 43X0834 43W7614 43W7618 5557 5563 5535
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
399
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
39Y6071 39Y6091 39Y6139 42C1833 32R1761 43W4430 43W4431 43W4433 39Y9117 43W6861 39Y9189 39Y9309 26K5942 26R0891 26R0885 39Y9116 39Y9305 41Y8526 43W4392 31R2266 44W4480 46M6003 44W4470 44W4473
42C1830 43W4420 43W4423 43W6859 39Y9190 39R8624* 39Y9271* 39Y9310 26K5939 26R0890 39Y9306 41Y8527 43W4391 39R7563 44W4479 46M6001 44W4466 44W4465
1485 1487 2974 3592 1466 2993 2992 2991 1492 2994 2979 2969 1568 1577 1581 1458 2968 2970 4339 4265 5476 0056 5489 5479
Networking NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Blade server expansion cards Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit 3e IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
Half Half Half daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card daughter card
400
39Y9185 25R8077 25R8080 39R8819 39R8820 43W4326 43W4340 42C2182 42C2179 46M6166 46M6170
2925 1670 1671 1685 1686 3569 3559 3568 3567 0098 0099
QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter QLogic iSCSI Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter Multi-switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module Storage controllers IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller QLogic 4-Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Qlogic 4-Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
daughter card daughter card Full Full Half Half Half Half Daughter Card Daughter Card -
Associated options 25R5778 IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
401
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack Console Connectivity 17353LX 17354LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch
402
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Integrated ethernet
7901-3QY 7901-CQY
Quad Core Opteron 2347 HE Processor (1.9 GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2376 HE (2.3 GHz 6 MB L3) AMD Opteron Processor Model 2435 6C 2.6GHz 6MB Cache
2GB/ 64GB 2GB/ 64GB 8GB/ 64GB 2GB/ 64GB 2GB/ 64GB 2GB/ 64GB
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
Internal HDD storage (std/max) 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7901-3QY is 7901-3QU. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator. 2. The AMD Opteron processor is designed for high-performance and server applications. It provides three high-performance HyperTransport links to the I/O as well as a 128-bit highperformance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller. Each AMD Quad-Core Opteron processor contains four CPUs, memory controller, and coherent HyperTransport interface between the processors as well as a non-coherent HyperTransport interface to the other bridge chips. 3. The voltage regulation for the AMD Opteron processor is set up in a "Split Plane" configuration where a three-phase
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 403
voltage regulator is responsible for the processor cores and a single-phase voltage regulator is responsible for the north bridge. The LS22 includes two 1207-pin LGA sockets for dual processor operation with integrated memory controllers. 4. Express model.
404
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option number -
Processor options Quad Core Opteron 2347 HE Processor (1.9 GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2376 HE (2.3 GHz 6 MB L3) AMD Opteron Processor Model 2435 6C 2.6GHz 6MB Cache
Models supported 3QY CQY, EDY 3SY 3LY 62Y Models supported CQY, EDY 3SY 3LY 62Y
Option Feature Additional processor options number code 44X1539 44X1542* 4400 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2347 HE (1.9GHz) 44R4958 44R4961* 3386 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz) 46M6805 46M6808 7766 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2384 (2.7GHz) 46M6877 46M6880 7794 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2376 HE (2.3GHz) 49Y7195 49Y4747 4501 Addl AMD Opteron Processor Model 2435 6C 2.6GHz 6MB Cache * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: If one processor is installed, it must be plugged into CPU 1 socket. The system will not be allowed to boot if the CPU 1 socket is not populated. CPU 2 socket must contain a heatsink filler in order to maintain proper airflow. If multiple processors are installed, they must have the same set of features and functions. Mixing processors with different values for their respective features is not supported.
405
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
8 GB PC2-4200 CL5 ECC DDR2 533MHz VLP RDIMM 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 4GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP DIMM 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 4GB (2x2 GB) VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 Memory 2GB (2x1 GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP DIMM 8GB (2x4 GB) VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 Memory 8GB (2x4 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 Memory 16GB (2 x 8GB) PC2-4200 CL5 ECC DDR2 533MHz VLP RDIMM Associated Memory Options 41Y8268* IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor 40K6867 41Y8269 1774 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4 46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi Note: The memory subsystem is two-way interleaved. Each Opteron processor is responsible for four DIMMs. Memory must be populated in pairs of two identical DIMMs per processor installed. Although the DIMM pairs installed per processor can be of different sizes, the pairs must be of the same speed. A processor must be installed in order to populate the DIMM sockets corresponding to that processor socket. An installed processor does not require memory to be installed in the DIMM sockets corresponding to that processor socket, however a reduction in performance will occur to that processor due to retrieving memory from a different node.
Description
Std DIMM configuration (2X) 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP DIMM (4X) 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
406
407
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
SAS HDDs 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1,2 2 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2 NHS 43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2 NHS 43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K SFF 2,3,4 3 2.5" SFF HS1 SFF 2,3,4 3 39R7389* 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF1 43X0834 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 2,3,4 3 2.5" SFF HS 42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2 HDD 42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2 HDD SATA HDDs 43W7667 43W7666 5596 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2 42D0739 42D0737 5406 IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2 42D0744 42D0742 5408 IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2 43W7707 43W7706 5598 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SFF 1,2 2 SSD Associated Options 43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2 43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2 Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS22 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller, two onboard SFF SAS hard drive connectors on the Base Processor Blade and and a SAS Pass Thru connector. The LSI 1064E SAS Controller contains four SAS ports operating at a burst rate of 1.5 or 3.0 Gb/s. The four SAS ports connect directly to the hard drives on the Base Processor Blade through two 29-pin SFF SAS connectors. The LS22 blade can support up to two solid state drives on the Base Processor Blade by connecting to the SAS connectors 42D0423 26K5777* 42D0421 5529
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
408
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
39Y6071 39Y6091 42C1833 32R0792 43W4392 26R0885 43W4431 39Y6139 39Y9117 39Y9189 39Y9305 39Y9309 41Y8526 43W4430 43W4433 43W6861 44W4470 44W4473 32R1761 44X1941 39Y9185 44W4480 46M6003 31R2266 46M6166 46M6170 39Y9116 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 39R8819 39R8820 25R8077 25R8080 26K5942
42C1830 25K8373 43W4391 39R8624* 39Y9190 39Y9271* 39Y9306 39Y9310 41Y8527 43W4420 43W4423 43W6859 44W4466 44W4465 44X1940 44W4479 46M6001 32R1923 39R7563 46M6164 46M6168 26K5939
1485 1487 3592 4244 4339 1581 2992 2974 1492 2979 2968 2969 2970 2993 2991 2994 5489 5479 1466 5485 2925 5476 0056 4265 0098 0099 1458 3567 3568 3569 3559 1685 1686 1670 1671 1568
Networking NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Blade server expansion cards IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II1 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic iSCSI Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Storage controllers QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller Associated options cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter
Half Half CFFh SFF StFF CFFh Half StFF CFFv CFFh CFFh CFFv CFFv CFFh CFFh CFFv CFFh CFFh HSFF CFFh SFF CFFh CFFh
CFFh CFFh StFF Half Half Half Half Full Full cKVM
409
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
410
411
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
412
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1
Withdrawal date2 Jan 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 Jun 29 2007 Jun 29 2007 Mar 31 2009 Mar 31 2009 July 27 2007 Mar 31 2009 July 27 2007 Mar 31 2009 Mar 31 2009 July 27 2007 Apr 4 2008 Mar 31 2009
7972-31Y10 7972-32Y11 7972-3AY10 7972-3BY11 7972-51Y10 7972-52Y11 7972-6AY10 7972-6BY11 7972-4TY11 7972-7AY11 7972-7BY11 7972-E2Y10 7972-61Y11 7972-62Y11 7972-7MY11 7972-8BY11
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache3 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8214 HE (2.2GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W)
Number of processors (std/max) 1/4 2/4 1/4 2/4 1/4 2/4 1/4 2/4 2/4 1/4 2/4 4/4 1/4 2/4 4/4 2/4
Memory (std/max)4 1GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 1GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 16GB/64GB 2GB/64GB 4GB/64GB 16GB/64GB 4GB/64GB
Integrated ethernet 6 Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB Dual 1GB
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Storage controller7
Expansion slots9
413
7972-31Y10 7972-32Y11 7972-3AY10 7972-3BY11 7972-51Y10 7972-52Y11 7972-6AY10 7972-6BY11 7972-4TY11 7972-7AY11 7972-7BY11 7972-E2Y10 7972-61Y11 7972-62Y10 7972-7MY11 7972-8BY11
Jan 4 2008 Jan 4 2008 Jun 29 2007 Jun 29 2007 Mar 31 2009 Mar 31 2009 July 27 2007 Mar 31 2009 July 27 2007 Mar 31 2009 Mar 31 2009 July 27 2007 Apr 4 2008 Mar 31 2009
SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB 146GB/ 292GB 0GB/ 292GB
0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 2/2 0/2
0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed, and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator. 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. AMD Dual-Core Opteron processor with two 1MB L2 Cache, provides three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a 128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller. 4. Memory subsystem is two-way interleaved, Very Low Profile (VLP) DDR-2 SDRAMMs supporting chip kill technology. Each Opteron processor contains the memory controller responsible for four DIMMs. 5. Integrated Service Processor subsystem supports features which include monitoring the LS41 systems management activity as well as communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter. 6. Dual Broadcom BCM5706S TOE-enabled Gigabit Ethernet Controllers on the base board and Dual Broadcom BCM5708S TOE-enabled Gigabit Ethernet Controllers on the multiprocessor expansion unit. 7. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS Controller on the Base Processor Blade to provide support for two SAS Hard Disk Drives, located on the Base Processor Blade and in the Multiprocessor Expansion Blade. 8. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two 73GB SAS HDD. 9. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of five HDD bays and two expansion card slots for a total of four expansion card slots. 10. For maximum capacity, an optional Multiprocessor Expansion Blade can attach directly to the base blade server to add support for two additional AMD Opteron processors, eight memory DIMMs, one additional SAS HDD, one legacy expansion card slot, and one blade expansion connector, which supports high speed expansion cards or an optional expansion unit. 11. The Multiprocessor Expansion Blade (P/N 25K5934) is a standard component attached directly to the base blade server for maximum capacity. It adds support for two additional AMD Opteron processors, eight memory DIMMs, one additional SAS HDD, one legacy expansion card slot, and one blade expansion connector which supports high speed expansion cards or an optional expansion unit.
414
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number 39R9229 39R9230 43X0906 39R9231 39R9232 44E5215 43X0907 44R4947 SBB number
Processor options Dual Dual Dual Dual Core Core Core Core AMD AMD AMD AMD Opteron Opteron Opteron Opteron Processor Processor Processor Processor Model Model Model Model 8212 8212 8214 8216 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) HE (2.2GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w)
Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) Additional Processor Options Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core Addl Dual Core marketing. AMD AMD AMD AMD AMD AMD AMD AMD Opteron Opteron Opteron Opteron Opteron Opteron Opteron Opteron Processor 8212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Processor 8212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Processor 8214 HE (2.2GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Processor 8216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) Processor 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Processor 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) Proc 8222(3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) Processor 8218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W)
3073 Option Feature number codes 39R9233 0462 39R9234 0463 43X0908 40K1265 1433 39R9235 25R8935* 0464 39R9236 0465 43X0909 40K1266* 1432 44R4948 3487 44E5216 44E5247 3463 * IBM has withdrawn this product from
Models supported 31Y,32Y 3AY,3BY 4TY 51Y,52Y, E2Y 6AY,6BY 61Y, 62Y 7AY,7BY, 7MY 8BY Models supported 32Y 3BY 4TY E2Y, 52Y 6BY 7MY, 7BY 8BY 62Y
Note: If one processor is installed, if must be plugged into CPU 1 socket. The system will not be allowed to boot if the CPU 1 socket is not populated. CPU 2 socket must contain a heatsink filler in order to maintain proper airflow. When the MPE is installed, the first processor installed on the MPE must be plugged into the CPU 3 socket and CPU 4 socket must contain a heatsink filler if a processor is not installed. If multiple processors are installed, they must have the same set of features and functions. Mixing of processors that have different values for their respective features is not allowed. Note: Three different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: 95W version, Highly Efficient 68W version, and an Energy Efficient 45W version. LS21 and LS41 systems that use the 95W processors are designed for the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to increased power and thermal the 95W version will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most cases this represents a speed reduction of 400MHz. LS21 and LS41 systems using the Highly Efficient 68W or the Energy Efficient 45W processor will run at full speed in all chassis.
415
416
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option Feature Description number codes 39M5859 0548 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 39M5861 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM 39M5862 0549 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 39M5864 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM 39M5868 0551 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 VLP RDIMM 46C0513 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 VLP RDIMM 46C0506 3946 2 GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 46C0512 4GB (2x2GB) SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM Note: The memory subsystem is two-way interleaved. Each Opteron processor is responsible for four DIMMs. Memory must be populated in pairs of two identical DIMMs per processor installed.
SBB number
Notes: 1. If selected, only SBB 46C0506 (FC 3946) is allowed in the system. This SBB cannot co-exist with other memory in the same system.
Model 31Y,3AY 32Y, 3BY, 4TY 51Y, 6AY, 7AY, 61Y 52Y, 6BY, 7BY, 62Y E2Y 7MY
Std DIMM configuration 2x 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 4x 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 2x 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 4x 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 8x 2GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 16x 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
418
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
SAS HDDs IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1, 2 2 IBM 15.8GB 2.5'' Solid State Drive SFF 1, 2 2 SFF 3, 4, 5 3 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF1 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 3, 4, 5 3 2.5" SFF HS 43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K SFF 3, 4, 5 3 2.5" SFF HS1 26K5777* 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1, 2 2 42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1, 2 2 NHS 43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1, 2 2 NHS 42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1, 2 2 HDD 42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1, 2 2 HDD SATA HDDs 42D0737 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD 42D0742 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS41 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller on the Base Processor Blade, providing support to the SAS connectors located on the Processor Blade and in the Multiprocessor Expansion Blade, to support up to two onboard SFF SAS hard drives. 43W7619 43W7615 43X0834 43W7618 43W7614 39R7389* 5563 5557 5535
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
419
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
42C1830
Networking NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Blade server expansion cards QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter PCI Extended Unit for PCI-e for BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade AMD Opteron LS41 Multiprocessor Expansion Unit Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
Half Half Half Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card daughter card Daughter card
43W4430 39Y9117 43W4431 32R1761 43W4433 43W6861 39Y9189 26K5942 39Y9116 26R0885 26R0891 39Y9305 41Y8526 39Y9185 39Y9309 43W4392 31R2266 26K5941 -
43W4420 43W4423 39Y9271* 43W6859 39Y9190 26K5939 26R0890 39Y9306 41Y8527 39R8624* 44X1940 39Y9310 43W4391 39R7563 26K5934 44W4465
2993 1492 2992 1466 2991 2994 2979 1568 1458 1581 1577 2968 2970 2925 2969 4339 4265 4266 -
420
Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic iSCSI Expansion Card for BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Daughter card Full Full Half Half Half Half -
Storage controllers IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Qlogic 4-Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA QLogic 4-Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Associated options 2019A1X IBM BladeCenter Advanced Management Module 39Y9267 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter 39Y9314 Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter 43W4419 InfiniBand Pass Thru Module for IBM BladeCenter * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 25R8077 25R8080 39R8819 39R8820 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 25R8064 1670 1671 1685 1686 3567 3568 3569 3559
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
421
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack Console Connectivity 17353LX 17354LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch IBM 2x16 Console Switch
422
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Withdrawal date2 -
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) cache3,4 Quad Core Opteron 8347 HE Processor (1.9 GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8380 (2.5GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8376 HE (2.3GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8376 HE (2.3GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8376 HE (2.3GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C 2.4GHz 6MB Cache AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C 2.6GHz 6MB Cache AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C 2.4GHz 6MB Cache
Memory (std/max) 4GB/ 128GB 4GB/ 128GB 4GB/ 128GB 4GB/ 128GB 4GB/ 128GB 16GB/ 128GB 8GB/ 128GB 16GB/ 128GB 16GB/ 128GB 8GB/ 128GB 16GB/ 128GB 16GB/ 128GB 4GB/ 128GB 4GB/ 128GB 8GB/ 128GB
7902-1SY5
2/4
Dual 1GB
7902-3LY5
2/4
Dual 1GB
7902-HVY6
Mar 31 2009
4/4
Quad 1GB
7902-ELY5,7
Nov 30 2009
2/4
Dual 1GB
7902-EMY7
Nov 30 2009
4/4
Quad 1GB
7902-EDY7 7902-ESY5,7
Nov 30 2009
4/4 2/4
Y Y
7902-EUY7
Nov 30 2009
4/4
Quad 1GB
7902-JVY
4/4
Quad 1GB
Y Y Y
423
7902-E7Y7
4/4
16GB/ 128GB
Quad 1GB
Part number1 7902-3QY5 7902-CQY5 7902-3SY5 7902-1SY5 7902-3LY5 7902-HVY6 7902-ELY5,7 7902-EMY7 7902-EDY7 7902-ESY5,7 7902-EUY7 7902-JVY 7902-61Y5 7902-62Y5 7902-E6Y5,7 7902-E7Y7
Withdawal date2 March 31 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 Nov 30 2009 -
Storage controller SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS
Internal HDD interface Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Internal HDD storage (std/max) 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB 0GB/1000GB
HDD (std/max) 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
Expansion slots 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7902-3QY is 7902-3QU. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator 2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available. 3. The AMD Opteron processor is designed for high-performance and server applications. It provides three high-performance HyperTransport links to the I/O as well as a 128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller. Each AMD Quad-Core Opteron processor contains four CPUs, memory controller, and coherent HyperTransport interface between the processors as well as a non-coherent HyperTransport interface to the other bridge chips, two 1207-pin LGA sockets for dual processor operation with integrated memory controllers, and one HyperTransport Expansion Connector, which connects to the Naboo MP Expansion Unit for four socket blade expansion 4. The voltage regulation for the AMD Opteron processor is set up in a "Split Plane" configuration where a three-phase voltage regulator is responsible for the processor cores and a single-phase voltage regulator is responsible for the north bridge. 5. This model is a 30mm single-wide blade containing two processor sockets, eight DIMM slots, one PCI-X I/O slot, and a high speed PCIe slot. With the installation of an optional multiprocessor expansion unit (MPE), this blade is transformed into a 60mm double-wide blade. The double-wide blade provides two additional processor sockets, eight additional DIMM slots, one additional PCI-X I/O slot. 6. Hypervisor model. 7. Express model.
424
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number 44X1548 44R4967 46M6809 46M6813 46M6886 49Y7196 49Y7192 SBB number 44X1549 44R4968 46M6810 46M6814 46M6887 49Y7197 49Y7193
Feature code 3618 3603 5810 5811 4452 4502 4504 Feature code 4402 3388 7767 7768 7796 4503 4505
Processor options Quad Core Opteron 8347 HE Processor (1.9 GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 2MB L2) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8380 (2.5GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 (2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3) Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8376 HE (2.3 GHz 6 MB L3) AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C 2.6GHz 6MB Cache AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C 2.4GHz 6MB Cache Additional processor options Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8347 (1.9Ghz) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8380 2MB L2 6MB L3) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8384 2MB L2 6MB L3) Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8376 (2.3GHz) Addl AMD Opteron Processor Model 8435 6C 2.6GHz Addl AMD Opteron Processor Model 8431 6C 2.4GHz HE (2.3GHz) (2.5 GHz (2.7 GHz HE 6MB Cache 6MB Cache
Models supported 3QY CQY, EDY 1SY ESY, 3SY, EUY, HVY, JVY 3LY, ELY, EMY 62Y, E7Y 61Y, E6Y Models supported 3QY CQY, EDY 1SY ESY, 3SY, EUY, HVY, JVY 3LY, ELY, EMY 62Y, E7Y 61Y, E6Y
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. If multiple processors are installed, they must have the same set of features and functions (e.g. speed, wattage, series type). Mixing processors with different values for their respective features is not supported.
Table 1. Associated Processor Options
SBB Number -
Feature Code -
Description LS42 LS42 LS42 LS42 LS42 LS42 Multi Multi Multi Multi Multi Multi Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Expans Unit: Processor Model 8380 (2x 2.5GHz)1 Expans Unit: Processor Model 8384 (2x 2.7GHz)2 Exp Unit: Processor Model 8374 HE (2x2.2GHz) Exp Unit: Processor Model 8376 HE (2x2.3GHz) Exp Unit: Processor Model 8431 (2x2.4GHz 6C) Exp Unit: Processor Model 8435 (2x2.6GHz 6C)
Notes: 1. Supported on LS42 model 7902-1SY only. This multiprocessor expansion unit (MPE) transforms the 7902-1SY from a 30mm single-wide blade to a 60mm double-wide blade, adding two additional processor sockets, eight additional DIMM slots, and one additional PCI-X I/O slot. This option part number is a kit that includes both the MPE and two processors. 2. Supported on LS42 models 7902-3SY and 7902-ESY. This multiprocessor expansion unit (MPE) transforms the 7902-3SY
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 425
and 7902-ESY from a 30mm single-wide blade to a 60mm double-wide blade, adding two additional processor sockets, eight additional DIMM slots, and one additional PCI-X I/O slot. This option part number is a kit that includes both the MPE and two processors. Figure 1. LS22/LS42 system board
426
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
8 GB PC2-4200 CL5 ECC DDR2 533MHz VLP RDIMM 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 4GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP DIMM 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 4GB (2x2 GB) SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM 2GB (2x1 GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP DIMM 8GB (2x4 GB) VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 Memory 8GB (2x4 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 Memory 16GB (2 x 8GB) PC2-4200 CL5 ECC DDR2 533MHz VLP RDIMM Associated Memory Options 41Y8268* IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor 40K6887 41Y8269 1774 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4 46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi Note: The memory subsystem is two-way interleaved. Memory must be populated in pairs of two identical DIMMs per processor installed. Although the DIMM pairs installed per processor can be of different sizes, the pairs must be of the same speed. A processor is required to populate the DIMMs sockets corresponding to that processor. An installed processor does not require memory to be installed in its corresponding DIMM sockets
Description
Model 1SY, 3SY, 3QY, CQY, 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP DIMM 63LY ELY, ESY (4X) 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM EDY, EUY, EMY, HVY, JVY (8X) 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
427
428
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
SAS HDDs 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1,2 2 SFF 3,4,5 3 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF1 SFF 3,4,5 3 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS1 43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2 NHS 43X0834 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 3,4,5 3 2.5" SFF HS 42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2 NHS 42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2 HDD 42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2 HDD SATA HDDs 43W7667 43W7666 5596 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2 43W7707 43W7706 5598 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SFF 1,2 2 SSD 42D0739 42D0737 5406 IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2 42D0744 42D0742 5408 IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2 Associated Options 43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2 43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2 Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS42 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller and one onboard SFF SAS hard drive. 43X0857 26K5777 39R7389 43X0853 5547
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
429
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Form factor
39Y6091 39Y6071 39Y6139 42C1833 39Y9116 26R0885 32R1761 39Y9117 39Y9189 31R2266 39Y9305 39Y9309 41Y8526 43W4430 43W4433 43W4431 43W6861 44W4470 44W4473 44X1941 44W4480 46M6003 39Y9185 32R0792 43W4392 46M6166 46M6170 42C2179 42C2182 43W4326 43W4340 39R8819 39R8820 25R8077 25R8080 26K5942
42C1830 39R8624* 39Y9190 39R7563 39Y9271* 39Y9306 39Y9310 41Y8527 43W4420 43W4423 43W6859 44W4466 44W4465 44X1940 44W4479 46M6001 32R1923 25K8373 43W4391 46M6164 46M6168 26K5939
1487 1485 2974 3592 1458 1581 1466 1492 2979 4265 2968 2969 2970 2993 2991 2992 2994 5489 5479 5485 5476 0056 2925 4244 4339 0098 0099 3567 3568 3569 3559 1685 1686 1670 1671 1568
Networking NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Blade server expansion cards QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Qlogic Ethernet and 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter QLogic iSCSI Expansion Card for BladeCenter IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II1 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Storage controllers QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller Associated options cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter
Half Half Half CFFh StFF StFF HSFF StFF SFF CFFv daughter card CFFh CFFh CFFv CFFv CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFv CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh CFFh SFF Daughter Card Daughter Card CFFh CFFh Half Half Half Half Full Full cKVM
430
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
431
432
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature code
Description
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
433
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory (std/max) -
Storage controller -
Notes: 1. Model numbers provided are available worldwide. 2. The IBM BladeCenter PN41 DPI blade has 2 external ports (1 1Gb and 1 10Gb) and 8 internal ports (4 1Gb and 4 10Gb). 3. An additional administration host blade server is necessary to interface with the DPI blade, because the DPI blade does not have a direct user interface. The additional administration blade server (an IBM BladeCenter HS21 Intel blade) must support VMware ESX Server 3.0 or later and have dual 1 Gbps controllers. 4. IBM BladeCenter PN41 DPI blade contains a network processor for use in handling packets. This is a dedicated processor and is not available for general applications. 5. The IBM BladeCenter PN41 DPI blade contains no drives or flash drives
434
435
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options
Models supported
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
436
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number -
Option number -
Feature codes -
Description -
Model -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
437
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
438
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number -
Option number -
Feature codes -
Form factor -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
439
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power supplies -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
440
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache 2-way CBE, 10KE technology (90nm) 3.2 GHz core frequency
Memory (std/max) -
Integrated ethernet -
Storage controller -
441
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Processor options1
Models supported
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
442
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option Feature Description number codes 39M5861 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM Note: Total processor memory on IBM BladeCenter QS21 is fixed at 2GB (1GB per processor)
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
SBB number
Model -
443
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs1 -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
444
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Feature codes -
Description
Form factor
Networking IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module Blade Server Expansion Cards 39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv 43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit 43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed. -
445
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power supplies1 -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
446
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at 3.2GHz core speed Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at 3.2GHz core speed Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at 3.2GHz core speed Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at 3.2GHz core speed
Storage controller -
Notes: 1. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
447
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Models supported
Additional processors -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
448
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
Option Feature codes Description1 number 46C0500 3952 1GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 46C0503 3953 2GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 46C0504 3954 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 46C0501 2GB (2 x 1 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM2 46C0509 4GB (2 x 2 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 46C0510 8GB (2 x 4 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM Note: IBM BladeCenter QS22 has eight DIMM sockets for processor memory (options listed above) and two DIMM sockets for special purpose I/O buffer memory. The function of I/O buffer memory is unlike processor memory in that applications must be written or modified to utilize these memory DIMMs which are accessed via the IBM I/O bridge chips on QS22.
SBB number
Notes: 1. Highest memory bandwidth and optimal performance can be achieved when all eight memory DIMM sockets are populated. For base models with less than eight DIMMs installed (ie, 0793-40Y), it is strongly recommended that option memory is added such that all memory DIMM sockets are used. 2. This processor memory may also be used as optional I/O buffer memory if purchased as an option. This option includes two 1GB DIMMs that can be plugged into the two available I/O buffer memory sockets on QS22.
8 4 8 8
X X X X
449
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
43W3933 60H4323
43W3934 -
5548 5585
USB HDDs IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive 6 IBM 8GB Modular Solid State Disk
1 1
1 1
450
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Form factor
Networking 39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv 43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit1 43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes: 1. An additional CFFv may be installed when IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit (SBB 43W4392) is installed.
Slot Slot 1: Blade onboard PCI-x legacy connector Slot 2: Blade onboard PCI-e highspeed connector Slot 3: PEU III Type PCI-x PCI-e Bus std PCI-x std PCI-e, 2 times x8 PCI-e Voltage (V) 3.3 Frequency MHZ 100MHz 2.5GHz per lane Data path 64 64 Active PCI Slot length CFFv or SFF CFFh or HSEC Scan sequence -
451
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Processor
Memory
HDD
I/O
Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power supplies -
Notes: 1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
452
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
All OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware. If the hardware is bought directly from IBM, Microsoft offerings must be purchased integrated within new hardware. The eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada should be used to specify the four-digit Microsoft feature code that must be chosen to intergrate into a new server configuration. All OS offerings may also be available from IBM Business Partners. Subscription offerings from Red Hat and SUSE may be purchased without new IBM hardware when renewing an offering subscription that was initially purchased from IBM. IBM Systems Group offers Operating Systems (OS) on System x and BladeCenter servers. IBM OS offerings are made available on a server after rigorous testing is completed to assure that they are reliable solutions. Purchasing the OS with new hardware is a convenient and cost-effective way to deploy new hardware. Some Microsoft OS offerings are available pre-installed on the server. All other offerings must be installed by the customer. The following chart shows which OS offerings are available for each System x server or chassis.
System x Operating Systems offerings
US Canadian Network Operating System (NOS) Option Option offerings number Number
4815KHU 4815NHU 4815LHU 4815OHU 4815CHU 4815EHU 4815DHU 4815FHU 4815PHU 4815RHU 4815QHU
4815KHU 4815NHU 4815LHU 4815OHU 4815CHU 4815EHU 4815DHU 4815FHU 4815PHU 4815RHU 4815QHU
Jun 5, 2008 Red Hat Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
Jul 1, 2008 X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
453
48153QU 48153RU 48151QU 48151RU 48154HU 48155HU 4815R1U 4815R2U 4815A1U 4815A2U 4815A3U 4815A4U 4815S1U 4815S2U 4815S3U 4815S4U 4815R3U 4815R4U
4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) SUSE 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets X with 1 yr Subscription 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets X with 3 yr Subscription 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with X 1 yr Subscription 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with X 3 yr Subscription 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-inX One Subscription 1yr 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-inX One Subscription 3yr 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One X Priority Novell Supp 1Yr 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One X Priority Novell Supp 3Yr 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard X Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard X Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell X Support 1 Yr 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell X Support 3 Yr 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension X 1 yr 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension X 3 yr Microsoft 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) X Multi-lingual 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) X Multi-lingual X 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F2E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F4E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849G2E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X
X X X
454
4849G4E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849H7E Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 X 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 X 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MME Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU) ROK - English in Xcc OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 X Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 X Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 X Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 X Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU )
X X X X X X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
US Canadian Network Operating Option Option System (NOS) number Number offerings
x3500 (7977)
x3550 (7978)
Red Hat 4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) X X X X X
4815NHU
455
4815LHU
4815OHU
4815CHU
4815EHU
4815DHU
4815FHU
4815PHU
4815RHU
4815QHU
4815SHU
4815GHU
4815IHU
4815HHU
4815JHU
48156HU
48157HU
4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
SUSE
456
48153QU
48153RU
48151QU
48151RU
48154HU
48155HU
4815A2U
4815A3U
4815A4U
42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 132 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 132 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 1 yr Subscription 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 3 yr Subscription 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-inOne Priority Novell Supp 1Yr 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-inOne Priority Novell Supp 3Yr 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) Multi-lingual 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) Multi-lingual 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X
Microsoft X X X X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
4849DEE
457
4849EGE
4849EHE
4849F2E
4849F4E
4849G2E
4849G4E
4849H7E
4849DTE
4849DME
4849MSN
4849MEN
4849MTN
4849MME
4849MGN
4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F2E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F4E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849G2E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849G4E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849H7E Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR, EN,FR,SP) 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR, EN,FR,SP) 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR, EN,FR,SP) 4849MME Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU) ROK - English in Xcc 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR, EN,FR,SP) OS Level (OS) Offerings Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 18 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 18 Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X
Microsoft X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
458
Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL )
X X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
x3550 M2 (7946) -
x3650 (7979)
x3650 M2 (7947) -
x3800 (8866)
Red Hat 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform X Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets X Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X
459
4815FHU 4815PHU 4815RHU 4815QHU 4815SHU 4815GHU 4815IHU 4815HHU 4815JHU 48156HU 48157HU 48158HU 48159HU
48153QU 48153RU 48154HU 48155HU 4815R1U 4815R2U 4815A1U 4815A2U 4815A3U 4815A4U 4815S1U 4815S2U 4815S3U 4815S4U 4815R3U 4815R4U
4812S1U 4812S2U
4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) SUSE 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-inOne Subscription 1yr 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-inOne Subscription 3yr 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr Solaris 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X
460
4812S3U 4812S4U
4849KCM 4849KDM 4849DSE 4849DEE 4849EGE 4849EHE 4849F2E 4849F4E 4849G2E 4849G4E 4849H7E 4849DTE 4849DME 4849MSN 4849MEN 4849MTN 4849MGN 4849MHN
4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year Microsoft 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) X Multi-lingual 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) X Multi-lingual 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition X (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F2E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server X 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X 4849F4E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X 4849G2E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X 4849G4E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X 4849H7E Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 X 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 X 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, X 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, X 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) X ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MHN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 X Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 X Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32-Bit, 2 X Processor only, 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 X Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 X Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (64-bit, 2 X Processor only, 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Small Business Server 2008 X Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Small Business Server 2008 X Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
X X X X X
X X X X X
X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X
X X
X X
X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
461
Windows Server 2008 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 CPU , 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 CPU , 5 UserCAL)
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X
Solaris Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr
X X X X X
US Option number
x3850 (8864)
x3950 (8878)
x3850M2 7141
x3950M2 7141
x3850M2 7233
x3950M2 7233
48159HU
4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 132 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 132 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr
Apr 4, 2008 X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
SUSE X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
462
SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr Solaris
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
4812S3U 4812S4U
4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year Microsoft 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F2E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (14 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F4E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (14 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849G2E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (14 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849G4E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (14 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849H7E Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (14 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR, SP) 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN, FR,SP) 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN, FR,SP) 4849MHN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR, SP) OS Level (OS)Offerings VMware ESX Server 3i image only VMware ESX Server 3i license only VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr Subscription - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr Subscription - 4 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X X
X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
4849EGE
4849EHE
4849F2E
4849F4E
4849G2E
4849G4E
4849H7E 4849DTE
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X X
X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X
463
VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32-Bit, 4 Processor only, 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (64-Bit, 4 Processor only, 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU , 5 UserCAL) Solaris Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr
X X X X
X X X X X X X6 X7 X7 X6
X X X X X X X6 X7 X7 X6
X X X X X
X7
X X
X7
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X
X X
Notes: 1. All Linux offerings are installed by the customer. 2. OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware. 3. Linux offerings may also be purchased as a renewal to a subscription that was previously purchased from IBM. 4. Red Hat offerings that do not include Red Hat Support must be ordered with IBM support, either IBM Remote Technical Support or IBM Support Line. 5. Unless otherwise noted operating systems may also be configured on system model types XXXX-AC1 (for Linux) or XXXX-MC1 or as part of a system configuration purchased from IBM Business Partners. 6. 1 or 2 node only 7. 4 processor TMF must be derived on each secondary node 8. IBM ROK is available from your local IBM Business Partner. For additional IBM ROK pricing and terms, please contact your IBM System x Distributor for full details.
System x Operating Systems offerings
US Option number
BC T (8720)
BC T (8730)
BC HT DC (8740)
BC HT DC (8750)
BC chassis (8677)
464
System withdrawal date SUSE 4815CQB 4815CRB 4815TQU 4815TRU 4815R1U 4815R2U 4815A1U 4815A2U 4815A3U 4815A4U 4815S1U 4815S2U 4815S3U 4815S4U 4815R3U 4815R4U 42C6555 42C6556 42C6557 42C6558 49Y9066 49Y9067 49Y9068 49Y9069 49Y9070 49Y9071 49Y9072 49Y9073 49Y9074 49Y9075 49Y9080 49Y9081 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Chassis with 1 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Chassis with 3 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Telco Chassis with 1 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Telco Chassis with 3 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business Allin-One Subscription 1yr SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business Allin-One Subscription 3yr SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-inOne Priority Novell Supp 1Yr SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-inOne Priority Novell Supp 3Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr
X X
X X
X X
US Option number
BC H (8852)
BC HS20 (8843)
BC HS21 XM (7995)
BC HS21 (8853)
BC HS12 (8014)
BC HS12 (8028)
System withdrawal date 4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
4815NHU
4815NHU
4815LHU
4815LHU
4815OHU
4815OHU
4815CHU
4815CHU
4815EHU
4815EHU
4815DHU
4815DHU
465
4815FHU
4815FHU
4815PHU
4815PHU
4815RHU
4815RHU
4815QHU
4815QHU
4815SHU
4815SHU
4815GHU
4815GHU
4815IHU
4815IHU
4815HHU
4815HHU
4815JHU
4815JHU
48156HU
48156HU
48157HU
48157HU
Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) SUSE SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Chassis with 1 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Chassis with 3 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 1 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 3 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr X X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
4815CRB
42C6556
X X
X X
X X X X
X X X X
466
4815R2U 4815A1U 4815A2U 4815A3U 4815A4U 4815S1U 4815S2U 4815S3U 4815S4U 4815R3U 4815R4U
49Y9067 49Y9068 49Y9069 49Y9070 49Y9071 49Y9072 49Y9073 49Y9074 49Y9075 49Y9080 49Y9081
SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Addon Priority Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr Solaris Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year Microsoft MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multilingual MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK6
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
4812S1U 4812S2U
4812S1U 4812S2U
X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
4849DEE
4849DEE
4849EGE
4849EGE
4849EHE
4849EHE
4849F2E
4849F2E
4849F4E
4849F4E
4849G2E
4849G2E
4849G4E
4849G4E
4849H7E
4849H7E
467
4849DTE
4849DTE
4849DME
4849DME
4849MSN 4849MEN
4849MSN 4849MEN
4849MTN
4849MTN
4849MME
4849MME
MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR, SP) Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR, SP) Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU) ROK English in Xcc OS Level (OS)Offerings VMware ESX Server 3i image only VMware ESX Server 3i license only VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr Subscription - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr Subscription - 4 Sockets 'VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32-Bit, 1 Processor only, 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (64-Bit, 1 Processor only, 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
468
. -
Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU ) Solaris Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X
BC LS20 (8850)
BC LS21 (7971)
BC LS22 (7901)
BC LS41 (7972)
BC LS42 (7902) -
Jan 4, 2008 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
4815KHU 4815NHU 4815LHU 4815OHU 4815CHU 4815EHU 4815DHU 4815PHU 4815RHU 4815QHU 4815SHU 4815GHU 4815IHU 4815HHU 48156HU 48157HU 48158HU
Red Hat 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
469
48153QU 48153RU 48154HU 48155HU 4815R1U 4815R2U 4815A1U 4815A2U 4815A3U 4815A4U 4815S1U 4815S2U 4815S3U 4815S4U 4815R3U 4815R4U 4812S1U 4812S2U 4812S3U 4812S4U 4849KCM 4849KDM 4849DSE 4849DEE 4849EGE 4849EHE 4849F2E 4849F4E 4849G2E 4849G4E 4849H7E 4849DTE 4849DME 4849MSN 4849MEN 4849MTN 4849MGN 4849MHN
48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) SUSE 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr Solaris 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year Microsoft 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK6 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849F2E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849F4E Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849G2E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849G4E Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849H7E Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK6 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROKML(BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROKML(BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) 4849MHN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU) ROK Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) OS Level (OS)Offerings
X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
470
VMware ESX Server 3i - 2 sockets 3 Year Subscription only VMware ESX Server 3i - 4 sockets 3 Year Subscription only Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU , 5 UserCAL) Solaris Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr
X X
X X
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X
BC HS22 (7870) -
System withdrawal date 4815KHU 4815NHU 4815LHU 4815OHU 4815CHU 4815EHU 4815DHU 4815PHU 4815RHU 4815QHU 4815SHU 4815GHU 4815IHU 4815HHU 48156HU 48157HU 48158HU 48159HU 4815KHU 4815NHU 4815LHU 4815OHU 4815CHU 4815EHU 4815DHU 4815PHU 4815RHU 4815QHU 4815SHU 4815GHU 4815IHU 4815HHU 48156HU 48157HU 48158HU 48159HU Red Hat Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
471
4815JHU 4815FHU
4815JHU 4815FHU
48153QU 48153RU 48154HU 48155HU 4815R1U 4815R2U 4815A1U 4815A2U 4815A3U 4815A4U 4815S1U 4815S2U 4815S3U 4815S4U 4815R3U 4815R4U 4812S1U 4812S2U 4812S3U 4812S4U 4849KCM 4849KDM 4849DSE 4849DEE 4849EGE 4849EHE 4849F2E 4849F4E 4849G2E 4849G4E 4849H7E 4849DTE 4849DME 4849MSN 4849MEN 4849MTN 4849MGN
42C6551 42C6552 46C0303 46C0304 49Y9066 49Y9067 49Y9068 49Y9069 49Y9070 49Y9071 49Y9072 49Y9073 49Y9074 49Y9075 49Y9080 49Y9081 4812S1U 4812S2U 4812S3U 4812S4U 4849KCM 4849KDM 4849DSE 4849DEE 4849EGE 4849EHE 4849F2E 4849F4E 4849G2E 4849G4E 4849H7E 4849DTE 4849DME 4849MSN 4849MEN 4849MTN 4849MGN
Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage) SUSE SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr Solaris Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year Microsoft MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 Microsoft Windows HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK6 MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL) Solaris Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr
X X
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X
Notes: 1. All Linux offerings are installed by the customer. 2. OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 472
3. Linux offerings may also be purchased as a renewal to a subscription that was previously purchased from IBM. 4. Red Hat offerings that do not include Red Hat Support must be ordered with IBM support, either IBM Remote Technical Support or IBM Support Line. 5. Unless otherwise noted operating systems may also be configured on system model types XXXX-AC1 (for Linux) or XXXX-MC1 or as part of a system configuration purchased from IBM Business Partners. 6. IBM ROK is available from your local IBM Business Partner. For additional IBM ROK pricing and terms, please contact your IBM System x Distributor for full details.
473
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Check with your IBM representative to verify application software availability for your system. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding third-party products or services. Some software may differ from its retail version (if available) and may not include user manuals or all program functionality. Software License agreements may apply.
Table 1. IBM Director
US Canadian IBM Director Option Option number number Director is provided with all System x servers. Director Agent is provided with all System x, IntelliStations and NetVista systems. Features Include:
Basic hardware management including inventory, monitoring, alerting, group management, RAID manager and management processor. Help Desk and Support including remote control, remote session, file transfer and real-time diagnostics. Upward integration to Tivoli, CA, HP, MS, SMS, MOM, BMC or NetIQ.
IBM Systems Director V6.1 46D0955 46C0374 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 (DVD) - Retail Package 46C0376 46C0379 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription 46D0956 46D0956 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal 46C0377 46C0380 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - License with 1 Year Subscription 46D0964 46D0964 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal 46D0965 46D0965 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription After License Director v5.20 42D8233 43W6532 IBM Director 5.20 Media Package 43W6520 43W6524 IBM Director 5.20 per Agent License with 1 Year Subscription 43W6521 43W6525 IBM Director 5.20 per Server License with 1 Year Subscription Capacity Manager v5.20 42D8812 43W6537 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 Media Package 43W6522 43W6526 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription Software Distribution Premium Edition v5.20 43W6523 43W6527 IBM Director Soft Dist Premium Edition 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription 42D8817 43W6542 IBM Director Software Distribution Premium Edition 5.20 Media Package Active Energy Manager v4.1 46D0968 46C0375 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 (CD) - Retail Package 46C0378 46C0381 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription 46D0969 46D0969 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal 46D0970 46D0970 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 - 1 Year Subscription After License Active Energy Manager v3.1 44W3911 46C0229 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 (CD Media Pack) 44W3914 44W3914 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription After License) 44W3913 44W3913 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription Renewal) 46C0219 46C0220 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (License + 1 year subscription) Virtual Availability Management v1.1 44E7895 44E7895 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After License) 44E7893 44E7893 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal) 44E7896 44E7896 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After License) 44E7894 44E7894 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal) 44R9093 44R9094 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year subscription) 44E7891 44R9102 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack) Virtual Image Management v1.1 44E7889 44E7889 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After License)
474
44E7887 44E7887 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal) 44E7890 44E7890 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After License) 44E7888 44E7888 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal) 44R9091 44R9092 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year subscription) 44E7885 44R9101 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack) Usage and Accounting Manager v7.1 44W3983 44W3983 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year Subscription After License) 44W3982 44W3982 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year Subscription Renewal) 46C0000 46C0002 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (License + 1 year subscription) 44E8017 46C0001 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x Media Package Subscription services 44R9103 44R9103 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 1 Year 39Y5183 39Y5183 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year 39Y5182 39Y5182 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year 25K8641 25K8641 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year 44R9104 44R9104 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal - 1 Year 25K8639 25K8639 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
Table 2. Remote Deployment Manager
Remote replication of system installations Remote unattended system deployment Updating system and option firmware Rapid image backup and restore technology
Remote Deployment Manager v4.4 44R9030* 44R9030* Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 per Server - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year 44R9031* 44R9031* Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 - per Workstation - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year 24R9416* 24R9416* Remote Deployment Manager per Server - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year 24R9418* 24R9418* Remote Deployment Manager per Server - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year 24R9419* 24R9419* Remote Deployment Manager per Workstation - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year 24R9421* 24R9421* Remote Deployment Manager per Workstation - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year 4836MDD* 43W6671* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 - Media Package 43W6651* 43W6652* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Single Managed Server License with 1 year subscription) 43W6653* 43W6654* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Single Managed Workstation License with 1 year subscription) 43W6655* 43W6656* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (BladeCenter Chassis License With One Year Subscription) 43W6657* 43W6658 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Managed Workstation License 10 Pack with 1 year subscription)
Table 3. Other IBM Software
US Canadian Option Option number number 4812S1X 46C0231 4812S3X 46C0435 4812S1D 46C0232 4812S3D 49Y9181 Sametime Entry 46C0275* 46C0275*
Open Fabric Manager BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter BladeCenter Open Open Open Open Fabric Fabric Fabric Fabric Manager Manager Manager Manager - Advanced Upgrade 3.0 - Advanced Upgrade - Advanced Upgrade for IBM Director 3.0 - Advanced Upgrade for IBM Director
US Canadian IBM Tivoli Storage Manager v5.4 Option Option number number The IBM Tivoli Storage Manager family of products is designed to help provide a comprehensive solution focused on the key data protection activities of backup, archive, recovery, space management and disaster recovery planning. 43W6556 43W6556 Tivoli Storage Manager for Database, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6557 43W6557 Tivoli Storage Manager for Database, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6558* 43W6558* Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6559* 43W6559* Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0274* 46C0274* Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1, Per Client 46C0335* 46C0335* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0336* 46C0336* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0337* 46C0337* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support
475
46C0338* 49Y9332 49Y9333 49Y9334 49Y9335 49Y9336 49Y9337 49Y9338 49Y9339 46C0339 46C0340 46C0273* 46C0341 46C0342 46C0343 46C0344 46C0345 46C0346 49Y9356 49Y9357 49Y9358 49Y9359 43W6564* 43W6565* 46C0347* 46C0348* 46C0349* 46C0350* 46C0351* 46C0352* 46C0353* 46C0420 46C0421 46C0422 46C0423 46C0424 46C0425 46C0428* 46C0429* 49Y9348 49Y9349 49Y9350 49Y9351 49Y9282 49Y9283 49Y9284 49Y9285 49Y9286 49Y9287 49Y9288 49Y9289 49Y9290 49Y9291 49Y9292 49Y9293 49Y9294
46C0338* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 250, 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Sub and Support 49Y9332 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9333 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Servers with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9334 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Workstation with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9335 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Workstations with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9336 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Server Upgrade with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9337 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Server Upgrades with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9338 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Workstation Upgrade with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9339 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Workstation Upgrades with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0339 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Microsoft Applications V6.1, Entry Edition Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0340 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Microsoft Applications V6.1, Advanced Ed Per 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Subs and Support 46C0273* Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files V3.1.2.0, Per Client 46C0341 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files Starter Edition, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0342 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files Starter Edition, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0343 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0344 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per 250 Servers with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0345 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0346 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9356 Tivoli CDP for Files Starter Edition, Per Client Device with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9357 Tivoli CDP for Files Starter Edition, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9358 Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack Center, Server with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9359 Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack Center, 250 Servers with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 43W6564* Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6565* Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0347* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 1-12 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0348* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 13-32 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0349* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 33-64 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0350* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 65-100 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0351* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 100-250 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0352* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 251+ with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0353* System Storage Archive Manager, 250 Terabytes (251+) with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0420 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack V5.5, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0421 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack V5.5, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0422 IBM TSM FastBack for Microsoft Exchange V5.5, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0423 IBM TSM FastBack for Microsoft Exchange V5.5, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0424 IBM TSM FastBack for Bare Machine Recovery V5.5, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0425 IBM TSM FastBack for Bare Machine Recovery V5.5, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0428* IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 46C0429* IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9348 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9349 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9350 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9351 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9282 Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail V6.1, 10 Processor Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9283 Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail V6.1, 250 10 Processor Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9284 Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9285 Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9286 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 1-12 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9287 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 13-32 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9288 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 33-64 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9289 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 65-100 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9290 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 100-250 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9291 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 251+ with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9292 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, 250 Terabytes (251+) with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9293 Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9294 Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
476
49Y9295 49Y9296 49Y9297 49Y9298 49Y9299 49Y9300 49Y9301 49Y9302 49Y9303 49Y9304 49Y9305 49Y9306 43W6570* 43W6571* 43W6574* 43W6575* 43W6576* 43W6577* 43W6578* 43W6579* 43W6580* 43W6581* 43W6582* 43W6583* 43W6584* 43W6585*
49Y9295 49Y9296 49Y9297 49Y9298 49Y9299 49Y9300 49Y9301 49Y9302 49Y9303 49Y9304 49Y9305 49Y9306 43W6570* 43W6571* 43W6574* 43W6575* 43W6576* 43W6577* 43W6578* 43W6579* 43W6580* 43W6581* 43W6582* 43W6583* 43W6584* 43W6585*
IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
Comprehensive server deployment for both Windows and Linux environments, including configuration of BIOS, RAID, and other components. Full system imaging and scripted operating system installations of Windows and Linux. Web console that lets you install local or remote deployment servers and manage them from a central location. Remote installation of applications, hotfixes, and service packs as part of server build process. Support for BladeCenter which includes the ability to recognize bay in the Blade chassis for rip and replace function 4819L1X 4819U1X 4819S1X 4819S2X 4819S4X 4819S8X 4819B1X 4819S9X 4819SBX 4819SCX Linux Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers - Annual Upgrade Protection Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - Americas Altiris On-site Support - Standard Work Day - Americas Altiris On-Site Support - Weekends and After Hours - Americas Altiris Assigned Engineer - 25% for 12 Months - Americas Altiris Deployment Solution for BladeCenter Chassis - License Altiris Annual Premium Global Support - Americas Altiris Annual Premium 50 Support - Americas Altiris Annual Premium 25 Support - Americas
4819L1X 4819U1X 4819S1X 4819S2X 4819S4X 4819S8X 4819B1X 4819S9X 4819SBX 4819SCX
US Option number 46C0356 46C0357 46C0358 46C0359 46C0360 46C0361 4812M02 4812M03 4812M04 4812M05 4812M06 4812M07 4812M01
Canadian Option number 46C0356 46C0357 46C0358 46C0359 46C0360 46C0361 4812M02 4812M03 4812M04 4812M05 4812M06 4812M07 4812M01
Leostream Connection Broker Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Leostream Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Broker Enterprise - 1 User - License + 1 Year Subscription Enterprise - 14 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription Enterprise - 100 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription Enterprise - 1000 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription Enterprise - 4000 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription Enterprise - 10000 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription Enterprise - 1 User - 1 Year Subscription Renewal Enterprise - 14 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal Enterprise - 100 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal Enterprise - 1000 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal Enterprise - 4000 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal Enterprise - 10000 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal Basic - 1 User - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
477
Canadian Moab Adaptive Software Suite Option number 2013M1X Moab Adaptive HPC Suite - 1 Socket w/3 Yr Sub and Supp 2013M2X Moab Adaptive HPC Suite - 8 Sockets w/3 Yr Sub and Supp 2013M3X Moab Adaptive Computing Suite - 1 Socket w/3 Yr Sub and Supp
478
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
VMware offerings
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Description
4817ELA 4817V30* 4817V31* 4817V32* 4817V62 4817V63* 4817V64* 4817V65* 4817V66* 4817V67* 4817V68* 4817V71* 4817V72* 4817V73* 4817V74* 4817V75* 4817V76* 4817V77* 4817V78* 4817V79* 4817V80* 4817V81* 4817V82* 4817V83* 4817V84* 4817V85* 4817V86* 4817V87* 4817V88* 4817V89 4817V90 4817V91 4817V92 4817V93 4817V94 4817V95 4817V96 4817V97 4817V98 4817V99 4817VA0 4817VA1 4817VA2 4817VA3 4817VA4 4817VA5 4817VA6 4817VA7
4817ELA 4817V30* 4817V31* 4817V32* 4817V62 4817V63* 4817V64* 4817V65* 4817V66* 4817V67* 4817V68* 4817V71* 4817V72* 4817V73* 4817V74* 4817V75* 4817V76* 4817V77* 4817V78* 4817V79* 4817V80* 4817V81* 4817V82* 4817V83* 4817V84* 4817V85* 4817V86* 4817V87* 4817V88* 4817V89 4817V90 4817V91 4817V92 4817V93 4817V94 4817V95 4817V96 4817V97 4817V98 4817V99 4817VA0 4817VA1 4817VA2 4817VA3 4817VA4 4817VA5 4817VA6 4817VA7
Subscription Services VMware Infrastructure Enterprise License Agreement VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 16 Sockets VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 20 Sockets VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 28 Sockets VMware vSphere 4.0 Media Kit - English Version VMware Infrastructure Media Kit VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs VMware VDI Bundle - 10 additional VMs VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 100 VMs VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 10 additional VMs VMware Infrastructure Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only VMware Infrastructure Standard - 2 Sockets License Only VMware Infrastructure Enterprise - 2 Sockets License Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets License Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets License Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets License Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion- 2 Sockets License Only VMware ESX Server 3i to Foundation Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only VMware ESX Server 3i to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only VMware ESX Server 3i to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only VMware VirtCtr Fdn to VMware VirtCtr Svr Upgr - 2 Socket - Lic Only VMware Foundation to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only VMware Foundation to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only VMware Standard to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only VMware Infra Std HA Acceleration Kit for 4 Sockets License Only VMware Infra Fdn Acceleration Kit for 6 Sockets License Only VMware Infra Enterprise Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - License Only VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - License Only VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - License Only VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - License Only VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - License Only VMware View Enterprise Starter Kit for 10 desktop VMs - 1 ESX Lic VMware View Enterprise Bundle 100 pack (with 4 ESX 2 Socket Lic) VMware View Enterprise Bundle 10 pack (with 1 ESX 2 Socket License) VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit and VC Found 10 desktop VMs VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack (with VI Ent) 100 desktop VMs VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack (with VI Ent) 10 desktop VMs VMware View Premier Add-On 10 desktop VMs (Assumes existing ESX) VMware View Premier Add-On 100 desktop VMs (Assumes existing ESX) Upgrade VMware View Enterprise to Premier for 10 desktop VMs Upgrade VMware View Enterprise to Premier for 100 desktop VMs VMware View Manager 3 stand-alone for 100 desktop connections VMware View Manager 3 stand alone for 10 desktop connections VMware vSphere 4.0 Standard - 1 Processor License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced - 1 Processor License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Plus - 1 Processor License Only
479
4817VA8 4817VA9 4817VB0 4817VB1 4817VB2 4817VB3 4817VB4 4817VB5 4817VB6 4817VB7 4817VB8 4817T61* 4817S64* 4817S65* 4817S66* 4817S67* 4817S68* 4817S71* 4817S72* 4817S73* 4817S74* 4817S75* 4817S76* 4817S77* 4817S78* 4817S79* 4817S80* 4817S81* 4817S82* 4817S83* 4817S84* 4817S85* 4817S86* 4817S87* 4817S88* 4817S89 4817S90 4817S91 4817S92 4817S93 4817S94 4817S95 4817S96 4817S97 4817S98 4817S99 4817SA0 4817SA1 4817SA2 4817SA3 4817SA4 4817SA5 4817SA6 4817SA7 4817SA8 4817SA9 4817SB0 4817SB1 4817SB2 4817SB3 4817SB4 4817SB5 4817SB6 4817SB7 4817SB8 4817T64* 4817T65* 4817T66* 4817T67* 4817T68* 4817T71* 4817T72* 4817T73* 4817T74*
4817VA8 4817VA9 4817VB0 4817VB1 4817VB2 4817VB3 4817VB4 4817VB5 4817VB6 4817VB7 4817VB8 4817T61* 4817S64* 4817S65* 4817S66* 4817S67* 4817S68* 4817S71* 4817S72* 4817S73* 4817S74* 4817S75* 4817S76* 4817S77* 4817S78* 4817S79* 4817S80* 4817S81* 4817S82* 4817S83* 4817S84* 4817S85* 4817S86* 4817S87* 4817S88* 4817S89 4817S90 4817S91 4817S92 4817S93 4817S94 4817S95 4817S96 4817S97 4817S98 4817S99 4817SA0 4817SA1 4817SA2 4817SA3 4817SA4 4817SA5 4817SA6 4817SA7 4817SA8 4817SA9 4817SB0 4817SB1 4817SB2 4817SB3 4817SB4 4817SB5 4817SB6 4817SB7 4817SB8 4817T64* 4817T65* 4817T66* 4817T67* 4817T68* 4817T71* 4817T72* 4817T73* 4817T74*
VMware vSphere 4.0 Essentials Kit - 3 2-Socket Hosts License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Essen Plus Kit - 3 2-Socket Hosts License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Standard w/Data Recovery-1 Processor License Only VMware vCenter Mgmt Server 4.0 Standard - 1 Instance License Only VMware vCenter Mgmt Server 4.0 Foundation - 1 Instance License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Plus Acc Kit-8 Processors License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Accel Kit - 6 Processors License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced Accel Kit - 6 Processors License Only VMware vCenter Mgmt Server 4.0 Heartbeat - 1 Instance License Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise - 1 Processor License Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Availability Acc Kit -1 Instance License Only VMware ESX Server 3i - 2 Sockets - 3 Year Subscription Subscription Only VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 10 Additional VMs - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 100 VMs - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 10 Addtl VMs - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr Subscription Only VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Infra Ent Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year Subscription Only VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year Sub Only VMware View Starter Kit Bundle 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 100 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack - 1 Yr Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 100 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 100 desktop VMs - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 100 desktops - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 10 desktop - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Standard - 1 Proc - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced - 1 Proc - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Plus - 1 Proc - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Essentials Kit - 3 Hosts - 1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Essen Plus Kit - 3 Hosts -1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Std w/Data Recovery-1 Proc-1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Standard - 1 Instance -1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Foundation -1 Instance-1 Yr Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Ent Plus Accel Kit-8 Processors-1 Yr Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Accel Kit-6 Processors-1 Yr Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced Accel Kit-6 Processors-1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Heartbeat - 1 Instance-1 Yr Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise - 1 Proc - 1 Yr Sub Only VMware vCtr Srv 4.0 Availability Acc Kit-1 Instance-1 Yr Subscription Only VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 10 Additional VMs - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 100 VMs - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 10 Addtl VMs - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 3 Year Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
480
4817T75* 4817T76* 4817T77* 4817T78* 4817T79* 4817T80* 4817T81* 4817T82* 4817T83* 4817T84* 4817T85* 4817T86* 4817T87* 4817T88* 4817T89 4817T90 4817T91 4817T92 4817T93 4817T94 4817T95 4817T96 4817T97 4817T98 4817T99 4817TA0 4817TA1 4817TA2 4817TA3 4817TA4 4817TA5 4817TA6 4817TA7 4817TA8 4817TA9 4817TB0 4817TB1 4817TB2 4817TB3 4817TB4 4817TB5 4817TB6 4817TB7 4817TB8 4817U71* 4817U79* 4817U72* 4817U80* 4817U83* 4817U73* 4817U81* 4817U84* 4817U85* 4817U74* 4817U75* 4817U76* 4817U82* 4817U77* 4817U78* 4817U87* 4817U86* 4817U88* 4817U89 4817U90 4817U91 4817U92 4817U93 4817U94 4817U95 4817U96 4817U97 4817U98 4817U99 4817UA0
4817T75* 4817T76* 4817T77* 4817T78* 4817T79* 4817T80* 4817T81* 4817T82* 4817T83* 4817T84* 4817T85* 4817T86* 4817T87* 4817T88* 4817T89 4817T90 4817T91 4817T92 4817T93 4817T94 4817T95 4817T96 4817T97 4817T98 4817T99 4817TA0 4817TA1 4817TA2 4817TA3 4817TA4 4817TA5 4817TA6 4817TA7 4817TA8 4817TA9 4817TB0 4817TB1 4817TB2 4817TB3 4817TB4 4817TB5 4817TB6 4817TB7 4817TB8 4817U71* 4817U79* 4817U72* 4817U80* 4817U83* 4817U73* 4817U81* 4817U84* 4817U85* 4817U74* 4817U75* 4817U76* 4817U82* 4817U77* 4817U78* 4817U87* 4817U86* 4817U88* 4817U89 4817U90 4817U91 4817U92 4817U93 4817U94 4817U95 4817U96 4817U97 4817U98 4817U99 4817UA0
Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Sub Only VMware Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Sub Only VMware Sub Only VMware Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Sub Only VMware Sub Only VMware Sub Only VMware Subscription Only Subscription Only Sub Only VMware Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Sub Only VMware Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Subscription Only Sub Only VMware Sub Only VMware
VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 3 Yr VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Infra Ent Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - 3 Year VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year View Starter Kit Bundle 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr VMware View Bundle for 100 desktop VMs - 3 Yr VMware View Bundle for 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit - 3 Yr VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack - 3 Yr VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack - 3 Yr View Premier Desktop Add-On 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr View Premier Desktop Add-On 100 desktop VMs - 3 Yr Upgrade VMware View Premier 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr Upgrade VMware View Premier 100 desktop VMs - 3 Yr VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 100 desktops - 3 Yr VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 10 desktop - 3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Standard - 1 Proc - 3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced - 1 Proc - 3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Plus - 1 Proc - 3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Essentials Kit - 3 Hosts - 3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Essen Plus Kit - 3 Hosts -3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Std w/Data Recovery-1 Proc-3 Yr VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Standard - 1 Instance -3 Yr VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Foundation -1 Instance-3 Yr vSphere 4.0 Ent Plus Accel Kit-8 Processors-3 Yr vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Accel Kit-6 Processors-3 Yr vSphere 4.0 Advanced Accel Kit-6 Processors-3 Yr VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Heartbeat - 1 Instance-3 Yr VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise - 1 Proc - 3 Yr vCtr Srv 4.0 Availability Acc Kit-1 Instance-3 Yr VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 5 Yr VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 5 Yr VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 5 Yr VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 5 Year VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 5 Yr VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 5 Year VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 5 Year VMware Infra Ent Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - 5 Year VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year View Starter Kit Bundle 10 desktop VMs - 5 Yr VMware View Bundle for 100 desktop VMs - 5 Yr VMware View Bundle for 10 desktop VMs - 5 Yr VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit - 5 Yr VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack - 5 Yr VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack - 5 Yr View Premier Desktop Add-On 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr View Premier Desktop Add-On 100 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
481
4817UA1 4817UA1 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 10 desktop VMs - 5 Yr 4817UA2 4817UA2 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 100 desktop VMs - 5 Yr 4817UA3 4817UA3 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 100 desktops - 5 Yr 4817UA4 4817UA4 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 10 desktop - 5 Yr 4817UA5 4817UA5 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Standard - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UA6 4817UA6 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UA7 4817UA7 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Plus - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UA8 4817UA8 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Essentials Kit - 3 Hosts - 5 Yr 4817UA9 4817UA9 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Essen Plus Kit - 3 Hosts -5 Yr 4817UB0 4817UB0 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Std w/Data Recovery-1 Proc-5 Yr 4817UB1 4817UB1 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Standard - 1 Instance -5 Yr 4817UB2 4817UB2 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Foundation -1 Instance-5 Yr 4817UB3 4817UB3 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Ent Plus Accel Kit-8 Processors-5 Yr 4817UB4 4817UB4 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise Accel Kit-6 Processors-5 Yr 4817UB5 4817UB5 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Advanced Accel Kit-6 Processors-5 Yr 4817UB6 4817UB6 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.0 Heartbeat - 1 Instance-5 Yr 4817UB7 4817UB7 Subscription Only VMware vSphere 4.0 Enterprise - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UB8 4817UB8 Sub Only VMware vCtr Srv 4.0 Availability Acc Kit-1 Instance-5 Yr 4817Z00 4817Z00 VMware vSphere 4.0 Std upgraded w/Data Rec-1 Processor License Only 4817Z01 4817Z01 VMware vSphere 4.0 Std w/Data Recov to Adv Upgr-1 Proc License Only 4817Z02 4817Z02 VMware vSphere 4.0 Std w/Data Rec to Ent Plus Upgr-1 Proc Lic Only 4817Z03 4817Z03 VMware vCenter Mgmt Srv 4.0 Fdn to Std Upgr -1 Instance License Only 4817Z07 4817Z07 VMware ESXi 4.0 to vSphere 4.0 Std Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z08 4817Z08 VMware ESXi 4.0 to vSphere 4.0 Adv Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z09 4817Z09 VMware ESXi 4.0 to vSphere 4.0 EntPlus Upgr-1 Processor License Only 4817Z10 4817Z10 VMware vSphere 4.0 Std to Adv Upgrade - 1 Processor License Only 4817Z11 4817Z11 VMware vSphere 4.0 Std to Ent Plus Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z12 4817Z12 VMware vSphere 4.0 Adv to Ent Plus Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z13 4817Z13 VMware vSphere 4.0 Ent to Ent Plus Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z14 4817Z14 VMware vSphere 4.0 Std to Adv Promotional Upgr - 1 Proc License Only 4817Z15 4817Z15 VMware vSphere 4.0 Ent to Ent Plus Promotional Upgr-1 Proc Lic Only 4817Z16 4817Z16 VMware vSphere 4.0 Essentials to EssenialsPlus Upgr-3 Hosts Lic Only * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
482
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
IBM System Storage 1726-21X SAS/SATA DS32001 IBM System Storage 1726-21E SAS/SATA DS3200 Express Model2 IBM System Storage 1726-22X SAS/SATA DS32003 IBM System Storage 1726-22E SAS/SATA DS3200 Express Model4 IBM System Storage 1726-22T SAS/SATA DS3200 DC Power Model5 IBM BladeCenter 1726-22B SAS/SATA Boot Disk System6 Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems external connection information.
12/12 12/12
Y Y
12 TB 12 TB
48 TB7 48 TB7
12/12
12 TB
48 TB7 3.6TB
12/12
3.6TB
Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 1726-21E 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w IBM System Storage 87mm(19in x 20.1in x DS3200 Express 3.43in) Model2 1726-22X 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w IBM System Storage 87mm(19in x 20.1in x DS32003 3.43in) 1726-22E 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w IBM System Storage 87mm(19in x 20.1in x DS3200 Express 3.43in) Model4 1726-22T 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power IBM System Storage 87mm(19in x 20.1in x DS3200 DC Power 3.43in) Model5 1726-22B 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w IBM BladeCenter Boot 87mm(19in x 20.1in x Disk System6 3.43in) Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
1726-21X
Notes: 1. DS3200 Model 21X provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 483
2.
3. 4.
5.
6. 7.
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual controllers. DS3200 Model 21E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), one SAS HBA (P/N 25R8060), and one 3M SAS cable (P/N 39R6531). Can be upgraded to dual controllers. DS3200 Model 22X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). DS3200 Model 22E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), two SAS HBAs (25R8060), and two 3M SAS cables 39R6531.) DS3200 Model 22T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies, two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294), and two SAS daughter cards (P/N 39R6509). DS3200 Model 22B provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). 48TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA HDDs in the DS3200 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
Host partitions (std/max) Host ports (std/max) Max redundant host connections Expansion ports (std/max) Redundant drive loops (std/max)
Notes: 1. Host ports can be increased by adding one DS3200 SAS 2-Port Daughter Card (P/N 39R6509) per controller. 2. Additional host port expansion can be obtained by upgrading to dual controllers. Figure 1. DS3200 Dual Controller
484
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 300GB 15K SAS HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA External Storage Expansion Units1 IBM System Storage EXP3000
Max qty 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
172701X
Notes: 1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
485
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Max qty
39R6531 39R6529 39R6507 39R6509 39R6517 39R6519 39R6536 39R6533 39R6534 39R6535 44W2138 44W2140 44W2142 44W2144 44W2152 44W2149 44W2136
3707 3708 4835 4836 4838 4839 4841 4842 4843 4844 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5091 5073
System Storage DS3200 other options IBM 3M SAS Cable IBM 1M SAS Cable DS3200 SAS Controller Upgrade DS3200 SAS 2-Port Daughter Card1 DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade1 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery1,2 DS3000 16 Partition License3 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License DS3000 VolumeCopy License DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License DS3000 8 Partition License DS3000 32 Partition License DS3000 8-16 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 8-32 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 16-32 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 FlashCpy Exp Plus Lic DS3000 Solaris Host License
1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes: 1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual controller systems. 2. System ships with a cache battery installed. This option is offered as a replacement part. 3. Enables partition expansion for 5-16 storage partitions. 4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units
486
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
IBM System 1726-31X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y Storage DS33001 IBM System 1726-31E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6 Storage DS3300 Express Model2 IBM System 1726-32X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6 Storage DS33003 IBM System 1726-32E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6 Storage DS3300 Express Model4 IBM System 1726-32T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6 Storage DS3300 DC Power Model5 Note: To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
Table 1. System Storage DS3300 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
IBM System Storage DS33001 IBM System Storage DS3300 Express Model2 IBM System Storage DS33003
1726-31X 1726-31E
1726-32X
IBM System Storage 1726-32E DS3300 Express Model4 1726-32T IBM System Storage DS3300 DC Power Model5 Note:To determine cabling requirements connection information.
482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer (2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external
Notes: 1. DS3300 Model 31X provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual controllers. 2. DS3300 Model 31E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one QLogic iSCSI Single
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 487
Port PCIe HBA. Can be upgraded to dual controllers. 3. DS3300 Model 32X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). 4. DS3300 Model 32E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA. 5. DS3300 Model 32T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies and two DC Power Cables (42D3294) 6. 48 TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA HDDs in the DS3300 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
Host Partitions (std/max) Host Ports (std/max) Max redundant host connections Expansion ports (std/max) Redundant drive loops (std/max)
Notes: 1. Additional host port expansion can be obtained by upgrading to dual controllers. Figure 1. DS3300 Dual Controller
488
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 300GB 15K SAS HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA External storage expansion units1 IBM System Storage EXP3000
Max qty 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
172701X
Notes: 1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
489
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Feature code
Description
Max qty
39R6531 39R6529 39R6511 39R6517 39R6519 39R6536 39R6533 39R6534 39R6535 44W2101 44W2138 44W2140 44W2142 44W2144 44W2152 44W2149 44W2136
3707 3708 4925 4838 4839 4841 4842 4843 4844 4924 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5091 5073
System Storage DS3300 other options IBM 3M SAS Cable IBM 1M SAS Cable DS3300 SAS Controller Upgrade DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade1 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery1,2 DS3000 16 Partition License3 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License DS3000 VolumeCopy License DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License DS3000 Linux on Power Host License DS3000 8 Partition License DS3000 32 Partition License DS3000 8-16 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 8-32 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 16-32 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 FlashCpy Exp Plus Lic DS3000 Solaris Host License
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes: 1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual controller systems. 2. System ships with a cache battery installed. This option is offered as a replacement part. 3. Enables partition expansion for 5-16 storage partitions. 4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units
490
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
IBM System 1726-41X Storage DS34001 IBM System 1726-41E Storage DS3400 Express Model2 IBM System 1726-42X Storage DS34003 IBM System 1726-42E Storage DS3400 Express Model4 IBM System 1726-42T Storage DS3400 DC Power Model5 DS3400 Simple 1726-41S SAN Express Model 41S6 DS3400 Simple 1726-42S SAN Express Model 42S7 Notes: To determine cabling requirements connection information.
SAS/SATA SAS/SATA
12/12 12/12
Y Y
12 TB 12 TB
48 TB8 48 TB8
SAS/SATA
12/12
12 TB
48 TB8
SAS/SATA
12/12
12 TB
48 TB8
SAS/SATA
12/12
12 TB
48 TB8
refer to the host system's Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
IBM System Storage DS34001 IBM System Storage DS3400 Express Model2 IBM System Storage DS34003 IBM System Storage DS3400 Express Model4 IBM System Storage DS3400 DC Power Model5 DS3400 Simple SAN Express Model 41S6
1726-41X 1726-41E
1726-42X 1726-42E
1726-42T
1726-41S
482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
18kg(39.68lbs) 18kg(39.68lbs)
18kg(39.68lbs) 18kg(39.68lbs)
Rack Drawer(2U)
18kg(39.68lbs)
Rack Drawer(2U)
18kg(39.68lbs)
2/2 - 515w
491
482mm x 511mm x Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in) Notes: To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
1726-42S
Notes: 1. DS3400 Model 41X provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual controllers. 2. DS3400 Model 41E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), two 5M Fibre Channel cables (P/N 39M5697), and two SW SFPs (P/N 39R6475). Can be upgraded to dual controllers. 3. DS3400 Model 42X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). 4. DS3400 Model 42E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), four 5M Fibre Channel cables (39M5697), and four SW SFPs (39R6475.) 5. DS3400 Model 42T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies and two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294). 6. DS3400 Model 41S provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with two IBM Emulex 4 Gbps FC 1-port PCI-E Enterprise HBAs (42C2069), four 5m LC-LC fiber optic cables (39M5697), two rack power cords (p/n 39M5377), and rack mounting hardware. 7. DS3400 Model 42S provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache. Ships with four IBM Emulex 4Gbps FC 1-port PCI-E Enterprise HBAs (42C2069), eight 5m LC-LC Fiber Optic cables (39M5697), Four 4Gbps SW SFP transceivers (39R6475), two rack power cords (p/n 39M5377), and rack mounting hardware 8. 48 TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA HDDs in the DS3400 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1726-41X 1726-41E 1726-41S 1726-42X 1726-42E 1726-42T 1726-42S Host partitions (std/max) 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 Host ports (std/max) 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 2/21 2/21 2/21 Max redundant host connections 2 2 2 2 Expansion ports (std/max) 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Redundant drive loops (std/max) 1 1 1 1 Note: DS3400 Supports short-wave connections on host ports.
Notes: 1. Additional host port expansion can be obtained by upgrading to dual controllers. Figure 1. DS3400 Dual Controller
492
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 300GB 15K SAS HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA External storage expansion units1 IBM System Storage EXP3000
Max qty 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
172701X
Notes: 1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
493
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Feature code
Description
Max qty
39R6531 39R6529 39M5696 39M5697 39M5698 39R6475 39R6513 39R6517 39R6519 39R6536 39R6533 39R6534 39R6535 44W2101 13N1923 44W2138 44W2140 44W2142 44W2144 44W2152 44W2149 44W2136
3707 3708 3703 3704 3705 4804 4837 4838 4839 4841 4842 4843 4844 4924 4923 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5091 5073
System Storage DS3400 other options IBM 3M SAS Cable IBM 1M SAS Cable 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable IBM 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver DS3400 FC Controller Upgrade DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade1 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery1,2 DS3000 16 Partition License3 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License DS3000 VolumeCopy License DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License DS3000 Linux on Power Host License DS3000 AIX Host License DS3000 8 Partition License DS3000 32 Partition License DS3000 8-16 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 8-32 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 16-32 Part. Upgde Lic DS3000 FlashCpy Exp Plus Lic DS3000 Solaris Host License
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes: 1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual controller systems. 2. System ships with a cache battery installed. This option is offered as a replacement part. 3. Provides expansion license for 5-16 storage partitions. 4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units
494
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
DS4200 Express 18147VH SATA 16/16 Y Model 7V1 Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
Table 1. System Storage DS4200 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
DS4200 18147VH 482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in x 5.10in) 3U Rack Express Model 7V1 Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
39.92kg (88.2lbs)
Notes: 1. DS4200 Model 7V provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit, four 4GBps SFP transceivers, and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.) 2. Based on a maximum of 112 1.0TB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in DS4200 and six EXP420 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1814-7VH Host Partitions (std/max) 2/64 Host Ports (std/max) 4/4 Max Redundant Host Connections 2 Expansion Ports (std/max) 4/4 Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 2/2 Notes: DS4200 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to four additional SFPs can be ordered to add full support for all ports.
495
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Feature code
Description
Height
Bays supported
Max qty
18128VH
FAStT SATA HDDs DS4200 500GB SATA EV-DDM DS4200 750GB SATA EV-DDM DS4200 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA EV-DDM External storage expansion units1 System Storage DS4000 EXP420
SL SL SL
16 16 16
Notes: 1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options
496
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Option number
Description
Max qty
41Y0743 44X2429 41Y0746 41Y0738 44E5435 41Y0739 39M5954 39M5957 39M6009 39M6041 39M6048 41Y5163 41Y0686 42D3252 39M6046 42D3254 42D3257 42D3260 42D3263 42D3266 44E5436 42D3269 44E5437 42D3272 44E5438 44E5439 44E5440 26K7941 39M5696 39M5697 39M5698
7321 7333 7323 7324 7336 7325 7380 7381 7601 7602 7611 7612 7613 7614 7603 8760 8761 8762 8763 8764 8767 8765 8768 8766 8769 8770 8771 2410 3703 3704 3705
System Storage DS4200 other options DS4200 FlashCopy DS4200 FlashCopy - 4-8 FC Upgrade DS4200 VolumeCopy DS4200 Flash/VolumeCopy DS4200 Enhanced Remote Mirror - 32-64 Mirror Upgrade DS4200 Enhanced Remote Mirror DS4200 EXPs Attach 1-3 DS4200 EXPs Attach 4-6 DS4200 Linux/Intel Host Kit DS4200 Novell Netware Host DS4200 AIX Host Kit DS4200 SUN Host Kit DS4200 HPUX Host Kit DS4200 Linux on Power Host DS4200 VMware ESX Host Kit DS4200 2-4 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 2-8 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 4-8 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 4-16 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 8-16 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 8-32 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 8-64 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 16-32 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 16-64 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 32-64 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 32-128 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4200 64-128 Storage Partition Upgrade SW 4 Gbps SFP Transceiver Pair1 1m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 5m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 25m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -
497
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
DS4700 Express Model 701,3 DS4700 Express Model 70-DC1 DS4700 Express Model 722,3 Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a
181470H Fibre Channel 181470T Fibre Channel 181472H Fibre Channel Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in x 5.10in) 181470T 482mm x 572mm x 84TB4 DS4700 Express Model 70-DC1 130mm (19in x 22.5in x 5.10in) 181472H 482mm x 572mm x 84TB4 DS4700 Express Model 722,3 130mm (19in x 22.5in x 5.10in) Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch. DS4700 Express Model 701,3
181470H
Notes: 1. DS4700 Model 70 provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit and four 4GBps SFP transceivers. 2. DS4700 Model 72 provides two RAID controllers with 2GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit and six 4GBps SFP transceivers. 3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). 4. Based on a maximum of 112 750GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in DS4700 and six EXP810 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1814-70H 1814-70T 1814-72H 1814-72T Host Partitions (std/max) 2/128 2/128 8/128 8/128 Host Ports (std/max) 4/4 4/4 8/8 8/8 Max Redundant Host Connections 4 4 4 4 Expansion Ports (std/max) 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 Notes: DS4700 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to eight additional SFPs can be ordered to add full support for all ports.
498
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description 36.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 300GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 4 Gbps FC, 450 GB / 15K Enhanced Disk Drive Module 500 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM 750 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM External storage expansion units1 DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit
Height SL SL SL SL SL SL SL -
Maximum quantity 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
181281H
Notes: 1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
499
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number 41Y5203 44X2430 41Y5208 41Y5212 41Y5214 44E5447 41Y5217 41Y5222 41Y5225 41Y0704 41Y5178 41Y5180 41Y5184 41Y5186 41Y5188 41Y5190 41Y5182 41Y5228 41Y0652 41Y0656 41Y0660 41Y0664 44E5448 41Y0668 44E5449 41Y0672 44E5450 44E5451 44E5452 26K7941 39M5696 39M5697 39M5698 42D3306 42D3329
Feature code 7301 7313 7303 7304 7305 7316 7306 7382 7383 7384 7701 7702 7711 7712 7713 7714 7703 8860 8861 8862 8863 8864 8867 8865 8868 8866 8869 8841 8842 2410 3703 3704 3705 2010 2012
Description DS4700 FlashCopy1 DS4700 FlashCopy - 4-8 FC Upgrade DS4700 VolumeCopy1 DS4700 Flash/VolumeCopy1 DS4700 Enhanced Remote Mirror1 DS4700 Enhanced Remote Mirror - 32-64 Mirror Upgrade DS4700 FC/SATA Enclosure Intermix DS4700 Mod 70 EXPs Att 1-31 DS4700 Mod 70 EXPs Att 4-61 DS4700 Mod 72 EXPs Att 4-61 DS4700 Linux/Intel Host Kit1 DS4700 Novell Netware Host1 DS4700 AIX Host Kit1 DS4700 SUN Host Kit1 DS4700 HPUX Host Kit1 DS4700 Linux on Power Host1 DS4700 VMware ESX Host Kit DS4700 2-4 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 2-8 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 4-8 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 4-16 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 8-16 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 8-32 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4700 8-64 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 16-32 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4700 16-64 Storage Partition Upgrade1 DS4700 32-64 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4700 32-128 Storage Partition Upgrade DS4700 64-128 Storage Partition Upgrade SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair2 1m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 5m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 25m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC DS4700 Telco Bezel DS4700/EXP810 DC Power Cord Pair
Max qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes: 1. Licensed one per DS4700. 2. Option includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs.
500
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
System Storage 1727-01X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y EXP30001 1727-02T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 9.0TB System Storage EXP3000 DC Power Model2 Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
Table 1. EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
449mm x 518mm x Rack Drawer (2U) 27.2kg (60lbs) 87mm (17.7in x 20.4in x 3.4in) System Storage 1727-02T 449mm x 518mm x Rack Drawer (2U) 27.2kg (60lbs) 2/2 DC Power EXP3000 DC Power 87mm (17.7in x 20.4in x 3.4in) Model2 Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
1727-01X
Notes: 1. Ships standard with dual hot-swap redundant power supplies and two rack power cables. 2. Ships standard with two ESMs, two -48v DC power supplies, and two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294).
Table 2. Additional Features
Notes: 1. Second ESM required for attachment to dual controller models of DS3200/DS3400.
501
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
SATA HDDs 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS 300GB 15K SAS HS IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA
SL SL SL SL SL SL SL
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
502
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description IBM 3M SAS Cable IBM 1M SAS Cable EXP3000 Environmental Services Module (ESM)
Max qty 1
Notes: 1. Two port adapter SAS Raid adapter that supports up to four EXP3000 Expansion Units.
503
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
System Storage 1812-8VH SATA 16/16 Y DS4000 EXP4202 Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
Table 1. EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name
Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
483mm x 559mm x Rack Drawer (3U) 38.56kg (85lbs) 129mm (19in x 22in x 5.1in) Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
1812-8VH
Notes: 1. Includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs, dual hot-swap 600w redundant power supplies,and two rack power cables. 2. Comes with rack mounting rails and two rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU) power cords, and product documentation.
Table 2. Additional Features
504
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number
Description
Height
Bays supported
Maximum quantity
SATA HDDs DS4200 500 GB SATA EV-DDM DS4200 750 GB SATA EV-DDM DS4200 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA EV-DDM
SL SL SL
16 16 16
505
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description SW 4 Gbps SFP Transceiver Pair 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
Max qty 1 -
506
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Table 1. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP810 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name
Part number
Storage type
181281H
Fibre Channel4
16/16
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
38.56kg (85lbs)
Notes: 1. Attachment to a supported Storage Server is required. This expansion unit does not attach directly to the server. 2. DS4000 EXP810 accommodates up to four short-wave SFP modules. The unit ships with two short-wave SFP modules. 3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order quantity two of P/N 39Y7931. 4. Supports Enhanced Disk Drive Module (E-DDM) disks only. Insertion of unsupported disks will cause significant damage. 5. Comes with rack mounting rails and two rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU) power cords, and product documentation.
Table 2. Additional Features
Note: 1. Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input port and one output port.
507
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number 40K6800 40K6804 40K6808 40K6812 40K6820 42D0410 44X2450 39M4554 43W9714 44X2458
Description 36.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module 73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module 146.8GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module 36.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 300GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 4 Gbps FC, 450 GB / 15K Enhanced Disk Drive Module 500 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM 750 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM
Height SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL
Bays supported 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16
Max qty 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
508
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Option number 26K7941 39M5696 39M5697 39M5698 39Y7931 42D3305 42D3329 Note: A minimum of two
Description Max qty SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair 4 1m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 5m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 25m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 4.3m, 100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord 2 EXP810 Telco Bezel 1 DS4700/EXP810 DC Power Cord Pair 1 fiber optic cables are required for attachment to DS4000 Disk Systems or to other DS4000 Expansion Units.
509
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Name
Part number
Storage type
1814-92H
FC/SATA
16/16
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
3U Rack
38.56 kg (85lbs)
Notes: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
1. EXP395 ships with rack rail mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
Table 2. Additional Features
510
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option 4 Gbps FC, 300 GB / 15K rpm Enhanced Disk Drive Module 750 GB / 7.2K rpm SATA Enhanced Disk Drive Module 4 Gbps FC, 450 GB / 15K rpm Enhanced Disk Drive Module 1,000 GB / 7.2K rpm SATA Enhanced Disk Drive Module 4 Gbps FC, 600 GB / 15K Enhanced Disk Drive Module
Height SL SL SL SL SL SL
Max qty 16 16 16 16 16 16
511
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810 EXP395
at-a-glance
HDD
Misc.
Description Short Wave 4Gb SFP pair 1m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 5m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 25m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC
Max qty 2 4 4 4
512
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Table 1. TotalStorage Switch L10
Notes: 1. Provides 10 ports in a 1/2-rack width, 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules, serial cable and a rack power cord. 2. Supports short-wave connections only. 3. Entry level switch compatible with DS400 only. 4. Supports two L10 switches in a 1U rack space.
Table 2. IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model
Option Withdrawal Description number date 200516B IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model1, 2 Related options 22R5332 16B Express Model 4-Port upgrade3 22R4901 16B 4-Port Activation 4 22R4891 16B Advanced Security Activation 22R4904 16B Fabric Watch 23R1705 16B Extended Fabric Activation 22R5460 16B Full Fabric Activation 22R5469 16B Performance Bundle Activation 22R4897 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 22R4902 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 19K1272 Long-wave SFP module5 23R1703 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 23R1704 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 23R1701 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 23R1702 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 22R0488 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31 m, singlemode, LC/LC
Notes: 1. Provides 16 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack power cord and a rail kit. 2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections. 3. Includes four 4GBps SW SFP transceivers and port activation for four ports. 4. Provides port activation only for four ports. One optional SFP transceiver is required per port. 5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.
Table 3. TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
Option number
Withdrawal date
Description
200532B 10/6/2007 IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express model 1, 2 Related options 22R5129 32B Remote Switch Activation 22R4894 32B Extended Fabric Activation 22R4895 32B Advanced Security Activation
513
22R4896 22R5505 22R5078 22R4897 22R4902 19K1272 23R1703 23R1704 23R1701 23R1702
32B Performance Bundle 32B 8-Port Activation3 32B 8-Port Upgrade Option4 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver Long-wave SFP Module5 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
Notes: 1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with sixteen short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack power cord and a rail kit. 2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections. 3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP Transceivers. 4. Provides activation for 8 ports and eight 4 Gbps shortwave SFP transceivers. 5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.
Option Withdrawal Description number date 202616E 9/29/2007 IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2 Express Model1,2,3 Related options 22R5892 SAN16M-2 Express Shelf Kit4 22R5424 SAN16M-2 Express Optional Hot-Swap Redundant Power Supply 22R5893 SAN16M-2 Express Element Manager 22R5895 SAN16M-2 Express SANtegrity Enhanced 22R5897 SAN16M-2 Express Open Trunking (FCP Support Only) 22R5888 4-Port FlexPort Expansion Kit5 39M5696 1M L-LC Fibre Channel Cable 39M5697 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 19K1250 LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter cable 23R1490 LW 4 Gbps 4 km SFP Transceiver 23R1492 LW 4 Gbps 10 km SFP Transceiver
Notes: 1. Provides up to 16 ports in a half-rack width chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, and US power cord. 2. Currently supports short-wave connections only. 3. Includes eight 4GBps SW SFP transceivers and port activation for eight ports. 4. Rack shelf supports up to two SAN16M-2 Express Models. 5. Includes four 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for four ports.
Table 5. IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2 Express
Option number
Withdrawal date
Description
202632E 9/29/2007 IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2 Express1,2,3 Related options 22R5907 SAN32M-2 Express Element Manager 22R5909 SAN32M-2 Express SANtegrity Enhanced 22R5911 SAN32M-2 Express Open Trunking (FCP Support Only) 39M5696 1M L-LC Fibre Channel Cable 39M5697 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 19K1250 LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter cable 22R5906 8-Port FlexPort Expansion Kit4 19K1272 Long-wave SFP Module5 23R1490 LW 4 Gbps 4 km SFP Transceiver 23R1492 LW 4 Gbps 10 km SFP Transceiver
Notes: 1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with sixteen short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, two rack power cords, two US power cords, and a rail kit. 2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 514
3. Includes sixteen 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for 16 ports. 4. Includes eight 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for eight ports. 5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.
Table 6. Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage
Option number
Withdrawal date
Description
241724C Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage1,2 Related options 39M5696 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 39M5697 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 45W0654 9124 8 Port Act + 8 SW SFPs3 45W0655 9124 2nd Power Supply
Notes: 1. Provides 24 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack power cord and a rail kit. 2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections. 3. Provides port activation and SFP transceivers for 8 ports.
Table 7. IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
Option number
Withdrawal date
Description
249824E IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express1,2 Related options 45W0502 8 Port Activation3 45W0503 24E Enterprise Package 45W0504 Fabric Watch 45W0505 Extended Fabric 45W0508 Advanced Performance Monitor 45W0509 Trunking Activation 45W0510 Adaptive Networking 45W0512 Full Fabric 45W0630 EGM (Enhanced Group Management) 39M5697 Fiber Cable LC/LC 5M Multimode 39M5698 Fiber Cable LC/LC 25M Multimode 22R0488 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31MSM LC/LC 45W0493 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW 45W0496 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW 8-Pack 45W0500 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW 45W0501 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW 8-Pack 45W0494 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW 45W0497 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW 8-Pack 45W0495 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW 45W0498 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW 8-Pack 45W1216 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps 10 km LW 45W1218 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps 10 Km LW 8-Pack 45W0499 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 30Km ELW 45W2283 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps 25 Km ELW
Notes: 1. Provides 24 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack power cord and a rack rail kit. 2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections. 3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP Transceivers.
Table 8. IBM System Storage SAN40B-4
Option number
Withdrawal date
Description
249840E IBM System Storage SAN40B-4 11,2 Related options 45W0524 8 Port Activation3 45W0525 B40/40E Enterprise Package 45W0526 Extended Fabric 45W0527 Advanced Performance Monitor 45W0528 Trunking Activation 45W0529 Adaptive Networking 45W0530 Integrated Routing
515
45W0531 39M5697 39M5698 22R0488 45W0493 45W0496 45W0500 45W0501 45W0494 45W0497 45W0495 45W0498 45W1216 45W1218 45W0499 45W2283
FICON w/ CUP Activation Fiber Cable LC/LC 5M Multimode Fiber Cable LC/LC 25M Multimode 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31MSM LC/LC SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW 8-Pack SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW 8-Pack SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW 8-Pack SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW 8-Pack SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps 10 km LW SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps 10 Km LW 8-Pack SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 30Km ELW SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps 25 Km ELW
Notes: 1. Provides 40 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack power cord and a rack rail kit. 2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections. 3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP Transceivers.
Table 9. IBM Converged Switch B32
Option number 375832E Related options 45W0500 45W0501 45W1216 45W1218 45W2411 45W2414 45W2420 45W2421 45W2398 45W2401 45W2408 45W2409 45W3039 45W3042 45W2424 39M5697 39M5698 22R0488 45W2282 45W0527 45W0528 45W5348 45W5349
Withdrawal date -
SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW5 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW 8-pack5 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps LW5 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps LW 8-pack5 SFP+ Transceiver 10 Gbps SR3,4 SFP+ Transceiver 10 Gbps SR 8-Pack3,4 SFP+Transceiver 10 Gbps LR3,4 SFP+ Transceiver 10 Gbps LR 8-Pack3,4 Twinax Active 1 m4 Twinax Active 1 m 8-Pack4 Twinax Active 3 m4 Twinax Active 3 m 8-Pack4 Twinax Active 5 m4 Twinax Active 5 m 8-Pack4 Rack Mount Kit, Long Rack Ears4 Fiber Cable LC/LC 5 m Multimode 50 Micron Fiber Cable LC/LC 25 m Multimode 50 Micron Fiber Cable LC/LC 31 m Singlemode 9 Micron OM3 Cable LC/LC 10 m Advanced Performance Monitor Activation Trunking Activation 3758-B32 Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year 3758-B32 Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 2 years
Notes: 1. Top-of-rack switch supports Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), Fibre Channel (FC), Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE), and traditional Ethernet protocols. Provides eight 8 Gbps FC and 24 10 GbE CEE ports in a 1U high chassis with dual power supplies and fans. 2. Must populate the 8 FC and minimum 8 of the CEE ports with transceivers at the time of purchase. 3. These transceivers are compatible with the CEE ports. 4. SFP+ transceivers can only be used with OM3 cables. 5. These transceivers are compatible with the FC ports.
516
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
Table 1. Cable Group legend
Cable Group A (0.8mm to 0.8mm) Netfinity 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable Netfinity 4.2m Ultra2 SCSI cable Cable Group SW (short-wave) 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel cable 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel cable 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel cable Cable Group LW (long-wave)1 Customer supplied
Notes: 1. Customer-supplied cables of longer lengths can be used. Short-wave supports up to 500m. Long-wave supports up to 10km. The illustration below shows what a typical solution might look like in terms of where short-wave and long-wave cables would be used. Actual implementation may vary based on individual hardware.
Click image to enlarge The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
517
Click image to enlarge Figure 3. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples
518
Click image to enlarge Figure 7. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples
Click image to enlarge Figure 8. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples
519
520
521
Click image to enlarge Figure 13. DS4500 Host and Drive Attach Examples
522
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Ext tape drives Ext tape libraries Ext tape enclosures
Installing tape devices on the same bus as other devices may impact performance of those devices.
Table 1. TotalStorage Ultrium tape drive 3580 model L33
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
MB/sec1 80/160
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Notes: 1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model L33 is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships with rack mounting hardware. No line cord provided power cord. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 2. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model L3E
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
MB/sec1 60/120
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Notes: 1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model L3E is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships with rack mounting hardware, data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 3. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model H3S
523
Description
MB/sec1 60/120
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model H3S is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 4. TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
Max. storage1
MB/sec1 120/240
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Notes: 1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model L43 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 5. TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
Description
Form factor
Max. storage1
MB/sec1 120/240
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model S43 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 6. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S
Description
Form factor
Max. storage1
MB/sec1 120/240
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model S4E is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 7. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for Express Seller
Description System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for Express Seller2
Form factor
Max. storage1
MB/sec1 120/240
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed. 2. 3580 Model E4S is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge, and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided 3. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
525
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Ext tape drives Ext tape libraries Ext tape enclosures
Table 1. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3R (PN 3572S3R)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
TS2900 Tape SAS 1U Rack Autoloader Model S3R1 Related Options 45E3789 3572 Deskside Covers 45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cart L1 UCC 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 3.6/7.2TB 60/120
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive and rack mounting hardware.
Table 2. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3E (PN 3572S3E)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
TS2900 Tape SAS StandAutoloader alone Model S3E1 Related Options 45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine 45E3785 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cart L1 UCC 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 3.6/7.2TB 60/120
Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive and deskside covers.
Table 3. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4R (PN 3572S4R)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
TS2900 Tape SAS 1U Rack Autoloader Model S4R1 Related Options 45E3789 3572 Deskside Covers 45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine 45E3797 Transparent LTO Encryption 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 7.2/14.4TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive and rack mounting hardware.
Table 4. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4E (PN 3572S4E)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
TS2900 Tape SAS StandAutoloader alone Model S4E1 Related Options 45E3785 Rack Mount Kit 45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine 45E3797 Transparent LTO Encryption 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 7.2/14.4TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive and deskside covers.
Table 5. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L3S (PN 3573L3S)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LVD SCSI 2U Rack Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L3S1 Related Options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 9.6 TB/ 19.2 TB 20/40
527
2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 6. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F3S (PN 3573F3S)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System 4 Gbps Fiber 2U Rack Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F3S1 Related Options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 9.6 TB/ 19.2 TB 20/40
Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 7 IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L4S (P/N 3573L4S)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LVD SCSI 2U Rack Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L4S1 Related options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 8. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F4S (P/N 3573F4S)
Part number
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1
528
IBM System 4Gbps Fibre 2U Rack Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F4S1 Related options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
3573F4S*
1/24
2/2
1/1
120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 9. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S4S (P/N 3573S4S)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS 2U Rack 2/2 Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S4S1 Related options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 10. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L32 (P/N 3573L32)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LVD SCSI 2U Rack Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L321 Related options 95P4998 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2 TB 60/120
529
4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 11. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S32 (P/N 3573S32)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS 2U Rack 2/2 Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S321 Related options 95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2 TB 60/120
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 12. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L2U
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS 2U Rack 2/2 Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L2U1 Related Options 45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled 45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
530
23R7143 23R7145
1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 13. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Seller Model L2U
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS 2U Rack 2/2 Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Seller Model L2U1 Related Options 45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled 45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge and one rack mount kit. No line cord provided.
Table 14. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L3H(PN 3573L3H)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LVD SCSI 4U Rack Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L3H 1 Related Options 23R7260 3573 Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Tape Drive Sled 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 9.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 40/80
Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 531
Table 15. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F3H(PN 3573F3H)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LC Fiber 4U Rack Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F3H1 Related Options 23R7261 3573 Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive Sled 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 40/80
Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 16. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L34 (P/N 3573L34)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LVD SCSI 4U Rack Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L341 Related Options 95P4998 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/4 19.2TB/ 38.4TB 60/120
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 17. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S34 (P/N 3573S34)
Description
Form factor
IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S341 Related Options
4U Rack
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/4 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 60/120
532
95P5000 23R6999 23R6998 23R7008 95P2020 95P4711 95P4712* 95P4713 95P4714* 95P4994 95P4996 23R7262 23R7141 23R7143 23R7145
LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 3573 Rack Mount Kit Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 3573 Additional Power Supply 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 18. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4U
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS 4U Rack 4/4 Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S341 Related Options 45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive 45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine 45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine 45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 19. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Seller Model L4U
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Seller Model L4U1 Related Options 45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive 45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine 45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine
4U Rack
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
533
45E3081 23R6998 95P4278 23R7008 95P4711 95P4712* 95P4713 95P4714* 95P4994 95P4996 23R7262 23R7141 23R7143 23R7145
Transparent LTO Encryption 3573 Rack Mount Kit Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 3573 Additional Power Supply 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge and one rack mount kit. No line cord provided.
Table 20. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4H(P/N 3573L4H)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System LVD SCSI 4U Rack Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4H1 Related Options 95P5002 Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 38.4 TB/ 79.8 TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 21. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F4H(P/N 3573F4H
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System 4Gbps Fibre 4U Rack Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F4H1 Related Options 95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8 TB 120/240
534
3573 Additional Power Supply 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 22. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S4H(P/N 3573S4H)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
IBM System SAS 4U Rack 4/4 Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S4H1 Related Options 95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8 TB 120/240
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 23. TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U Driveless (35734UL)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
TS3200 Tape SAS 4U Rack 4/4 Library Model L4U Driveless1 Related Options 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7137 13 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7138 25 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7140 LC/FC Fibre Cable Interposer 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada 23R7262 Additional Power Supply 45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine 45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine 45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS Drive Sled 45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 0/0 0/0 0/0
535
95P4996 45E9503 95P5002 95P5004 95P5006 23R7260 23R7261 95P4998 95P5000 23R6999 95P2020 23R7000
SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer Path Failover Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive Ultrium 4 SAS Drive Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Drive Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive Ultrium 3 HH LVD SCSI Tape Drive Ultrium 3 HH SAS Tape Drive Right Side Magazine Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (5-pack) Rack to PDU Line Cord
Note: 1. Includes tape library, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 24. TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U Driveless (35732UL)
Description
Storage interface
Form factor
TS3100 Tape SAS 2U Rack 2/2 Library Model L2U Driveless1 Related Options 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC 23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7135 10 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable 23R7137 13 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7138 25 m LC/LC Fibre Cable 23R7140 LC/FC Fibre Cable Interposer 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada 45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS Drive Sled 45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 95P4996 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer 45E9503 Path Failover 95P5002 Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive 95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive 95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive 23R7260 Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Drive 23R7261 Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive 95P4998 Ultrium 3 HH LVD SCSI Tape Drive 95P5000 Ultrium 3 HH SAS Tape Drive 45E2237 Left Side 2U Magazine 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (5-pack) 23R7000 Rack to PDU Line Cord
Quantity of Max storage MB/sec drives (std/ - native/ native/ max) compressed compressed1 0/0 0/0 0/0
Note: 1. Includes tape library, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
536
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Ext tape drives Ext tape libraries Ext tape enclosures
Related options 39M5658* IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive 43W8480 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive 39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive 42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit 2 40K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit 2 44E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit 2
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Ships standard with tape enclosure, rack mounting hardware, 125V US power cord, and rack to PDU power cord. 2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.
Related Options 39M5658* IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive 43W8480 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive 39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive 42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit2 40K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit2 44E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit2
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Ships standard with tape enclosure and 125V US power cord. 2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.
537
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Network Switches
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Option number 4002AC2 Related Options 45W2809 45W2810 45W2811 45W2812 45W2813 45W2814 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W2825 45W4266 45W4268 45W4270 45W4736
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B24C (Copper)1 XFP Transceiver 10GB Copper 15m CX4 XFP Transceiver 850nm 300m MMF XFP Transceiver 1310nm 10Km SMF XFP Transceiver 1550nm 40Km SMF SFP Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 SFP Transceiver 100MbE MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM 500W AC Power supply Metro Edge Premium Activation C2x Layer 3 Premium Activation C2x 4002-C2A Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year 2-port 10 GbE XFP Uplink Module
Note: 1. Provides 24 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 2. IBM Ethernet Switch B48C (Copper)
Option number 4002AC4 Related Options 45W2813 45W2814 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W3670 45W2808 45W2926 45W2825
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B48C (Copper)1 SFP Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 SFP Transceiver 100MbE MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM 4002-C4A Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year Metro Edge Premium Activation Layer 3 Premium Activation 500W AC Power supply
Note: 1. Provides 48 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit. Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009
538
Option number 4002AC5 Related Options 45W2809 45W2810 45W2811 45W2812 45W3672 45W2808 45W2926 45W2825
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B50C (Copper)1 XFP Transceiver 10GB Copper 15m CX4 XFP Transceiver 850nm 300m MMF XFP Transceiver 1310nm 10Km SMF XFP Transceiver 1550nm 40Km SMF 4002-C5A Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year Metro Edge Premium Activation Layer 3 Premium Activation 500W AC Power supply
Note: 1. Provides 48 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 4. IBM Ethernet Switch B24C (Fiber)
Option number 4002BC2 Related Options 45W2809 45W2810 45W2811 45W2812 45W2813 45W2814 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W2825 45W4266 45W4268 45W4272 45W4736
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B24C (Fiber)1 XFP Transceiver 10GB Copper 15m CX4 XFP Transceiver 850nm 300m MMF XFP Transceiver 1310nm 10Km SMF XFP Transceiver 1550nm 40Km SMF SFP Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 SFP Transceiver 100MbE MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM 500W AC Power supply Metro Edge Premium Activation C2x Layer 3 Premium Activation C2x 4002-C2B Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year 2-port 10 GbE XFP Uplink Module
Note: 1. Provides 24 ports in a 1U high chassis.. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 5. IBM Ethernet Switch B48C (Fiber)
Option number 4002BC4 Related Options 45W2813 45W2814 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B48C (Fiber)1 SFP SFP OM SFP OM SFP OM SFP OM Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 Transceiver 100MbE MMF w/ Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/
539
4002-C4B Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year Metro Edge Premium Activation Layer 3 Premium Activation 500W AC Power supply
1 1 1 1
Note: 1. Provides 48 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 6. IBM Ethernet Switch B50C (Fiber)
Option number 4002BC5 Related Options 45W2809 45W2810 45W2811 45W2812 45W2813 45W2814 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W3673 45W2808 45W2926 45W2825
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B50C (Fiber)1 XFP Transceiver 10GB Copper 15m CX4 XFP Transceiver 850nm 300m MMF XFP Transceiver 1310nm 10Km SMF XFP Transceiver 1550nm 40Km SMF SFP Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 SFP Transceiver 100MbE MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM 4002-C5B Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year Metro Edge Premium Activation Layer 3 Premium Activation 500W AC Power supply
Note: 1. Provides 48 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 7. IBM Ethernet Switch B48G
Option number 4002AG4 Related Options 45W2809 45W2810 45W2811 45W2812 45W2813 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W2818 45W2805 45W2806 45W2820 45W2821 45W2822 45W2807 45W2927 45W2823 45W3674 45W2824
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B48G1 XFP Transceiver 10GB Copper 15m CX4 XFP Transceiver 850nm 300m MMF XFP Transceiver 1310nm 10Km SMF XFP Transceiver 1550nm 40Km SMF SFP Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 100MbE MMF 2-port XFP 10 GbE Module 2-port CX4 10 GbE Module Copper Cable CX4 0.5 m Copper Cable CX4 1 m Copper Cable CX4 3 m POE DIMM for 24 ports of 10/100/1000 Rack Mount Kit, Long Rack Ears Edge Layer 3 Activation 4002-G4A Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year 600W AC Power supply
540
Note: 1. Provides up to 50 ports in a 1.5U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 8. IBM Ethernet Switch B50G
Option number 4002AG5 Related Options 45W2813 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W2818 45W2820 45W2821 45W2822 45W2807 45W2927 45W3675 45W2824
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B50G1 SFP Transceiver 1GE Copper RJ-45 SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 100MbE MMF Copper Cable CX4 0.5 m Copper Cable CX4 1 m Copper Cable CX4 3 m POE DIMM for 24 ports of 10/100/1000 Rack Mount Kit, Long Rack Ears 4002-G5A Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year 600W AC Power supply
Note: 1. Provides up to 50 ports in a 1.5U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 9. IBM Ethernet Switch B24X
Option number 4002AX2 Related Options 45W2398 45W2401 45W2408 45W2409 45W3039 45W3042 45W2815 45W2816 45W2817 45W4262 45W4264 45W4274 45W4276
Description IBM Ethernet Switch B24X1 Twinax Active 1 m Twinax Active 1 m 8-Pack Twinax Active 3 m Twinax Active 3 m 8-Pack Twinax Active 5 m Twinax Active 5 m 8-Pack SFP Transceiver 1GE SX MMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LX SMF w/ OM SFP Transceiver 1GE LHA MMF w/ OM XFP+ Transceiver 10 GbE SR 300m MMF XFP+ Transceiver 10 GbE LR 10Km SMF 4002-X2A Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1 year 300W AC Power supply
Note: 1. Provides up to 24 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with rack rail kit.
Table 10. IBM Ethernet Switch J48E
Option number 427348E Related Options 45W4573 45W4475 45W4737 45W4739 45W4740 45W4741 45W4742 45W4876
Description IBM Ethernet Switch (J48E)1 E48 Switch Adv Features 1GE Copper RJ-45 100m SFP 100B-FX 100Mb 1310nm 2km SFP 1000B-SX GbE 850nm 550m SFP 1000B-LX GbE 1310nm 10km SFP 1000B-LX GbE 1310nm 40km SFP 1000B-LH GbE 1550nm 70km SFP Exx Uplink 4x1G
541
Exx Uplink Module 2x10G / 4x1G 10GE SR SFP+ 10GE LR 10km SFP+ 10GE LRM 220m SFP+ 1m VCP Copper Cable 3m VCP Copper Cable 5m VCP Copper Cable Exx 4 Post Rack Mount Kit Exx 320W AC Power supply
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 2
542
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Rack cabinets Rack mounted products
NetBay11 standard rack Machine type model1 Withdrawal date T-M-F Format
93061RX 93072RX Jan 2, 2009 93069307RC1RC21041 1042 11U 25U EIA capacity2 Sidewall compartments 0 2 Front stabilizers Std Std Side stabilizers NR NR Casters Std Std Leveling feet NA Std Side covers Std Std NA NA Rack attachment kit4 Glass front door NA NA Perforated front door Std Std7 Perforated rear door NA Std8 611/24.1 1344/53 Height (mm/in)5 Width (mm/in) 518/20.4 605/23.8 Depth (mm/in) 873/34.4 1000/39.4 Empty weight (kg/lb) 36/79 100/220 Max load (kg/lb) 182/401 567/1250 Total weight (kg/lb) 218/481 667/1470 Yes Yes Shippable loaded6 Note: NR - Not required; NA - Not available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm)
Table 1. Rack cabinets (continued)
93074RX 9307RC41043 42U 6 Std Std3 Std Std Std NR NA Std7 Std8 1999/78.7 605/23.8 1000/39.4 125/276 907/2000 1032/2276 No
93074XX 9307RC41044 42U 6 Std Std Std Std NR Std NA Std7 Std8 1999/78.7 600/23.6 1000/39.4 94/207 907/2000 1032/2276 No
543
9956-4RX 9956-4XX 99569956RC4RC45629 5631 42U 42U EIA capacity2 Sidewall compartments 6 6 Front stabilizers Std Std Side stabilizers Std3 Std3 Casters Std Std Leveling feet Std Std Side covers Std NR NR Std Rack attachment kit4 Glass front door NA NA Perforated front door Std Std Perforated rear door Std Std 1999/78.7 1999/78.7 Height (mm/in)5 Width (mm/in) 605/23.8 600/23.6 Depth (mm/in) 1000/39.4 1000/39.4 Empty weight (kg/lb) 125/276 117/258 Max load (kg/lb) 907/2000 907/2000 Total weight (kg/lb) 1032/2276 1032/2276 Yes Yes Shippable loaded6 Note: NR - Not required; NA - Not available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm) Machine type model1 Withdrawal date T-M-F Format
93084PX 9308RC45621 42U 4 Std NR Std Std Std NR NA Std Std 2020/79.5 648/25.5 1105/43.5 220/485 932/2055 1152/2540 Yes
93084EX 9308RC45622 42U 4 Std NR Std Std NR Std NA Std Std 2020/79.5 648/25.5 1105/43.5 177/390 932/2055 1109/2445 Yes
Notes: 1. This is the option part number. The T-M-F format is for the US and Canada. 2. Conforms to EIA 310 - D Standard 19in rack specification for a Type A cabinet with universal hole spacing. 3. Side stabilizer brackets are included to bolt the cabinet to the floor. They are needed when a single, standalone cabinet is lightly loaded. See the installation instructions for additional information. 4. Required to attach racks together to make a suite. 5. Minimum clearance to the ceiling is 305 mm/12 in. 6. 'Shippable loaded' means the cabinet is capable of being transported with equipment installed. Required packaging is provided. The integrator/assembler is responsible for assuring the stability of the shipped configuration. Rack Integration Services are available from IBM. 7. Front door hinged on either side 8. Rear door is a split door.
Table 2. Floor Layout
9306-xxx 9307-xxx 9308-xxx 9956-xxx (mm/ inches) (mm/ inches) (mm/ inches) (mm/ inches) Box footprint A 518/20.4 B 873/34.4 C 533/21 Operational Clearance D 619/24.4 E 1889/74.4 F 50/2 G 762/30 H 254/10 Service Clearance I 660/26 J 1988/78.3 K 71/2.8 L 914/36 M 762/30
Description
599/23.6 1000/39.4 24/12.5 698/27.5 2372/93.4 50/2 914/36 609/24 2428/95.6 3286/129.4 914/36 1524/60 762/30
647/25.5 1104/43.5 660/26 749/29.5 2794/110 50/2 914/36 660/26 2476/97.5 3390/133.5 914/36 1524/60 762/30
605/23.8 1000/39.4 699/28 2372/93 610/24 914/36 305/24 2428/96 3287/129 914/36 1524/60 762/30
Width of rack Depth of rack (not including front stabilizer) Front/rear door clearance (when required) Width of Operational Clearance area Depth of Operational Clearance area Left/Right sides of rack to Operational Clearance area Front of rack to Operational Clearance area Rear of rack to Operational Clearance area Width of Service Clearance area Depth of Service Clearance area Left/Right sides of rack to Service Clearance area Front of rack to Service Clearance area Rear of rack to Service Clearance area
544
545
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Rack cabinets Rack mounted products
General rack placement rules and other information: 1. Place the heavier components toward the bottom of the rack (i.e., UPS, then servers or storage, etc.). 2. Do not extend more than one component on slide rails at a time. 3. Utilize sidewall compartments for mounting PDUs and console switches without using EIA space. 4. Consider user and service requirements when mounting components in a rack. 5. Consider extension of cable management arms and overall cable routing when selecting length of power, console, and storage cables.
Table 1. IBM Rack Mounted Products1
Description
Size (U)2
Depth (in)
Server system units4 4347 x31055 4362, 4363 x32006 4367, 4368 x3200 M26 x3250 4364, 4365 x3250 M2 4190, 4191, 4194 7973, 7974 x3400 entry6 7975, 7976 x3400 midrange6 x3455 7984 7977 x35006 x3550 7978 x3650 7979 x3655 7985 x3755 8877 x3800 8865, 8866 x3850 8863 x3950 8872, 8878 x3850 M2, 7141 x3950 M2 BladeCenter w/ 8677 two 2000w power supplies BladeCenter w/ 8677 four 2000w power supplies 8886 BladeCenter S w/ two 950/1450W power supplies BladeCenter S 8886 w/ four 950/1450W power supplies
5 5 1 1 5 5 1 5 1 2 2 4 7 3 3 4 7 7 7
X X
X X
28
228
546
BladeCenter H w/ two 2900w power supplies BladeCenter H w/ four 2900w power supplies Storage units EXP3000 DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700 DS4000 EXP420 DS4000 EXP810 FC Switch 10port Tape units 1U Tape Enclosure 2U Universal Tape Autoloader TS3100 Tape Library TS3200 Tape Library
8852 8852
9 9
29 29
262 350
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 per 1
63 60 60 60 88 88 85 85 2
1 2 2 4
20 29 29 29
18 34 33 33
T-M-F / FC1
Description
Information
Console support: 17231RX 1723-HC11071 39Y6824 17233RX 42C0030 42C0038 40K5372 40K5380 17353LX 4144 1723-HC11072 1723-HC18699 1723-HC18738 1723-HC18660 1723-HC18668 1735-HC12610 1735-HC12611 3750 3751 1735-HC11066 3754
17354LX
39M2895
3756
1U built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image), space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately), space for Ultrabay CDROM drive. CD-RW/DVD Combo Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Compatible with the 17231RX 1U built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit. 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit 1U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately). UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, PS/2, US English. UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, PS/2, French Canadian, 445 multilingual. UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, USB, US English. UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, USB, French Canadian, 445 multilingual. IBM 1x8 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 8 enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to 128 servers, one local console. IBM 2x16 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 16 enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to 256 servers, two local consoles. 3m Console Switch Cable (PS2) Connects servers with PS/2 K-V-M ports to the enhanced KVM console switches 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Connects servers with USB and VGA K-V-M ports to the enhanced KVM console switches Local Console Manager (LCM2) 1U mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 8 ACT ports; supports one to 128 servers, two local consoles, locally attached media devices. Long KVM Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with PS/2 and VGA console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of cables. USB Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of cables.
547
39M2894
3758
Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they can be connected to a Local or Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable; supports server communication with a media device connected to the console manager. Option includes one cable set. 4.3m long rated 10A/127V with IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 515P connectors, used to connect components to the DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU and the UPS3000LV 1.5m long rated 10A/100-250V with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 connectors, used to connect components to DPI Universal Rack, Enterprise C13 PDUs, and UPS3000HV 4.3m long rated 10A/100-250V with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 connectors, used to connect components to DPI Universal Rack, Enterprise PDUs, and UPS3000HV 2.8m long, rated 10A/100-250V, with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C20 connectors, used to connect components to DPI Front-end, High Density, and Enterprise C19 PDUs, UPS7500XHV and UPS10000XHV, bypassing the need for a DPI Rack PDU. 2.5m long, rated 16A/100-250V, with IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 connectors, used to connect high power components with C20 inlets to DPI Front-end, High Density, or Enterprise C19 PDUs, and UPS7500XHV, and UPS10000XHV. Consists of five 1U blank filler panels. Rear door for the 9308 Enterprise Rack; requires customer provided chilled water. Front and rear doors for the 9308 Enterprise Rack; usable with the BladeCenter and BladeCenter H enclosures. Supports up to 100lbs.
Power Distribution Support - Power Cables3 39Y7931 6207 Rack Power Cable - 4.3m C13/5-15P 39Y7937 39Y7932 39Y7938 6201 6263 6204 Rack Power Cable - 1.5m C13/C14 Rack Power Cable - 4.3m C13/C14 Rack Power Cable - 2.8m C13/C20
39Y7916
6252
Mechanical options 25R5559 4272 32R0712 4392 40K9627 17237RX 4852 1723-HC11070
1U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit Heat Exchanger Rear Door Acoustic Door Kit for Enterprise Rack Fixed Shelf
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: 1. Type-Model-Feature or Feature Code. This format is used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator in the US and Canada. 2. See the Rack Power Configurator Chapter for a complete listing of PDUs and UPS options.
548
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Rack options Console switching
A console consisting of a keyboard, monitor and pointing device is required by each server for system maintenance and support. The console may be local or remote and may be dedicated to a single server or shared across a large array of servers, which requires the use of one or more console switching devices.
Click image to enlarge Figure 1. 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
Click image to enlarge Figure 2. 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
549
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Rack options Console switching
Click image to enlarge Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
Click image to enlarge Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section. Switch options
Ports
550
IN Option number 17353LX 17354LX 17351GX 17352GX T-M-F1 1735HC12610 1735HC12611 1735HC11066 1735HC11067 Description2 1x8 Console Switch 2x16 Console Switch 2x8 Local Console Manager (LCM2) 2x16 Global Console Manager (GCM2) Switch type Enh KVM/ ACT Combo Enh KVM/ ACT Combo ACT ACT Type3 ARI/ACT Combo5 ARI/ACT Combo5 ACT ACT Qty 8 16 8 16 Type PS2 or USB PS2 or USB PS2 or USB PS2 or USB LAN
OUT Qty 1 2 2 1 1
ACI ports 1 1 1 0
1x8 Console Switch 2x16 Console Switch 2x8 Local Console Manager (LCM2) 2x16 Global Console Manager (GCM2)
17352GX
ACT
256
256
96
16
16
2048
T-M-F1 1735HC12610 1735HC12611 1735HC11066 1735HC11067 1x8 Console Switch 2x16 Console Switch
Description2
2x8 Local Console Manager (LCM2) 2x16 Global Console Manager (GCM2)
551
17354GX
1735HC11068
16
Notes: 1. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada. 2. All switches are RoHS compliant. 3. ARI port is an RJ45 connector used to connect servers with appropriate console cables (Option P/Ns 31R3130, 31R3132); ACT port is an advanced ARI RJ45 port supporting chaining of servers and virtual media using Cat5 cables and appropriate conversion cables (Option P/Ns 39M2894, 39M2895, 39M2897). 4. ACI port is an RJ45 connector used for direct connection of this switch up to one of the parent switch's ARI or ACT ports using Cat5 cable. 5. ARI / ACT Combo ports allow use of either console cables (Option P/Ns 31R3130, 31R3132) or ACT conversion cables (Option P/Ns 39M2895, 39M2896, 39M2897); The Virtual Media Conversion cable, P/N 39M2894, is supported with the 17353LX and 17354LX but the Virtual Media functionality is only supported on the GX models. Switch placement rules
Mounting locations Monitor shelf\switch bay 1U 17in Console\switch bay 1U 15in Console\switch bay Side-wall compartment U compartment (EIA space) LCM2 yes yes yes yes yes GCM no no yes yes yes
552
Description 250mm KCO 1.5m KCO 114mm CCO 1.5m UCO 1.5m VCO cable (PS2 cable (PS2 cable (C2T cable (USB, cable (USB, male to male to male to DB15 to DB15 to RJ45) RJ45) RJ45) RJ45) RJ45) [e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM 4 Conversion Option kit (KCO) 3755 long KVM 1 conversion cable set [g] 39M2895 3756 USB 4 Conversion Option Kit (UCO) 3757 USB 1 conversion cable set [h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media 1 Conversion Option (VCO) [i] 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customer The following options have been withdrawn from marketing: [a] 09N4293 Console Cable Set - 7ft [a] 94G7447 Console Cable Set - 12ft [a1] 31R3130 3750 3m PS2 Console Switch Cable [a2] 31R3132 3751 3m USB Console Switch Cable [b] with server C2T chaining cable [c] 06P4792 C2T Cable Kit [f] 32P1637 C2T 1 Conversion Option Kit
Label
Part number
Feature code1
553
[c] [f]
06P4792 32P1637
x335 x3356
Notes: 1. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada. 2. Short C2T chaining cable standard with the C2T-capable servers. 3. C2T Cable Kit (P/N 06P4792) includes a long C2T chaining cable for use when interconnected servers are farther than three EIA units apart. 4. PS2 KVM connectors: keyboard 6-pin DIN, mouse 6-pin DIN, video HD-15 VGA. 5. C2T Interconnect ports use special connectors. 6. ACT conversion options convert from PS2 KVM, USB plus VGA, or C2T interconnect to Cat5 RJ45 connectors.
554
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
Rack Placement
Attention: UPS Data for Latin America and Asia Pacific will be added in a later COG release. Rack Power Products: IBM Distributed Power Interconnect (DPI) Power Distribution Units (PDU)
100-127v NEMA PDU Universal Rack PDU Single-phase Front-end PDUs Single-phase Enterprise PDUs and PDU+ with Monitoring Three-phase Enterprise PDUs and PDU+ with Monitoring Three-phase High Density PDU
Ultra Density Enterprise PDU Ultra Density Enterprise PDU+ with Monitoring
555
4 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
28 28
0 0
0 0
Notes: (reference the following graphic): 1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an IEC 320-C14 plug. Order 39Y7932(14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided with the device. 2. Each PDU comes with or requires a country-specific power cord. 3. P/S = Power Supply 4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU. 5. Devices with C20 power inlets require C19 to C20 power cords. 6. Option 39Y7938 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal devices with C14 power inlets directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19, or High Density PDUs. 7. UPS uses a country-specific line cord or has a terminal block requiring an electrician to connect to power source. 8. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU. Attention: Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker.
556
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
Rack Placement
Notes (referencing the following graphic): 1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an IEC 320-C14 plug. Order 39Y7932 (14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided with the device. 2. Each PDU comes with or requires a country-specific power cord. 3. P/S = Power Supply 4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU. 5. Devices with C20 power inlets require C19 to C20 power cords. 6. Option 39Y7938 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal devices with C14 power inlets directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19, or High Density PDUs. 7. UPS uses a country-specific line cord or has a terminal block requiring an electrician to connect to power source. 8. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU. Attention: Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker. Sample Power Configuration:
557
558
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
Rack Placement
NetBay and DPI PDUs cannot be mixed in the same side-wall compartment. DPI Rack PDUs can be cabled to NetBay Front-end PDUs.
559
560
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
DPI Power Distribution Units (US and Canada) The following PDUs have line cords included:
Option Feature part code number Description Power cord description Power source
DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU 39Y8905 5900 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU Specifications Outlets:six NEMA 5-15R Power Capacity:1440W @ 120V Power Limit per Outlet:10A Power Limit per PDU:12A circuit breaker Power Monitoring:No
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P
another PDU or UPS (100250V) single-phase 20A/120V 60Hz single-phase 20A/208V 60Hz
Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: to PDU or UPS seven IEC C13 3000W @ 200V 10A 15A circuit breaker No LV line cord seven IEC C13 1800W @ 120V 10A 15A circuit breaker No HV line cord seven IEC C13 3120W @ 208V 10A 15A circuit breaker No
DPI Front-end PDU 39Y8938 6002 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end PDU (US) 39Y8939 39Y8940 6003 6004 DPI Single-phase 30A/208V Front-end PDU(US) DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Front-end PDU(US) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: 30A/120V three IEC C19 2880W @ 120V 16A 24A No
detachable line cord: 2.5m NEMA L5-30P detachable line cord: 2.5m NEMA L6-30P detachable line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 2P+G
561
DPI High Density PDU Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate options, use the Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as features of the Rack Cabinet. Feature Codes are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
562
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
Feature code
Feature code
Power source
6010
DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
40K9614
6500
6013
39Y8941
6010
40K9615
6501
4.3m, 30A/208V, NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord 4.3m, 60A/208V, IEC 309 2P +G (US) Line Cord
Specifications Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 Power 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V Capacity: Power Limit 10A 10A per Outlet: Power Limit 24A 48A per PDU: Power No No Monitoring: 6062 39Y8948 6060 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9614 6500 4.3m, single-phase 30A/208V, 30A/208V NEMA L6-30P 60Hz (US) Line Cord 4.3m, single-phase 60A/208V, 60A/208V IEC 309 2P 60Hz +G (US) Line Cord attached line three-phase cord: 4.3m 60A/208V IEC 309 3P+G 60Hz
6063
39Y8948
6060
40K9615
6501
6061
39Y8923
6061
DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19 Enterprise PDU(US) Specifications Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V 3-phase Outlets: six IEC C19 six IEC C19 six IEC C19 Power 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V 17285W @ Capacity: 208V Power Limit 16A 16A 16A per Outlet: Grouping: two per phase Power Limit 27.7A per Group:
563
power limit per pdu: Power Monitoring: 6032 39M2816 6030 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU + Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
24A No
48A No
No
40K9614
6500
6033
39M2816
6030
40K9615
6501
4.3m, 30A/208V, NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord 4.3m, 60A/208V, IEC 309 2P +G (US) Line Cord
Specifications Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 Power 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V Capacity: Power Limit 10A 10A per Outlet: Power Limit 24A 48A per PDU: Power Yes Yes Monitoring: 6082 39M2818* 6080 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU + Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise PDU + Module (WW) + 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V, NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord 4.3m, 60A/208V, IEC 309 2P +G (US) Line Cord attached line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 3P +Gnd single-phase 30A/208V 60Hz single-phase 60A/208V 60Hz three-phase 60A/208V 60Hz
6083
39M2818*
6080
40K9615
6501
60811
39M2819*
60811
Power 4992W @ 208V Capacity: Power Limit 16A 10A per Outlet: Grouping:pairing of one C13 with one C19 Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: Notes: 20A 24A Yes
60A/208V six IEC C19 three IEC C13 9984W @ 208V 16A 10A
3-phase six three IEC IEC C13 C19 17285W @ 208V 16A 10A each phase has two C19 + one C13 27.7A Yes
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products that are part of a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table 'DPI Power Distribution Units' for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate options use the Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as features of the Rack Cabinet. Feature Codes for Bundles are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator. * IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. 1. Feature code has been withdrawn.
564
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (US & Canada)
Order a PDU Module... MTM Plus a Line Cord SEO/Option part number
Feature code
Feature code
Power source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 71762NX 6050 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/ C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ +
40K9614 40K9615
6500 6501
4.3m, 30A/208V, NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord 4.3m, 60A/208V, IEC 309 2P+G (US) Line Cord
Specifications Version: 30A/208V Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 Power Capacity: 4992W @ 208V Power Limits per outlet: 16A 10A grouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A per group: 20A per PDU: 24A Power No Monitoring: 71763NU 6051 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph (US)
60A/208V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 9984W @ 208V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 48A No
Specifications Version: 3-phase Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 10A grouping: each phase has three 16A + one 10A per group 27.7A per PDU: -Power No Monitoring:
7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 71762MX 6090 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/ C13 PDU+ Module (WW)
40K9614
6500
565
40K9615
6501
4.3m, 60A/208V, single-phase IEC 309 2P+G (US) 60A/208V Line Cord 60Hz
Specifications Version: 30A/208V Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 Power Capacity: 4992W @ 208V Power Limits per outlet: 16A 10A grouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A per group: 20A per PDU: 24A Power Yes Monitoring: 71763MU 6091 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph (US)
60A/208V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 9984W @ 208V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 48A Yes
Specifications Version: 3-phase Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 10A grouping: each phase has three 16A + one 10A per group 27.7A per PDU: -Power Yes Monitoring: Note:
r
r r r r r r
This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and BladeCenter servers. For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers. The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A. These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number. When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs. See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.
566
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
Description
Feature code
Description
Power source
attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P
Specifications Version: 750VA 1000VA 1500VA Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R eight NEMA 5-15Reight NEMA 5-15R Power Capacity: 500W 670W 980W Power Limit per 10A 10A 10A Outlet: Power Limit per 6.25A 8.3A 12A UPS: Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes Battery No No No Expansion:
IBM Rack UPS (2130-RU1) 21301RX* 1077 IBM UPS3000LV attached line cord: 12ft NEMA L5-30P 40K9620* IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U) Specifications Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R one NEMA L5-30R Power Capacity: 2700W @ 120V Power Limit per 10A 10A Outlet: Grouping: 2x(two 5-15R) 1x(two 5-15R + L5-30R) Power Limit per 20A 20A Group: Power Limit per 24A UPS: Power Monitoring: Yes Battery Yes, four 2U units max (P/N Expansion: 40K9620) 21302RX* 1078 IBM UPS3000HV select from the list of Line Cords below: Line Cords: 40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L620P (US) Line Cord IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit breaker (typical)) IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U) Specifications Version: single phase
21303RX 39Y8857
1079 5743
567
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13) Power Capacity: 6000W @ 200V Power Limit per 15A Outlet: Power Limit per 38A UPS: Power Monitoring: Yes Battery Yes, four 3U units max (P/N Expansion: 39Y8857) 21304RX 39Y8857 1080 5743 IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 70A circuit breaker (typical)) IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U) Specifications Version: single phase Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13) Power Capacity: 8000W @ 200V Power Limit per 15A Outlet: Power Limit per 50A UPS: Power Monitoring: Yes Battery Yes, four 3U units max (P/N Expansion: 39Y8857)
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. This table describes the IBM System x family Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the Note: eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
568
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
DPI Power Distribution Units (EMEA) The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number Description Power cord description Power source
DPI Universal Rack PDU (includes 2m C19/C20 rack power cable) any of DPI Universal Rack PDU module without line cord the following 39Y8952 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Europe) 39Y8953 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Den/Sws) 39Y8954 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Israel) 39Y8955 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Italy) 39Y8956 DPI Universal Rack PDU (South Africa) 39Y8957 DPI Universal Rack PDU (UK) 39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US)
rack power cable: 2m C19/ another C20 PDU or UPS (100250V) line cord: 4.3m CEE7-VII singlephase 16A/230V line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 P single+N+G phase 16A/230V line cord: 4.3m SI 32 singlephase 16A/230V line cord: 4.3m CEI 23-16 singlephase 16A/230V line cord: 4.3m SABS 164 singlephase 16A/230V line cord: 4.3m BS 1363/A singlephase 13A/230V line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5- single20P (detachable) phase 20A/120V 60Hz line cord: 4.3 NEMA L6-20P single(detachable) phase 20A/208V 60Hz 16A/230V seven IEC C-13 3450W @ 230V 10A 15A No Saudi Arabia (US LV) seven IEC C-13 seven IEC C-13 2990W @ 230V 1800W @ 120V 10A 10A 13A 15A No No UK
Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: to PDU or UPS seven IEC C-13 3000W @ 200V 10A 15A No
569
39Y8938 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end PDU (US) 39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end PDU high voltage (non US)
line cord: 2.5m NEMA L530P line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P +N+G line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P +N+G
39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end PDU high voltage (non US)
Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: 30A/120V three IEC C19 2880W @ 120V 16A 24A No 32A/220240V three IEC C19 7360W @ 230V 16A 32A No 63A/220-240V three IEC C19 14490W @ 230V 16A 63A No
DPI High Density PDU DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU 39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: Note: Saudi Arabia (US LV) six NEMA 5-15R 1440W @ 120V 10A 12A No
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
570
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
Power source
DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) 39Y8941 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: 39Y8948 39Y8948 39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: 39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW)
+ + +
4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 3-phase twelve IEC C13 22080W @ 230V 10A four per phase 32A No 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 3-phase six IEC C19 22080W @ 230V 16A two per phase 32A No
63A/220-240V twelve IEC C13 14490W @ 230V 10A 63A No 40K9612 40K9613 40K9611
4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase 32A/220309 P+N+G (non-US) 240V Line Cord
571
39M2816 39M2816
DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring:
+ +
40K9613 40K9611
4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 3-phase twelve IEC C13 22080W @ 230V 10A four per phase 32A Yes
Note:
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
572
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
Power Source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ + +
4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N +G (non-US) Line Cord 63A/220-240V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 14490W @ 230V
Specifications: Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limits per outlet: grouping:
3-phase nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 22080W @ 230V 16A 10A each phase has two 16A + one 10A 32A -No
16A 10A 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16A per group: 20A 20A per PDU: 32A 63A Power Monitoring: No No
7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise + C19/C13 PDU+ Module (WW) + + Specifications: Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limits per outlet: grouping:
4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N +G (non-US) Line Cord 63A/220-240V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 14490W @ 230V
3-phase nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 22080W @ 230V 16A 10A each phase has two 16A + one 10A 32A -Yes
16A 10A 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16A per group: 20A 20A per PDU: 32A 63A Power Monitoring: Yes Yes
573
Note:
r r r r r r
This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and BladeCenter servers. For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers. The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A. These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number. When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs. See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.
574
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM UPS
Description
Description
Power source
IBM Rack UPS (2130-RU1) 21301RX* IBM UPS3000LV attached line cord: 12ft NEMA L5-30P 40K9620* IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U) Specifications Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R one NEMA L5-30R Power Capacity: 2700W @ 120V Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A Grouping: two 5-15R two 5-15R + L5-30R Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A Power Limit per UPS: 24A Power Monitoring: Yes Battery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N 40K9620)
575
select from the list of Line Cords below: Line Cords: 40K9766 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord 40K9769 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/ Sws) Line Cord 40K9771 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord 40K9768 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord 40K9770 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord 40K9767 4.3m, 13A/230V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V single-phase 16A/230V single-phase 16A/230V single-phase 16A/230V single-phase 16A/230V single-phase 16A/230V
40K9620* IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U) Specifications Outlets: nine IEC C13 one IEC C19 Power Capacity: 2700W @ 208V Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 16A Grouping: 2x(three C13) 1x(three C13 + one C19) Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A Power Limit per UPS: 16A Power Monitoring: Yes Battery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N 40K9620) 21303RX IBM UPS7500XHV 39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per UPS: Power Monitoring: Battery Expansion: requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit breaker (typical))
single phase 3-phase four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13) 6000W @ 200V 6000W @ 200V 15A 15A 38A 38A Yes Yes Yes, four 3U units max (P/N 39Y8857) requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 63A circuit breaker (typical))
21304RX IBM UPS10000XHV 39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Power Limit per UPS: Power Monitoring: Battery Expansion:
single phase 3-phase four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13) 8000W @ 200V 8000W @ 200V 15A 15A 50A 50A Yes Yes Yes, four 3U units max (P/N 39Y8857)
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Note: This table describes the IBM System x family of Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
576
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
DPI Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific) The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number Description Power cord description Power source
DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU 39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU Specifications Version: Taiwan (US LV) Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R Power Capacity: 1440W @ 120V Power Limit per 10A Outlet: Power Limit per 12A circuit PDU: breaker Power No Monitoring:
DPI Universal Rack PDU any of the DPI Universal Rack following: without line cord 39Y8958 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8959 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8961 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8952 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8953 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8956 DPI Universal Rack Africa) 39Y8957 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack Specifications Version: to PDU or UPS Outlets: seven IEC C13 Power 3000W @ 200V Capacity: Power Limit 10A per Outlet: Power Limit 15A circuit per PDU: breaker Power No Monitoring:
PDU module PDU PDU PDU PDU PDU PDU (Aus/NZ) (China) (India) (Europe) (Den/Sws) (South
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 line line line line line line cord: cord: cord: cord: cord: cord: 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m AS/NZ 3112 GB 2099.1 IS6538 CEE7-VII IEC 309 P+N+G SABS 164
line cord: 4.3m BS 1363/A line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P China seven IEC C13 3300W @ 220V 10A 15A circuit breaker No Hong Kong (UK) seven IEC C13 2990W @ 230V 10A 13A No
single-phase 13A/230V single-phase 20A/120V 60Hz single-phase 20A/208V 60Hz Taiwan (US LV) seven IEC C13 1800W @ 120V 10A 15A circuit breaker No
Aus/NZ seven IEC C13 3450W @ 230V 10A 15A circuit breaker No
DPI Front-end PDU 39Y8937 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front- line cord: 2.5m AS/NZS 3112 end PDU (Aus/NZ)
single-phase 32A/230V
577
DPI Single-phase 30A/220V Frontend PDU (S Korea) 39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Frontend PDU (nonUS) 39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Frontend PDU (nonUS) 39Y8939 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Frontend PDU (US) 39Y8940 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Frontend PDU (US) 39Y8938 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Frontend PDU (US) Specifications Version: Aus/NZ S Korea Outlets: three IEC C19 three IEC C19 Power 2880W @ 230V 7360W @ 220V Capacity: Power Limit 16A 16A per Outlet: Power Limit 32A 30A per PDU: Power No No Monitoring:
39Y8936
line cord: 2.5m KSC 8305 line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G line cord: 2.5m NEMA L6-30P line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 2P+G line cord: 2.5m NEMA L5-30P
single-phase 30A/220V single-phase 32A/220-240V single-phase 63A/220-240V single-phase 30A/208V single-phase 60A/208V single-phase 30A/120V
DPI High Density PDU Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
578
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific) NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module... Option part number Plus a Line Cord +
Power source
DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US) 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC Module (WW) 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS Module (WW) 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 Module (WW) (S. Korea) Line Cord Specifications Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V Power Limit per 10A 10A 10A Outlet: Grouping: four per phase Power Limit per 32A Group: Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A Power Monitoring: No No No 39Y8948 39Y8948 39Y8948 39Y8948 39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: + + + + + 40K9612 40K9613 40K9611 40K9617 40K9618 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord 3-phase six IEC C19 22080W @ 230V 16A two per phase 32A
single-phase 32A/220-240V single-phase 63A/220-240V three-phase wye 32A/380-415V single-phase 32A/230V single-phase 30A/220V
single-phase 32A/220-240V single-phase 63A/220-240V three-phase wye 32A/380-415V single-phase 32A/230V single-phase 30A/220V
579
Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: 39M2816 39M2816 39M2816 39M2816 39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring:
32A No + + + + +
No 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord 3-phase twelve IEC C13 22080W @ 230V 10A four per phase 32A Yes single-phase 32A/220-240V single-phase 63A/220-240V three-phase wye 32A/380-415V single-phase 32A/230V single-phase 30A/220V
32A/220- 240V twelve IEC C13 7360W @ 230V 10A 32A Yes
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
580
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific) NOTE: Also see the US/Canada and the EMEA sections.
Order a PDU Module ... MTM PDU Module Description Plus a Line Cord SEO / Option Part Number
Power Source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 + PDU Module (WW) + Specifications: Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limits per outlet: grouping: per group: per PDU: Power Monitoring:
40K9617 40K9618
4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord 30A/220V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 6600W @ 220V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 30A No
32A/230V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 7360W @ 230V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 32A No
7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 + PDU+ Module (WW) + Specifications: Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limits per outlet: grouping: per group: per PDU: Power Monitoring:
40K9617 40K9618
4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord 30A/220V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 6600W @ 220V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 30A Yes
32A/230V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 7360W @ 230V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 32A Yes
581
Note:
r r r r r r
This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and BladeCenter servers. For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers. The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A. These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number. When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs. See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.
582
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
DPI Power Distribution Units (Latin America) The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number Description Power cord description Power source
DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU 39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU Specifications Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R Power Capacity: 1440W @ 120V Power Limit per 10A Outlet: Power Limit per 12A circuit PDU: breaker Power No Monitoring:
DPI Universal Rack PDU any of the DPI Universal Rack following: without line cord 39Y8962 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8960 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8955 DPI Universal Rack 39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack Specifications Version: to PDU or UPS Outlets: seven IEC C13 Power 3000W @ 200V Capacity: Power Limit 10A per Outlet: Power Limit 15A circuit per PDU: breaker Power No Monitoring:
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 cord: cord: cord: cord: cord: 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m 4.3m IRAM 2073 NBR 6147 CEI 23-16 NEMA L5-20P NEMA L6-20P (NEMA LV) seven IEC C13 1800W @ 120V 10A 13A No
Argentina seven IEC C13 3300W @ 220V 10A 15A circuit breaker No
Brazil seven IEC C13 1875W @ 125V 10A 15A circuit breaker No
(NEMA HV) seven IEC C13 3120W @ 208V 10A 15A circuit breaker No
DPI Front-end PDU 39Y8938 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V end PDU (US) 39Y8939 DPI Single-phase 30A/208V end PDU (US) 39Y8940 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V end PDU (US) 39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V end PDU (nonUS) 39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V end PDU (nonUS)
Front- line cord: 2.5m NEMA L5-30P Front- line cord: 2.5m NEMA L6-30P Front- line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 2P+G Front- line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G Front- line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G
single-phase 30A/120V single-phase 30A/208V single-phase 60A/208V single-phase 32A/220-240V single-phase 63A/220-240V
583
Specifications Version: 30A/120V Outlets: three IEC C19 Power 2880W @ 120V Capacity: Power Limit 16A per Outlet: Power Limit 24A per PDU: Power No Monitoring:
DPI High Density PDU Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
584
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America) NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module... Option part number Plus a Line Cord +
Power source
DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US) 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 32A/220-240V Line Cord 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC single-phase Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 63A/220-240V Line Cord 39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, three-phase wye Module (WW) IEC 309 3P+N+G (non- 32A/380-415V US) Line Cord Specifications Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A Grouping: four per phase Power Limit per Group: 32A Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A Power Monitoring: No No No 39Y8948 39Y8948 39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring: 39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU +Module (WW) 32A/220- 240V six IEC C19 7360W @ 230V 16A 32A No + 63A/220-240V six IEC C19 14490W @ 230V 16A 63A No 40K9612 3-phase six IEC C19 22080W @ 230V 16A two per phase 32A No 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord single-phase 32A/220-240V + + + 40K9612 40K9613 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase 309 P+N+G (non-US) 32A/220-240V Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC single-phase 309 P+N+G (non-US) 63A/220-240V Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, three-phase wye IEC 309 3P+N+G (non- 32A/380-415V US) Line Cord
585
39M2816 39M2816
DPI C13 Enterprise PDU +Module (WW) DPI C13 Enterprise PDU +Module (WW) Specifications Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limit per Outlet: Grouping: Power Limit per Group: Power Limit per PDU: Power Monitoring:
+ +
40K9613 40K9611
4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC single-phase 309 P+N+G (non-US) 63A/220-240V Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, three-phase wye IEC 309 3P+N+G (non- 32A/380-415V US) Line Cord 3-phase twelve IEC C13 22080W @ 230V 10A four per phase 32A Yes
32A/220- 240V twelve IEC C13 7360W @ 230V 10A 32A Yes
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
586
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America) NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module ... MTM PDU Module Description Plus a Line Cord SEO / Option Part Number
Power Source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/ + 40K9612 C13 PDU Module (WW) + 40K9613 + Specifications: Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limits per outlet: grouping: per group: per PDU: Power Monitoring: 40K9611
4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (nonUS) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (nonUS) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
32A/220-240V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 7360W @ 230V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 32A No
63A/220-240V 3-phase nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V 16A 10A 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one each phase has two 16A + 16A one 10A 20A 32A 63A -No No
7176 - PM1 IBM IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/ + 40K9612 C13 PDU+ Module (WW) + 40K9613 + Specifications: Version: Outlets: Power Capacity: Power Limits per outlet: grouping: per group: per PDU: Power Monitoring: 40K9611
4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (nonUS) Line Cord 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (nonUS) Line Cord 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
32A/220-240V nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 7360W @ 230V 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one 16A 20A 32A Yes
63A/220-240V 3-phase nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V 16A 10A 16A 10A pairing of one 10A with one each phase has two 16A + 16A one 10A 20A 32A 63A -Yes Yes
587
Note:
r r r r r r
This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and BladeCenter servers. For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers. The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A. These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number. When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs. See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.
588
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
UPS runtime estimator Steps to determine UPS runtimes and suitable UPS for desired configurations: 1. Using the 'Power Product Data' table in the 'Power Data Overview Appendix', sum the power load (watts) of all devices in the configuration. Use either Maximum Load for minimum runtimes, or Typical Load for typical runtimes. 2. Using the 'Runtimes' table, locate the configuration's total load calculated in step 1. 3. Select the most appropriate UPS model to achieve the desired runtime. Note: If the configuration's total load is greater than the entries in the 'Runtimes' table, split the load across two or more UPS units. IBM UPS 750T, 1000T, 1500T
Table 1. IBM UPS750T, 1000T, 1500T attributes
Tower Low Voltage Versions (US) New T-M-F Ordering System4 Part Number (Old Part Number) Low Voltage Versions (Int'l) Part Number (Old Part Number) Japan Versions Part Number (Old Part Number) UPS attributes Communications links to servers Color APC SmartSlot International models 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device)receptacles 16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) Line cord length, NEMA plug Line cord receptacle (IEC 320-) Low Voltage Versions (US models and Japan models) 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) 10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device)receptacles 16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles Line cord length, NEMA plug Line cord receptacle (IEC 320-) UPS1000TLV 2130TU1-1083 2130R3X (21303TX) UPS1000THV 2130R4X (21304TX) UPS1000TJV 2130R8X (21308TX) Serial/USB/Enet black one 220-240(xxx)1,2 8 C143 100-127(120)1 8 6ft, 5-15P UPS1500TLV 2130TU1-1085 2130R5X (21305TX) UPS1500THV 2130R6X (21306TX) UPS1500TJV 2130R9X (21309TX) Serial/USB/Enet black one 220-240(xxx)1,2 8 C143 100-127(120)1 8 6ft, 5-15P -
Notes: 1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 589
service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC. 2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC. 3. Country-specific line cords available as options. 4. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
Table 2. IBM UPS700T, 1000T, 1500T Runtimes1
Total load (watts) 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400
Option number 39Y7930 39Y7929 39Y7917 39Y7918 39Y7920 39Y7921 39Y7922 39Y7919 39Y7923 39Y7924 39Y7927 39Y7928 39Y7925
2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m, 2.8m,
10A/220V, 10A/125V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/230V, 10A/240V, 10A/220V, 10A/220V,
C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13
to to to to to to to to to to to to to
Description IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord NBR 6147 (Brazil) Line Cord CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord IS6538 (India) Line Cord GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
Version New T-M-F Ordering System1 Part Number UPS attributes Communications links to servers Color EIA height Versions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: Maximum power capacity (watts) 10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles 16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) Receptacles (NEMA L5-30R) Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-)
Tower or rack mount UPS3000LV UPS3000HV 2130RU1-1077 21301RX* Serial/USB/Enet black 2U Low Voltage 120(120)1 2700 6 1 12ft, L5-30P 2130RU1-1078 21302RX* Serial/USB/Enet black 2U High Voltage 220-240(xxx)1, 2 2700 94 13 C205
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing. Notes: 1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 590
2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC. 3. One 2.5m PDU jumper cable ships with the UPS for attachment from the IEC 320-C19 receptacle to a Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with C20 inlet. 4. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the UPS outlets, which are 2m long with IEC 320-C13/C14 connectors. 5. Country-specific line cords are available as options. 6. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
Table 5. IBM UPS3000LV Runtimes1
Total Load (Watts) 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
Number of battery packs (P/N 40K9620) +1 +2 +3 Runtime Runtime Runtime ( hours / minutes) ( hours / minutes) ( hours / minutes) 5/16 7/57 11/15 4/35 7/0 9/55 4/1 6/6 8/39 3/31 5/19 7/31 3/3 4/31 6/24 2/35 3/50 5/26 2/12 3/20 4/43 1/55 2/51 4/2 1/38 2/23 3/23 1/22 2/4 2/56 1/11 1/48 2/33 1/2 1/35 2/14 54 1/20 1/54 46 1/11 1/41 41 1/8 1/37 40 1/8 1/37 40 1/8 1/37 39 1/0 1/25 35 1/0 1/25 35 1/0 1/25
+4 Runtime ( hours / minutes) 14/34 12/50 11/12 9/44 8/17 7/2 6/6 5/14 4/23 3/48 3/19 2/54 2/28 2/10 2/5 2/5 2/5 1/50 1/50 1/50
Total Load (Watts) 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700
Number of battery packs (P/N 40K9620) +1 +2 +3 Runtime Runtime Runtime ( hours / minutes) ( hours / minutes) ( hours / minutes) 4/38 9/5 12/48 4/5 8/0 11/16 3/33 6/59 9/59 3/6 6/4 8/33 2/38 5/10 7/17 2/14 4/23 6/11 1/56 3/48 5/22 1/40 3/16 4/36 1/23 2/44 3/51 1/12 2/22 3/20 1/3 2/4 2/54 55 1/48 2/33 47 1/32 2/10 45 1/28 2/4 41 1/20 1/53 40 1/18 1/50 40 1/18 1/50 35 1/8 1/36 35 1/8 1/36 33 1/5 1/32 30 58 1/22 30 58 1/22 30 58 1/22 26 51 1/12 25 49 1/9 25 49 1/9
+4 Runtime ( hours / minutes) 16/42 14/42 12/50 11/10 9/30 8/4 7/0 6/0 5/2 4/22 3/48 3/20 2/50 2/42 2/28 2/24 2/24 2/6 2/6 2/0 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/34 1/30 1/30
591
Option number 40K9772 40K9777 40K9775 40K9766 40K9769 40K9771 40K9768 40K9770 40K9767 40K9773 40K9774 40K9776
4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m, 4.3m,
16A/208V, 16A/220V, 15A/125V, 16A/230V, 16A/230V, 16A/230V, 16A/230V, 16A/230V, 13A/230V, 15A/230V, 16A/220V, 16A/240V,
C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
to to to to to to to to to to to to
Description NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord NBR 6147 (Brazil) Line Cord CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/Sws) Line Cord SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
Version New T-M-F Ordering System6 Part number (Old part number) UPS attributes Communication links to servers Color EIA height Versions 50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: Maximum power capacity (watts) 10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles 16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles Line cord receptacle
UPS7500XHV 2130RU1-1079 21303RX (21306RX) Serial/USB/Enet black 6U 220-240(xxx) 1, 2 6000 43, 4 terminal block5
Tower or rack mount UPS10000XHV UPS extend run battery pack 2130RU1-1080 FC 5743 21304RX (21308RX) Serial/USB/Enet black 6U 220-240(xxx)1, 2 8000 43, 4 terminal block5 39Y8857 (25R5582) -black 3U -
Notes: 1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC. 2. Battery output may be set to 208, 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC. 3. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices or PDUs to the UPS outlet, which are 2m long with IEC 320-C19/C20 connectors. 4. Each outlet is protected by a 15amp circuit breaker. 5. Requires electrician to connect directly to the terminal block inlet. 6. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
Table 9. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV Runtimes1
Watts load 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 3000
+0 Runtime (hours/ minutes) 4/6 3/6 2/30 2/6 1/48 1/30 1/18 1/12 1/6 55 47 41 36 32 19
Number of battery packs (P/N 39Y8857) +1 +2 Runtime Runtime (hours/ (hours/ minutes) minutes) 7/36 11/54 5/48 9/6 4/36 7/18 3/54 6/6 3/18 5/12 2/54 4/30 2/30 4/0 2/18 3/36 2/0 3/12 1/42 2/42 1/30 2/18 1/12 2/0 1/6 1/48 1/0 1/36 39 1/0
+4 Runtime (hours/ minutes) 20/54 16/0 12/48 10/42 9/12 8/0 7/0 6/12 5/42 4/48 4/6 3/36 3/12 2/54 1/48
592
4000 13 28 46 5000 10 21 35 6000 7 16 28 7000 5 13 23 8000 4 11 20 Note: UPS7500 is rated for up to 6000 total watts; UPS10000 is rated for up to 8000 total watts.
1/18 1/0 52 44 37
593
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Note: The following table is used in conjunction with the UPS Runtime tables in the Uninterruptible power supplies appendix. B = Basic (included standard), D = Default (recommended), S = Selectable B is included with unit (typically used only on Storage units) and ships even if an alternative option is requested. D is included with unit unless an alternative option is selected. S is a selectable option cable that can replace a D (default) cable or ship with (but not replace) a B (basic) cable.
Table 1. Product Power Data
External Power Line Cords3 Power (6369) (6313) (6370) (6351) (6372) (6389) (6390) Watts 1.8m C13/ 2.8m C13/ 4.3m C13/ 1.8m C13/ 2.8m C13/ 1.8m C13/ 2.8m C13/ Load 5-15P 5-15P 5-15P 6-15P 6-15P L6-15P L6-15P (Watts) (Typical/ Max)1
Server products 4362, 4363 x32003 x3200 M23 x32503 x3250 M23 x33503 4367, 4368 4364, 4365 4190, 4191, 4194 4192, 4193
1/2 1/2 1/1 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/1
x3400 entry3 7973, 7974 x3400 midrange3 x34553 x35003 x35503 x3550 M23 x3650 M23 x3650 M23 x36503 x36553 x3755 (one power supply)3 x3755 (two power supplies)3 x3800 (two power supplies)3 7975, 7976 7984 7977 7978 7946 7947 7838 7979 7943 8877
190/ 272 190/ 272 210/ 300 245/ 350 280/ 400 463/ 662 476/ 680 350/ 495 476/ 680 490/ 700 539/ 770 539/ 770 679/ 970 679/ 970 610/ 872 1190/ 1700 679/ 970
S S S S S
D D D D S
S S
S S S S S
S S S S S
D D S S S D S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
S S
S S
8877
2/2
8865, 8866
2/2
594
x3800 (three 8865, 8866 power supplies)3 8863 x38503 x3850 M23 (low voltage)
5
3/3
1288/ 1840 1103/ 1575 590/ 843 1098/ 1568 1103/ 1575 1098/ 1568 1585/ 2235
7141 7141
S S
BladeCenter 8886 S (two 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (two 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8677 BladeCenter (two 2000w power supplies)3,4 8677 BladeCenter (four 2000w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (two 2900w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (four 2900w power supplies)3,4 Storage products EXP400 17331RU Storage Expansion Unit3 172001X EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit3 1701xxx DS300 Storage Subsystem3 1700xxx DS400 Storage Subsystem3 17622xx DS3200 Disk System3 17233xx DS3300 Disk System3 17234xx DS3400 Disk System2 DS4200 Disk 18147VH System2 17226xx DS4300 Disk System2
4/4
2347/ 3353
2/4
2240/ 3200
4/4
2240/ 3200
2/4
1855/ 2650
4/4
3710/ 5300
2/2
3325/ 4750
4/4
6650/ 9500
2/2
310/ 440
2B
2/2
350/ 500
2/2
391/ 558 391/ 558 421/ 500 421/ 500 421/ 500 427/ 600 275/ 390
2/2
2B
595
DS4700 Disk 18147xx System2 18158xx DS4800 Storage Controller2 18128VH DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit2 181281H DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit2 Fibre 200516B Channel Switch, 16Port Fibre 200532B Channel Switch, 32Port Other products Console 1735xLX Switch Console 1735xGX Manager 1U 17in 17231RX Console Kit 1U 15in 17233RX Console Kit 1U 19in 172319X Console kit 1U 17in 172317X Console kit
2/2 2/2
2/2
2/2
420/ 600
1/1
2/2
External Power Line Cords (continue)3 Power (6391) 4.3m (6535) 2.5m (6253) 2.5m (6275) 4.3m (6270) 4.3m Watts C13/ C19/ C19/ C19/ 2xL6-30P Load (Watts) L6-15P 5-15P 6-15P L6-20P (Typical/ Max)1
Server products 4362, 4363 x32003 x3200 M23 x32503 x3250 M23 x33503 x3400 entry3 x3400 midrange3 x34553 x35003 x35503 x36503 x36553 x3755 (one power supply)3 x3755 (two power supplies)3 4367, 4368 4364, 4365 4190, 4191, 4194 4192, 4193 7973, 7974 7975, 7976 7984 7977 7978 7979 7943 8877 8877
1/2 1/2 1/1 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/1 2/2
190/ 272 190/ 272 210/ 300 245/ 350 280/ 400 463/ 662 476/ 680 350/ 495 476/ 680 490/ 700 679/ 970 679/ 970 610/ 872 1190/ 1700
S S S
596
x3800 (two power supplies)3 x3800 (three power supplies)3 x38503 x3850 M23 (low voltage)5 x3850 M2 (high voltage)3 x39503 x3950 M23
8865, 8866
2/2
679/ 970 1288/ 1840 1103/ 1575 590/ 843 1098/ 1568 1103/ 1575 1098/ 1568 1585/ 2235
8865, 8866
3/3
8886 BladeCenter S (two 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (two 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8677 BladeCenter (two 2000w power supplies)3,4 8677 BladeCenter (four 2000w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (two 2900w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (four 2900w power supplies)3,4 Storage products EXP400 17331RU Storage Expansion Unit3 172001X EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit3 1701xxx DS300 Storage Subsystem3 1700xxx DS400 Storage Subsystem3 17622xx DS3200 Disk System3 17233xx DS3300 Disk System3 17234xx DS3400 Disk System2 18147VH DS4200 Disk System2 17226xx DS4300 Disk System2 18147xx DS4700 Disk System2
4/4
2347/ 3353
2/4
2240/ 3200
4/4
2240/ 3200
2/4
1855/ 2650
4/4
3710/ 5300
2/2
3325/ 4750
4/4
6650/ 9500
2/2
310/ 440
2/2
350/ 500
2/2
391/ 558 391/ 558 421/ 500 421/ 500 421/ 500 427/ 600 275/ 390 427/ 600
2/2
597
DS4800 18158xx Storage Controller2 18128VH DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit2 181281H DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit2 Fibre Channel 200516B Switch, 16-Port Fibre Channel 200532B Switch, 32-Port Other products Console Switch 1735xLX Console Manager 1U 17in Console Kit 1U 15in Console Kit 1U 19in Console kit 1U 17in Console kit 1735xGX 17231RX 17233RX 172319X 172317X
2/2
2/2
2/2
420/ 600
1/1 2/2
Internal Power Cables3 (6311) (6263) 2.8m C13/ 4.3m C13/ C14 C14
Server products 4362, 4363 x32003 x3200 M23 x32503 x3250 M23 x33503 x3400 entry3 x3400 midrange3 x34553 x35003 x35503 x35503 x3650 M23 x36503 x36553 x3755 (one power supply)3 x3755 (two power supplies)3 x3800 (two power supplies)3 4367, 4368 4364, 4365 4190, 4191, 4194 4192, 4193 7973, 7974 7975, 7976 7984 7977 7946 7978 7838 7979 7943 8877
1/2 1/2 1/1 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/1
190/ 272 190/ 272 210/ 300 245/ 350 280/ 400 463/ 662 476/ 680 350/ 495 476/ 680 490/ 700 679/ 970 679/ 970 610/ 872 1190/ 1700 679/ 970
S S
S S S S S S
D D D
S S S
S S S
S S S
S S S
D S D D S S
S S S
8877
2/2
8865, 8866
2/2
598
8865, 8866
3/3
1288/ 1840 1103/ 1575 590/ 843 1098/ 1568 1103/ 1575 1098/ 1568 1585/ 2235
D S S D D
S S S
S S S
S S
D S
S S
S S
8886 BladeCenter S (two 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (two 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8677 BladeCenter (two 2000w power supplies)3,4 8677 BladeCenter (four 2000w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (two 2900w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (four 2900w power supplies)3,4 Storage products EXP400 17331RU Storage Expansion Unit3 172001X EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit3 1701xxx DS300 Storage Subsystem3 1700xxx DS400 Storage Subsystem3 17622xx DS3200 Disk System3 17233xx DS3300 Disk System3 17234xx DS3400 Disk System2 18147VH DS4200 Disk System2 17226xx DS4300 Disk System2
4/4
2347/ 3353
2/4
2240/ 3200
4/4
2240/ 3200
2/4
1855/ 2650
4/4
3710/ 5300
2/2
3325/ 4750
4/4
6650/ 9500
2/2
310/ 440
2B
2/2
350/ 500
2B
2/2
391/ 558 391/ 558 421/ 500 421/ 500 421/ 500 427/ 600 275/ 390
1B
2/2
2B
2B 2B 2B 2B 2B
599
DS4700 Disk 18147xx System2 18158xx DS4800 Storage Controller2 18128VH DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit2 181281H DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit2 Fibre 200516B Channel Switch, 16Port Fibre 200532B Channel Switch, 32Port Other products Console 1735xLX Switch Console 1735xGX Manager 1U 17in 17231RX Console Kit 1U 15in 17233RX Console Kit 1U 19in 172319X Console kit 1U 17in 172317X Console kit
2/2 2/2
2B 2B
2/2
2B
2/2
420/ 600
2B
1/1
1B
2/2
2B
1B 1B 1B 1B
Internal Power Cables (continue)3 Power (6312) 1.8m (6366) 2.8m (6207) 4.3m (6252) 2.5m (6226) 2.8m Watts C13/5-1 C13/5-15P C13/5-15P C19/C20 3xC20 Load (Watts) (Typical/ Max)1
Server products 4362, 4363 x32003 x3200 M23 x32503 x3250 M23 x33503 x3400 entry3 x3400 midrange3 x34553 x35003 x35503 x36503 x36553 x3755 (one power supply)3 x3755 (two power supplies)3 4367, 4368 4364, 4365 4190, 4191, 4194 4192, 4193 7973, 7974 7975, 7976 7984 7977 7978 7979 7943 8877 8877
1/2 1/2 1/1 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/1 2/2
190/ 272 190/ 272 210/ 300 245/ 350 280/ 400 463/ 662 476/ 680 350/ 495 476/ 680 490/ 700 679/ 970 679/ 970 610/ 872 1190/ 1700
S S S S S
600
x3800 (two power supplies)3 x3800 (three power supplies)3 x38503 x3850 M23 (low voltage)5 x3850 M2 (high voltage)3 x39503 x3950 M23
8865, 8866
2/2
679/ 970 1288/ 1840 1103/ 1575 590/ 843 1098/ 1568 1103/ 1575 1098/ 1568 1585/ 2235
8865, 8866
3/3
8886 BladeCenter S (two 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 950w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (two 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8886 BladeCenter S (four 1450w power supplies)3, 6 8677 BladeCenter (two 2000w power supplies)3,4 8677 BladeCenter (four 2000w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (two 2900w power supplies)3,4 8852 BladeCenter H (four 2900w power supplies)3,4 Storage products EXP400 17331RU Storage Expansion Unit3 172001X EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit3 1701xxx DS300 Storage Subsystem3 1700xxx DS400 Storage Subsystem3 17622xx DS3200 Disk System3 17233xx DS3300 Disk System3 17234xx DS3400 Disk System2 18147VH DS4200 Disk System2 17226xx DS4300 Disk System2 18147xx DS4700 Disk System2
4/4
2347/ 3353
2/4
2240/ 3200
4/4
2240/ 3200
2/4
1855/ 2650
4/4
3710/ 5300
2/2
3325/ 4750
4/4
6650/ 9500
2/2
310/ 440
2/2
350/ 500
2/2
391/ 558 391/ 558 421/ 500 421/ 500 421/ 500 427/ 600 275/ 390 427/ 600
2/2
601
DS4800 18158xx Storage Controller2 18128VH DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit2 181281H DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit2 Fibre Channel 200516B Switch, 16-Port Fibre Channel 200532B Switch, 32-Port Other products Console Switch 1735xLX Console Manager 1U 17in Console Kit 1U 15in Console Kit 1U 19in Console kit 1U 17in Console kit 1735xGX 17231RX 17233RX 172319X 172317X
2/2
2/2
2/2
420/ 600
1/1 2/2
Notes: 1. This table represents general guidelines for selecting the appropriate UPS based on minimum and typical runtime estimates. A 'maximum configuration' load will result in 'minimum' UPS runtime. Typical' loads are based on a production system running at approximately 70% of maximum capacity. The 'typical' load represents a more likely configuration by providing an accurate estimation of runtime. Customer environments are unique and are unlikely to be precisely represented by any of the specific entries in the table. 2. This is a representative list of supported power cables, it is not complete. Please see the Sales Configurator for a full list of available power cables. 3. Power-Factor Corrected (PFC) power supply. 4. Use with IBM UPS7500X or UPS10000X only. 5. x3850 M2 is limited to 2-way max when using low voltage (100-127V). 6. BladeCenter S power supplies provide 950w when using low voltage (100-127V) and 1450w when using high voltage (200-250V). BladeCenter S uses different feature codes for power cables. The following lists the BladeCenter S power cable feature code and the regular feature code shown in the table above in parenthesis 4558 (6252), 3733 (6253), 4560 (6275), 4578 (6535). Note: B = Basic (included standard), D = Default (recommended), S = Selectable
Table 2. Power supply options
Power supply
Option number
Feature code
SBB
Power cables1 (6369) (6313) (6207) (6351) 1.8m C13/ 2.8m C13/ 4.3m C13/ 1.8m C13/ 5-15P 5-15P 5-15P 6-15P
1300W
S S 1B S
x3850
602
1500W
x3755
1B S
Power supply
Option number
Feature code
SBB
Power cables1 (6372) (6201) (6316) 2m 2.8m C13/ 1.5m C13/ C13/ 6-15P C14 C14
1300W 1500W
43V7477 32R2815 41Y5002 39Y8487 40K1905 40K1906 40K7543 40K7544 43W3582 39M4675 31R3335
1990 1964 1973 0942 1968 1972 1974 4548 1966 1962
43V7427 32R2810 39R9506 39Y8326 40K0029 39R9505 40K7397 43W3614 39M4622 32R2112
S 1B S 1B S 1B S 1B
x3850 x3755
Power supply
Option number
Feature code
SBB
Power cables1 (6263) (6204) 2xC13/ (4578) 4.3m C13/ 2.8m C13/ C14 Y-cable 2.5m C19/ C14 C20 5-15P 1B 1B S S
1300W 1500W
43V7477 32R2815 41Y5002 39Y8487 40K1905 40K1906 40K7543 40K7544 43W3582 39M4675 31R3335
1990 1964 1973 0942 1968 1972 1974 4548 1966 1962
43V7427 32R2810 39R9506 39Y8326 40K0029 39R9505 40K7397 43W3614 39M4622 32R2112
x3850 x3755
Power supply
Option number
Feature code
SBB
Power cables1 (3733) (6253) (4558) (6252) 2.5m C19/ 2.5m C19/ 2.5m C19/ 2.5m C19/ 6-15P 6-15P 6-15P C20
1300W 1500W
x3850 x3755
603
WW US/Can WW US/Can WW
2B 2B S
Notes: 1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 39Y7931 - 4.3m/14ft C13/NEMA 5-15P, P/N 39Y7932 - 4.3m/14ft C13/IEC 320-C14, P/N 39Y7938 - 2.8m/9ft C13/ IEC 320-C20. See the sales configurator tool for additional power cable selections that may be available. 2. Refer to the 'BladeCenter Power Module Upgrade Guidelines' Appendix for important information that will help determine when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.
Table 3. Power cables
Option number
SBB
Feature code
Description
Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Country-specific Line Cords (US / Canada) 39Y5650 6369 39M5080 1.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord 39Y5652 6370 39M5082 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord 39Y8123 6373 39M5096 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord 39Y6555 6390 39M5116 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord 39Y6556 6391 39M5117 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord Products with 39Y7932 39Y7938 39Y7931 10amp C14 Inlets - Internal Rack Power Cables (Worldwide) 39Y5531 6201 39M5375 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable 39Y5532 6316 39M5376 2m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable 39Y5533 6311 39M5377 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable 39Y7979 6263 39M5378 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable 39Y5547 6204 39M5392 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable 39Y5646 6207 39M5076 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P Rack Power Cable
BladeCenter with 16amp C20 Inlets 39Y7916 26R0244 6252 43W8324 6538 40K9772 39Y5565 6275
2.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable 2.5m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
BladeCenter H with 37amp UTG Inlets 25R5785 32R2108 6226 39M5445 25R5783 32R2109 6270 39M5446
2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 (WW) Power Cable 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
604
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview Additional information
IBM system management solutions allow you to run your business-critical applications using innovative hardware technology that prevents most outages and recovers rapidly from the few that do occur. This technology makes System x simpler to service and easier to manage. This section shows the available range of standard and optional system management processors and describes the features and configuration process for each. This section further demonstrates how these service processors can be interconnected to form a communication network for alerting and monitoring a wide range of system functions and hardware conditions. Legend
ISMP BMC RSA II RSA II SL ASMIC Integrated System Management Processor Baseboard Management Controller Remote Supervisor Adapter II Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Advanced System Management Interconnect1
Notes: 1. An advanced system management interconnect network is for interconnectivity of legacy service processors and/or RSA IIs with one RSA II serving as the gateway to the customer LAN routing alerts and management functions. Service processors that can support an ASM network are: Remote Supervisor Adapter II, Remote Supervisor Adapter, Integrated Systems Management Processor, Advanced Systems Management PCI Adapter and the Advanced Systems Management Processor.
605
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview Additional information
Functional comparison
Advanced examples
ISMP Feature/function Monitoring & alerting In-band alerting Remote out-of-band alerting Out-of-band environmental monitoring System voltage monitoring Battery voltage monitoring3 System temperature monitoring Fan speed monitoring Fan speed control Power good signal monitor NMI detection3 SMI detection and generation Auto server-restart watchdog alert Management System reset control Remote system power control Text console redirection Remind button detection System LED control (power, disk, alert) Lightpath LED control Other RS-485 Interconnect network Feature/Function Remote access via LAN Serial-over-LAN IPMI Serial-over-LAN
BMC
RSA II
RSAII SL
yes1 yes2 yes2 yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes2 no yes yes yes yes yes6 yes6 no
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes4 yes yes yes yes yes4 yes yes no yes yes yes
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no7
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes5 yes yes yes no yes no no7
Notes: 1. Requires IBM Director Agent 2. Available via the ASM interconnect or from customer LAN with RSAII installed. 3. This capability is not provided by the hardware in all servers. 4. Not available on e326. 5. This capability is not available on the x236, x336, x346, x460, x460-MXE, x3950, x3950E, x366, x3850, x260, and x3800 servers. 6. Requires the addition of a RSAII to serve as a gateway to customer LAN. 7. See the Text Console Redirection feature.
606
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Overview Additional information
Functional comparison
Advanced examples
The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements. 1. Sample ASM network The ASM interconnect network is logically and distinctly separate from the customer LAN. Thus, the ASM-nodes are not required to be connected into the LAN. A system with the RSAII or the RSAII-EXA installed will serve as the gateway to the customer LAN and the Director server. Legend
RSAII-host ASM-node RSA System which has the RSAII or RSAII-EXA adapter installed that will be serving as the gateway for the ASM network to the customer LAN for management. ASM-node=all systems in the ASM network excluding the RSAII-host. Refers to RSAII or RSAII-EXA
Cabling rules: 1. Connect the ASM breakout cable to the RSA adapter in the RSAII-host. 2. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect one ASM port of RSAII-host's ASM breakout cable to an ASM port of the first ASM-node. 3. Using standard ethernet cables(RJ45), connect remaining ASM port of first ASM-node to an ASM port of the second ASM-node and continue daisy-chaining all remaining ASM-nodes in the same manner. The total ASM interconnect network may be no longer than 91.4m (300ft). 4. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect the ethernet port of the RSAII-host's RSA adapter to the customer LAN for ASM management of the ASM network from a remote management console. 5. An Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit may be required. See the Support by Server Table for more information. Figure 1. Sample ASM network
607
Click image to enlarge Note: RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support a dedicated ASM network. 2. RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management Note: RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support a dedicated ASM network. Management access is via the Customer LAN using the appropriate ASM ethernet port. Note: BMC access is shared with a designated system ethernet port. The RSAII-SlimLine access is through a separate, dedicated ethernet port. Figure 2. Sample RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management
Click image to enlarge 3. Advanced System Management scenario Figure 3. Advanced System Management scenario
608
609
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Important notices
A withdrawal date indicates when an item is no longer available from IBM. Business Partner inventory might be available. IBM reserves the right to change product specifications and to discontinue marketing products without notice. MHz and GHz measure only microprocessor internal clock speed, not application performance. Many factors affect application performance. When referring to storage capacity, MB means 1 000 000 bytes, GB means 1 000 000 000 and TB means 1 000 000 000 000 bytes. Accessible capacity is less; up to 3 GB is used in the service partition. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and might be less than stated. Some numbers given for storage capacities give capacity in native mode followed by capacity using data compression technology. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed might reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter. Tape drives that use data compression technology have storage capacity that will vary depending upon whether the drive is operating in native mode (without compression) or compressed mode. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and might be less than the maximum possible. Maximum internal hard disk and memory capacities might require the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and memory and the population of all hard disk drive bays and memory slots with the largest currently supported available drives and memory modules. When referring to variable speed CDs and DVDs, actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible. The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer's ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer's operational environment. Although each item might have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk. For information about IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call 1-800772-2227 in the United States, 1-800-426-2255 in Canada, or contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. For warranties including on-site service, a technician is sent after IBM attempts to resolve the problem remotely. Energy Star compliance: The EPA, as a matter of policy, does not endorse any company or its products. IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. Support (if any) for the non-IBM products is provided by the third party, not IBM. IBM makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding non-IBM products and services that are ServerProven, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 610
and fitness for particular purpose. These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties. Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid only in the United States. Outside the United States, call your local IBM representative for assistance. Applications included in IBM products might vary from retail versions and might not include all documentation or functions. Not all products are sold separately. Third-party software licenses might apply. This publication was produced in the United States. IBM might not offer the products, services or features discussed in this document in other countries, and the information is subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM representative for more information on the products, services and features available in your area. IBM Corporation 2009. All rights reserved. 3039 Cornwallis Rd. Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 All the part numbers referenced in this publication are product part numbers and not service part numbers. This publication could contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication. IBM might make improvements or changes in the products and programs described in this publication at any time. IBM reserves the right to alter specifications and other product information without notice. It is your responsibility to obtain the latest information. Other part numbers in addition to those listed in this document might be required to support a specific device or function. Data on competitive products is obtained from publicly obtained information and is subject to change without notice. Please contact the manufacturer for the most recent information. This IBM equipment is subject to applicable rules and regulations of the United States Federal Communication Commission (FCC). The following terms are trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: IBM, the IBM logo, Active PCI, Alert on LAN, BladeCenter, Chipkill, the e-business logo, IntelliStation, Netfinity, ServeRAID, ServerGuide, ServerProven, Wake on LAN, xSeries, 800-CALL-IBM. For a list of additional IBM trademarks,see http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml. Lotus, Lotus Notes and Lotus SmartSuite are trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation, IBM Corporation, or both. INFINIBAND, InfiniBand Trade Association and the INFINIBAND design marks are trademarks and/or service marks of the INFINIBAND Trade Association. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Celeron, Xeon, and Pentium are trademarks or of Intel Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. UNIX is trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 611
IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option might not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package might be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations might apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. THEREFORE, THIS STATEMENT MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT IBM WILL MARKET ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCT IN YOUR COUNTRY This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer the products, services or features discussed in this document in other countries, and the information may be subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM business contact for information on the product or services available in your area. All statements regarding IBM's future direction and intent are subject to change or withdraw without notice, and represent goals and objectives only. Prices subject to change without notice. Starting price may not include a hard drive, operating system or other features. Contact your IBM representative or Business Partner for the most current pricing in your geography.
612
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
What's new?
( December 1, 2009) Welcome to the What's new? page of the Configuration and Options Guide. This is your source for finding information on new released products as well as the latest updates on products currently published in the Configuration and Options Guide. General information Attention: A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. For more details about feature codes contact your IBM representative. Publishing dates are provided in this document at the bottom of the page as a version reference to help verify that this is the most current information available. This date will be the same publishing date for both versions of the Configuration and Options Guide, HTML Web pages and PDF document. Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006 will contain references to feature codes. Feature code is the nomenclature used to specify components of configurable System x products used in US and Canada Web configurators. For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative. New products ( December 1, 2009) What's changed Updated on December 1, 2009 System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) HDD options System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) I/O options System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328) At-A-Glance System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) Power and Accessory options System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252) HDD options System x3350 (4192, 4193) I/O options System x3350 (4192, 4193) Power and Accessory options System x3400 (7973, 7974) At-A-Glance System x3400 (7973, 7974) I/O options System x3400 (7973, 7974) Power and Accessory options System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) At-A-Glance System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) HDD options System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) I/O options System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) Power and Accessory options System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) Tape options System x3400 (7975, 7976) At-A-Glance System x3400 (7975, 7976) I/O options System x3400 (7975, 7976) Power and Accessory options System x3400 (7975, 7976) Tape options System x3455 (7940) I/O options System x3500 M2 (7839) At-A-Glance System x3500 M2 (7839) I/O options System x3500 M2 (7839) Power and Accessory options System x3500 M2 (7839) Tape options System x3550 (7978) Power and Accessory options System x3550 M2 (7946) At-A-Glance System x3550 M2 (7946) I/O options System x3550 M2 (7946) Memory options System x3550 M2 (7946) Power and Accessory options System x3650 (7979) I/O options System x3650 (7979) Power and Accessory options
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 December 01, 2009 613
References Withdrawn information Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M2 (7947) At-A-Glance System x3650 M2 (7947) HDD options System x3650 M2 (7947) I/O options System x3650 M2 (7947) Memory options System x3650 M2 (7947) Power and Accessory options System x3655 (7943) HDD options System x3655 (7943) I/O options System x3655 (7943) Power and Accessory options System x3755 (7163) At-A-Glance System x3755 (7163) HDD options System x3755 (7163) I/O options System x3755 (7163) Power and Accessory options System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) HDD options System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) I/O options System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) Memory options System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) Power and Accessory options BladeCenter S (8886) HDD options BladeCenter S (8886) Power and Accessory options BladeCenter T (8730) Power and Accessory options BladeCenter E (8677) I/O options BladeCenter E (8677) Power and Accessory options BladeCenter H (8852) Power and Accessory options BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995) At-A-Glance BladeCenter HS21 (8853) HDD options BladeCenter HS22 (7870) Memory options BladeCenter HS22 (7870) I/O options BladeCenter LS22 (7901) Memory options BladeCenter LS22 (7901) I/O options BladeCenter LS42 (7902) At-A-Glance BladeCenter LS42 (7902) Memory options BladeCenter LS42 (7902) I/O options System x operating system offerings IBM and third party software applications VMware offerings Rack console options Rack power configurator Rack power configurator Appendix A. Uninterruptible power supplies Withdrawn information
614
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Withdrawn information
( December 1, 2009) As a convenience, IBM provides this data regarding products no longer for sale. Some of the data contained herein may be out of date or contain inaccuracies. Updates to this data will not be provided.
Withdrawn products list Products System x3500 (7977) System x3450 (7948) BladeCenter HC10 (7996) System x3610 (7942) System x3755 (8877) System x3455 (7984) System x3655 (7985) System x3250 (4364, 4365) System x3200 (4362, 4363) System x3800 (8866) System x3950 / x3950 E (8878, 8879) BladeCenter HS20 (8843) System x3850 (8864) IntelliStation M Pro (9229) IntelliStation Z Pro (9228) System x3105 (4347) BladeCenter LS20 (8850) TotalStorage DS4300 disk systems BladeCenter HS20 (7981) BladeCenter JS21 (8844) BladeCenter JS20 (8842) xSeries 306m IntelliStation A Pro 6217 IntelliStation M Pro 6218 System x3850 and xSeries 366 xSeries 206m System x3950 xSeries 460 System x3800 IntelliStation Z Pro 6223 TotalStorage DS300 disk system TotalStorage DS400 disk system TotalStorage DS4100 disk system TotalStorage DS4500 disk system TotalStorage DS4800 disk system e326m xSeries 226 xSeries 236 xSeries 346 Machine type 7977 7948 7996 7942 8877 7984 7985 4364, 4365 4362, 4363 8866 8878, 8879 8843 8864 9229 9228 4347 8850 DS4300 7981 8844 8842 8849, 8491 6217 6218 8863 8485, 8490 8872 8865 6223 DS300 DS400 DS4100 DS4500 DS4800 7969 8648 8841 8840 Date withdrawn November 30, 2009 September 30, 2009 June 30, 2009 June 30, 2009 March 31, 2009 July 8, 2008 July 8, 2008 July 1, 2008 June 5, 2008 May 30, 2008 April 4, 2008 April 4, 2008 February 29, 2008 February 29, 2008 February 29, 2008 January 8, 2008 January 4, 2008 November 15, 2007 August 16, 2007 August 16, 2007 August 16, 2007 August 16, 2007 August 16, 2007 July 31, 2007 June 29, 2007 June 29, 2007 June 29, 2007 June 29, 2007 May 5, 2007 February 23, 2007 February 23, 2007 February 23, 2007 February 23, 2007 February 23, 2007 January 19, 2007 January 19, 2007 January 19, 2007 January 19, 2007 Date withdrawn July 21, 2009 July 21, 2009 April 14, 2009 December 11, 2008 September 23, 2008 February 29, 2008 References What's new Submit errors or feedback
Other Section Blade server storage and I/O expansion Datacenter solution program Appendix E. BladeCenter power module upgrade guidelines Appendix D. System Management overview System x I/O option attributes IntelliStation video adapter selection guide
615